KWP-Ex

Transcription

KWP-Ex

The beginnings of SMAY company went back to 1989 when in a small town near Cracow
there was established the first production and implementation plant where we started
the production of the simplest elements for ventilation. At present, SMAY company
is not only the production plant but first of all it is the consulting and manufacturing
enterprise supplying the dedicated solutions in the range of ventilation and fire
protection in the buildings. Thanks to the commitment and great passion for the
ventilation business we became one of the most important producers of the ventilation
devices in Poland.
In the production plant of 6000 m2 area, finished in 2008 and equipped with the hightech machinery, we have created the products of the highest standards. In our own
laboratory we have tested the designers' innovative ideas and in our design office we
have improved the offered products. While using the latest technologies, we have
produced the products according to the customers' expectations and these products
are characterised with the highest quality, great aesthetics and operation reliability.
All processes are controlled and supervised while keeping the ISO procedures by highly
qualified and long-experienced engineers and technicians. We are within a hundred
of the best computerised companies in Poland.
Willing to meet the growing requirements as well as stricter and stricter law
regulations concerning the safety in the buildings, SMAY company places the
emphasis on development and therefore it possesses 28 industrial formulas and
3 patents. The last one is being developed – innovative on European scale – intelligent
protective system of vertical escape routes against smokiness in case of fire SWAY®–
co-financed by European Union.
The quality of goods offered by us is supported with many national and international
approvals, technical and hygienic certificates, as well as a number of testing
conducted by the research units. Therefore, the offered products are selected and
installed in the prestigious buildings beginning with the hotels and shopping centres,
hospitals, high-class office buildings and ending in the industrial buildings
We give you with pleasure the next updated edition of the catalogue of our products.
We are certain that it will help you with the selection of the devices and will improve
your work contributing to the success of your companies.
Our employees are at your disposal at the very stage of the investment – from the
design up to the commissioning.
„The smallest step towards the success is worth more than the marathon of good intentions”
Marek Maj
SMAY LLC
index
1. Cut-off fire dampers
a) "Fire dampers as air regulation and safety devices”
dr inż. Grzegorz Kubicki
b) Cut-off fire dampers for rectangle ventilation ducts
Cut-off fire dampers KPO120
C
 ut-off fire dampers KWP
C
 ut-off fire dampers KWP-L
E
 xplosion-hazard area cut-off fire dampers KWP-EX
c) Cut-off fire dampers for round ventilation ducts
KTM
KTS
d) Cut-off fire dampers with variable air flow control functions VAV
KTM-ME-VAV Da Vinci
KWP-OM-E-VAV Da Vinci
e) Multi-layer transfer fire damper
WKP Nowość
2. Pressure differential systems in high-rise buildings
URBS – Belimo Smay Control Device
MSPU – Operating Conditions Monitoring Device
iSway-FC – Compact pressurization unit with single pressure control system
iSway-FCD – Compact pressurization device with multiple pressure control system
iSway-FCR – Compact pressurization device with reversible axial flow fans intended
for high-rise building application
3. Air pressure, VAV and CAV regulators
a) Air pressure and VAV regulators introduction
b) Variable air volume regulators VAV
RVP-R for round ventilation ducts
RVP-P for rectangle ventilation ducts
c) Flow regulators VAV for explosion-proof zones
RVP-R-Ex for round ventilation ducts
RVP-P-Ex for rectangle ventilation ducts
d) Air pressure regulators
RPP-R for round ventilation ducts
RPP-P for rectangle ventilation ducts
e) Constant air volume regulators CAV
KVR for round ventilation ducts
V
 RS for round ventilation ducts
V
 RRK for rectangle ventilation ducts
4. Air dampers
a) Aid dampers introduction
b) Air dampers for rectangle ventilation ducts
PS multi-layered
ALM aluminum multi-layered
PW multi-layered
PWW/PWO multi-layered
PWS special multi-layered
PWIIS-EX cut-off explosion-proof, multi-layered
PW350 special multi-layered to the instantaneous heat load
c) Air dampers for round ventilation ducts
PWR mult-layered
d) Comparative table of the damper types
e) Actuators for the dampers – specification
5
9
29
57
65
81
97
123
131
137
149
159
167
185
203
221
223
234
245
253
263
275
289
293
297
303
305
309
311
315
319
323
327
331
333
334
3
index
5. Comprehensive Air Flow Control Solution for Laboratories
SMAYLAB
6. Ventilation by air mixing
a) Air grilles - designing and dimensioning rules
i. uniwersal air grilles for rectangle ventilation ducts
ALS, ALW, ALWS, ALSW, STW, STS, STWS, STSW with mobile vanes
ii. uniwersal air grilles for rectangle ventilation ducts
STRS-E
iii. floor air grilles
ALF, STF-H
iv. protective air grilles
ALWN
ALWT, ALWT-2
v. flow and acoustic characteristics of the air grilles
vi. assembly of air grilles
b) Diffusers
i. slot
NSAL Nowelty
NSP
ii. swirl
NS5 Nowelty
NS4
NS8
iii) staircase
NSCH
NSCT Nowelty
7. Ending of ventilation instalations
a) air intakes and exhaust terminals
CWP
CWM
b) soundproof protective acoustic grill
SWG
8. Acoustic silencers
a) round
TAR
b) rectangle
TAP/TAPS
c) acoustic silencers in hygienic execution
TAH
4
335
341
345
351
355
361
365
369
371
375
383
387
391
397
405
409
415
423
427
433
439
449
introduction
Fire dampers
Dr inż. Grzegorz Kubicki
as air regulation and safety devices
Cut-off fire dampers
Commonly used in domestic terminology name cut-off fire damper does not recognize various types of devices
used as smoke protection and smoke evacuation from buildings. They all function under one common name,
cut-off dampers, which main task is to isolate the fire zone from the rest of the building, and also smoke dampers
used in smoke evacuation systems as well as back-draft dampers (pressure dampers) supplying air
to pressurized spaces or compensation air supplied to evacuation ways. In the present introduction I would like
to pay more attention to devices from the first group i.e. fire dampers. This type of dampers must be installed in
the general ventilation ducts going through any fire partitions in the purpose to separate fire zones.
In the time of normal building use all fire dampers remain in fully open position (so called “waiting position”).
During the fire after receiving the control signal or in effect of thermal fuse the fire dampers will close in the zone
where fire was detected. This action is called “passage to the safe position”. As mentioned fire dampers must
be equipped according to laws (independently
to other solutions) with a closing mechanism energized by the thermal fuse usually set to 70°±5°C. Use
of thermal fuse guarantees closing of the fire damper if the temperature increases in the ventilation duct above
set limit value, even if there will be no signal from the main fire board.
The fire dampers are marked with the following symbols:
EIS120 or EIS120AA.
The description elements have the following meanings:
EI – fire and temperature (heat) resistance. Presently the ductwork going through two separate fire zones
will have the same EI class that the fire partition itself.
S–
smoke tightness (for smoke evacuation ducts the smoke tightness condition applies to connections with
general ventilation systems).
120 – time of meeting the requirements in minutes.
EIS 120 AA – the same as above but with possibilities to use with smoke evacuation systems.
Fire damper sequence of operations system
Controls of fire damper flap position besides mentioned thermal fuses can also be realized by spring levered
mechanisms equipped with electromagnetic releasers or electric actuators.
Using electric actuators is the most practical and convenient way to control operation of fire dampers, also
known as “convenience of monitoring the performance functions (comfort function)”. Utilization of electric
actuators let to extend application of fire dampers beyond their basic functions. Proper controls of fire damper
system is often possible in large ventilation systems by equipping them in end switches (flap position indicators)
monitored by a central control board. Such solution limits significantly possibility to any system malfunctions
that might occur during accidental fire damper closure. Key importance to overall fire protection
in a ventilation system performance is the use of new digital controls. For small systems individual types
of controllers can be used, but in large systems consisting of hundreds of devices such a solution is not an option.
New digital control technology brings new options to easily control and monitor fire dampers. In particular use
of modern field controllers with fully configurable and programmable functions extends a wide range of
controlling applications i.e. monitoring the fire damper flap positions, remote testing, monitoring the actuator's
actual torque, detecting any system malfunctions and etc. Building automation system, that uses digital
controllers besides all of the above creates new eventualities for fire damper use, like air volume regulators or if
necessary they can help to isolate some of the building ventilation ducts. What is important that simultaneous
control of more then 1000 fire dampers suits perfectly for large ventilation systems and also permits to optimize
the total cost of building automation system.
5
introduction
Additional functions of fire dampers
By analyzing possibilities for various fire damper applications one fundamental rule must be maintained.
The priority task of the described devices must remain fire safety protection.
According to Polish laws all mechanical ventilation systems must have a fire damper installed in any duct
crossings through fire partitions. If the installation of those devices is essential then the following questions are
arising:
Firstly, is it the only possible option to accept fully open fire flap in the fire damper during normal working
condition (no fire detected)?
Secondly, by implementing the overriding task, which is the fire safety protection is it possible to use fire dampers
as regulating devices in ventilation systems?
The answer to the first question can be found in the law regulations, which do not enforce to use only dual position
devices (fully open and fully closed). Instead fire dampers must meet technical requirements regarding their
basic function, which is the fire safety. That requirement applies in particular to mechanical resistance and work
reliability. Because of that, if the air regulation function of the fire damper is also considered it must be tested at
the Fire Testing Plant of Building Technical Institute (Zakład Badań Ogniowych Instytutu Techniki Budowlanej)
for a wider range that regular fire dampers.
By answering the second question there has to be considered the new design of fire dampers and in particular
electronic applications to monitor and control of their work, which let to implement by the described devices air
regulation functions. Additional advantage to promote that such a solution is substantial improvement of the
building safety, and can reduce the capital and operation costs.
In the ventilation systems fire dampers may perform for instance the following functions:
Pressure regulation function in the CAV systems
For proper air distribution in the constant air volume (CAV) systems it is essential to regulate air pressure in the
main duct. A common way is to use air dampers installed right after the take offs of the air shafts on each building
level. Air shafts as fire proved areas must be secure with fire dampers. If the fire dampers are permitted to work
in the indirect positions they can successfully eliminate the need to use air dampers.
Function of the air regulation elements necessary to compensate heat gains in variable air volume systems
One of the major problems in today's modern office buildings is almost continuous renovation of building
interiors, which of course has an impact to new heat loads of those arrangements. In consequence it makes
a change of air supply demands to each new individual building zone. The best solution for that is to use a VAV
system. There is possible to use fire dampers as air regulators in a limited range. Fire dampers in this new
application can perform air volume regulation function to any building levels or they can regulate the amount
of supplied air to one zone or a group of zones (open space arrangements). A little obstacle might be a proper
localization requirement of the fire dampers. First they must be installed to meet all fire regulation codes and
also it must be possible to get an appropriate air flow reading on the measuring compartment of any fire damper.
Also, by using the fire dampers of this type the amount of all VAV units (regular type) can be reduced too, and
in fact it decreases the overall cost of the VAV system. Fire dampers with the VAV function may increase the
popularity of the VAV system applications in office buildings.
Functions of the air regulation elements for spaces requiring technologically variable air volumes
There are several rooms characterized with large variations in supply of outside air as a result of technological
processes. An example can be production and laboratory rooms with exhaust systems used frequently.
Fire dampers in those situations can perform an air damper function adjusting the air volume according to actual
demand. Position of the fire damper flap controls should be interlocked with exhaust system and supply
ventilation air will be adjusted accordingly to an actual demand.
6
introduction
Dr inż. Grzegorz Kubicki
Functions of the elements improving building energy balance
In some public or commercial use buildings it is possible to define precisely building occupied hours. Pressure
differences induced in different sections of ventilation ducts can be significantly high to make free air movements
between distant parts of the building. Pretty often it makes uncontrolled heat loses which lower building energy
balance. An efficient method to prevent such occurrence is to isolate the unused ventilation ducts by using
for example fire dampers. The main advantage of such method is an extra fire protection. According to statistics
most of deadly fires occurs during unoccupied hours when the fire is discovered rather late by some wrongly
selected fire detection system. In such moments any delay of fire dampers operation may cause uncontrolled
spreading of smoke through the ventilation ducts to far distances of the initial fire zone. Isolating some sections
of ventilation system during unoccupied periods can also limit that risk.
Summary
New concepts in designing and controlling the fire dampers let to use the devices widely. The main reason
demanding to look for new applications of fire dampers, which make an obligatory part of any ventilation system
is the economic aspect. By keeping all of the conditions above, there is possible to lower the capital cost, and also
what is pretty important lower the building utility costs, and at the same time increase its fire safety. Application
of such concepts may convince investors and building managers to have another look on the building fire safety
systems.
7
Cut-off fire damper
KPO 120
Technical approval
AT-15-6313/2009
Certificate of conformity
ITB-0801/W
Hygienic certificate
0523/01/2009
SMAY LLC / 29 Ciepłownicza St. / 31-587 Cracow / Poland
tel. +48 12 378 18 00 / fax. +48 12 378 18 88 / e-mail: [email protected]
Application
Fire dampers KPO120-S and KPO120-E types are applicable for installation in the ventilation systems with their
main task to separate the building zone covered by the fire from the remaining part of the building and to prevent
fire, temperature and smoke spreading.
These fire dampers are symmetrical and intended for installations in horizontal (walls) and vertical positions
(ceilings). They can be installed in all types of building partitions including drywalls (cartoon-gypsum walls).
These fire dampers are EIS120 classified, which means that they meet the criteria of: tightness, fire and
temperature resistant for not less then 120 minutes.
Fire dampers KPO120-S and KPO120-E are designed for use in the systems with dry and filtered air. In case of
using it at fresh air intake or in other extreme conditions the fire dampers must be frequently tested accordingly
to existing conditions.
Fire dampers efficiency has been proved by tests according to standard PN-EN 1366-2. The device holds
Hygienic Certificate no HK/B/0383/01/2004.
Technical description of the device
The fire damper is made of two corpuses from the galvanized steel, which are divided by the fire insulation
separators.Shaft of the fire damper flap is working on bearings and closing mechanism is realized by a system
of linkages actuated by spring (KPO120-S) or by an electric motor (KPO120-E). The fire damper flap is positioned
with mechanical stoppers, which also perform sealing function.
Fire dampers with technical approval may also be produced in special versions applicable for use in especially
chemical aggressive environments. Those fire dampers are often use in chemical and food processing industry
and also in laboratories. Then all the steel elements are manufactured from stainless steel. Flap bearings
remain brass and the flap itself is impregnated with special coat of Promat-SR-Impragnierung by PROMAT.
Version of device
Fire pampers KPO120 are available in two types:
KPO120-S – the drive is realized by the spring
KPO120-E – the drive is realized by the electric actuator.
Both types can come in two standard lengths – L=350 and L=500.
Shorter version (L=350mm) of the KPO120 fire damper does not come with inspection openings.
Fire damper KPO120-S type – in this variant, the drive is realized by means of the drive spring. During opening the
damper, the drive spring is pulled. The energy stored therein, is used for the closure of the damper. In this variant
thermal fuse (a glass ampoule) is installed on the fire damper body. After exceeding the definite temperature
(standard 70±5 °C) the ampoule bursts, resulting in realizing the hook and then the closing of the damper. The
partition in the closed position is blocked with a snap fastener which unable automatic opening of the partition
and simultaneously assures high leak-tightness. In casing of tests in order to open the damper , pull the ring
which releases the snap fastener. The signalization of the position of the partitions enabled by the end switch
installed on the fire damper body. The end switch indicates the closed position of the damper. Upon a special
request, also the end switch indicating the fully open position of the damper.
10
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
Version of device
Type KPO120-E – the drive by means of the actuator BELIMO In this variant, on the corpus the electrical actuator
is mounted. In the dampers with the partition's size smaller or equal 0.1 [m²] the actuator with a maximum
moment 4[Nm], and in casing of bigger ones – with the maximum moment 12[Nm].. Actulator BLF lub BF by
BELIMO, series 229 or 239 by GRUNER (power supply 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC), also GNA or GGA by SIEMENS
(power supply 24 V AC / 24… 48 V DC or 230 V AC) shifts the damper into the working position with
a simultaneous pulling the return spring built on it.
With the decay of the power supply, the damper returns into the closed position thanks to the energy stored in the
spring. If the temperature of the surrounding exceeds 72±5 °C, the protection acts Tf1. If the temperature internal
the duct exceeds 72±5 °C, the exchangeable protection of the temperature works Tf2. On working the protections,
Tf1 or Tf2 the supply voltage will be permanently and irreversibly disconnected.
In the drive with the return spring BLF or BL either 229 or 239 two set micro switches to indicate the damper's
position are mounted. The location of the damper can be read on the mechanical indicator of the location.
The damper can be moved manually and stop it in a free position.
The shifting from a free position to the open one can be made manually or automatically. End switches (position
indicators) as well as the temperature monitoring system of the actuators GNA and GGA are all optional,
available on special orders.
Fire dampers KPO120-E with electric actuators may also be produced in versions without thermo-electric
fuse. In this case automatic closing of the fire damper should be initiated by a corresponding control device
according to the fire safety rules of the particular building.
H
30
H
30
Typical dimensions
30
B
30
350
150
30
H
H
30
Fig. 1. Fire damper KPO120-S type, L=500 in the fully open position
275
30
B
30
75
min 350
Fig. 2. Fire damper KPO120-S type L=350 in the fully closed position
version 5.2.1
11
Technical data
B/H
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
Cross-section area [m ]
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
0,019 0,027 0,035 0,043 0,051
0,025 0,035 0,046 0,056 0,067 0,077 0,088
0,031 0,044 0,057 0,070 0,083 0,096 0,109
0,122
0,037
0,043
0,049
0,055
0,061
0,052 0,068
0,061 0,079
0,069 0,090
0,078 0,101
0,086 0,112
0,083 0,099
0,097 0,115
0,110 0,131
0,124 0,147
0,137 0,163
0,145 0,161
0,169 0,187
0,192 0,213
0,216 0,239
0,239 0,265
0,067
0,095
0,103
0,112
0,120
0,151 0,179 0,207 0,235 0,263
0,164 0,195 0,225 0,256 0,286
0,178 0,211 0,244 0,277 0,310
0,191 0,227 0,262 0,298 0,333
0,205 0,243 0,281 0,319 0,357
0,218 0,259 0,299 0,340 0,380
0,232 0,275 0,318 0,361 0,404
0,245 0,291 0,336 0,382 0,427
0,259 0,307 0,355 0,403 0,451
0,272 0,323 0,373 0,424 0,474
0,339 0,392 0,445 0,498
0,355 0,410 0,466 0,521
0,371 0,429 0,487 0,545
0,447 0,508 0,568
0,466 0,529 0,592
0,484 0,550 0,615
0,571 0,639
0,592 0,662
0,613 0,686
0,123
0,134
0,145
0,156
0,167
0,178
0,189
0,114
0,133
0,151
0,170
0,188
0,130
0,151
0,172
0,193
0,214
0,135
0,291
0,317
0,343
0,369
0,395
0,421
0,447
0,473
0,499
0,525
0,551
0,577
0,603
0,629
0,655
0,681
0,707
0,733
0,759
0,176 0,192
0,205 0,223 0,241 0,259
0,233 0,254 0,274 0,295
0,262 0,285 0,308 0,331
0,290 0,316 0,341 0,367
0,315 0,336
0,354 0,377 0,400 0,423
0,392 0,418 0,443 0,469
0,319
0,347
0,376
0,404
0,433
0,461
0,490
0,518
0,547
0,575
0,604
0,632
0,661
0,689
0,718
0,746
0,775
0,803
0,832
0,431
0,469
0,508
0,546
0,585
0,623
0,662
0,700
0,739
0,777
0,816
0,854
0,893
0,931
0,970
1,008
1,047
1,085
1,124
0,347
0,378
0,409
0,440
0,471
0,502
0,533
0,564
0,595
0,626
0,657
0,688
0,719
0,750
0,781
0,812
0,843
0,874
0,905
0,375
0,408
0,442
0,475
0,509
0,542
0,576
0,609
0,643
0,676
0,710
0,743
0,777
0,810
0,844
0,877
0,911
0,944
0,978
0,403
0,439
0,475
0,511
0,547
0,583
0,619
0,655
0,691
0,727
0,763
0,799
0,835
0,871
0,907
0,943
0,979
1,015
1,051
0,459
0,500
0,541
0,582
0,623
0,664
0,705
0,746
0,787
0,828
0,869
0,910
0,951
0,992
1,033
1,074
1,115
1,156
1,197
0,487
0,530
0,574
0,617
0,661
0,704
0,748
0,791
0,835
0,878
0,922
0,965
1,009
1,052
1,096
1,139
1,183
1,226
1,270
0,515
0,561
0,607
0,653
0,699
0,745
0,791
0,837
0,883
0,929
0,975
1,021
1,067
1,113
1,159
1,205
1,251
1,297
1,343
Standard variants of length: L=350 or L=500
On special request - we'll able to made flaps in any size contained within the series.
H [mm] - height of light
B [mm] – width of light KP0120
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
200
11,5
13,4
15,4
300
13,4
15,8
18,2
20.4
24,3
400
15,5
18,2
20,8
23,6
27,9
30,7
33,6
500
17,6
20,6
23,6
26,7
31,5
34,7
37,9
41
44,3
600
21
24,5
28,1
31,6
35,2
38,1
42,1
45,7
49,2
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
27,1
33
34,8
38,7
42,5
46,5
50
54,1
29,7
33,9
38,1
42,3
46,5
50,7
54,9
59,1
32,2
36,8
41,3
45,9
53,7
54,9
59,5
64
37,7
44,6
49,5
57,9
59,3
64,1
69,1
46,9
52,4
57,8
63,3
68,8
74,4
50
55,9
61,7
67,5
73,5
59,4
65,5
71,8
62,9
69,5
66,5
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
15,2
18,1
21
18,1
21,4
24,7
27,9
31,2
21,1
24,7
28,3
31,9
35,5
39,1
42,7
24,1
28,1
32
36
39,9
43,8
47,8
51,7
55,7
27,1
31,4
35,7
40
44,3
48,5
52,8
57,1
61,4
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
34,7
41,4
44
48,6
53,2
57,9
62,5
67,1
38,1
43
48
53
57,9
62,9
67,9
72,8
41,4
46,7
52
57,3
65,9
67,9
73,2
78,5
50,4
56
61,7
70,9
73
78,6
84,3
54,1
60,1
66
72
78
84
57,7
64,1
70,4
76,7
83,1
68,1
74,7
81,4
72,1
79,1
76,1
H [mm] - height of light
B [mm] – width of light KP0120
12
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
Optional equipment
Special execution of KPO120-S and KPO120-E
In the damper execution version with spring drive, on request:
– thermal release releasing within the temperature range from 40 to 110°C
In the damper execution version with actuator drive on request
– the fuse causing the damper closure at the temperature 95±5°C).
Under special execution with the application for the specifically chemical aggressive environment, all steel
elements are made out of the acid-resistant steel, chromo-nickel 1.4301. In that case, the damper bearings are
brass and the closing division is covered with the impregnate of Promat – SR – Impragnierung type produced
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers
Fig. 3. Standard stiff partitions like; concrete, gas concrete, brick walls, concrete blocks, hollow bricks etc.
all fire resistant rated EI120.
Construction diagram
fixed size irrespective to the partition type 60
wall or ceiling, fire barrier
undercuts indicating depth of the fire damper
installation into the fire barrier
H
H + 120
KPO120-S or KPO120-E fire damper
extra sealing with
cement-lime mortar or concrete
(A=according to the material used)
version 5.2.1
13
Fig. 4a. Damper mounted in the wall of light cardboard-gypsum slabs - example
92,5
92,5
min 100
Construction diagram
air ductwork hanging rail 30x30
– steel – “galvanized”
opening for the fire damper = B+165
A
mineral wool with the
minimum density of 150 kg/m³
sheet metal screw 5x75
62,5
125
14
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
Fig. 4b. Damper mounted in the wall of light cardboard-gypsum slabs - example
Section A-A
PROMASTOP - Coating
(Promat)
version 5.2.1
15
Fig. 5. Technology in the ceiling assembly:
1.
2.
3.
Make a hole in the ceiling with the size bigger 120 mm then the nominal fire damper size = B
(width)+120 and H (height)+120.
Install the fire damper in the ceiling as deep as shown by the markings on the damper body
(size 60 mm).
After setting up the fire damper the gap between the device and the ceiling should be filled with
concrete or concrete-calcium mix. For applications with high requirements the manufacturer
recommends to replace concrete-calcium or concrete filling by PROMASTOP MG III by PROMAT
steel anchor
installation support
215 or 290
350 or 500 (standard lengths)
A (depends
on material)
60 fixed size irrespective to
the partition type marked
with undercuts
350 or 500 (standard lengths)
215 or 290
60 fixed size irrespective
to the partition type marked
with undercuts
A (depends on material)
16
mounting bracket
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
B1
60
B1
Damper
C
Damper
A
H1
60
H2
H1+H2+120
hole for the dampers in battery
= H1 + H2 + 180
290
500 (standard lenght)
Undercuts indicating
depth of the fire
damper installation into
the fire barrier
Undercuts indicating
depth of the fire
damper installation
into the fire barrier
Extra sealing with
cement mortar,
cement-lime
mortar or concrete
Z1
230
fixed size irrespective
to the partition type
60
230
Z2
A (depends on material)
Air ductwork installed
accordingly to the
manufacturers installation
guidelines
35
75
B1+B2+120
= B1 + B2 + 180
Damper
D
Anchor selection must correspond
to the weight of the group of fire
dampers (battery) and the ceiling type
Damper
B
75
35
Fig. 6. Group of fire dampers (battery) installed in the stiff partition - sample
Notes:
1. The suspensions of ventilation ducts connected to the batteries of dampers must be executed according
to the ventilation duct producer's instructions.
2. In the place of suspensions Z1 and Z2, for the assembly time, other systems of suspensions or supports may
be used while considering the arrangement and the weight of the damper batteries.
3. After 72 hours since the assembly time, the temporary suspensions may be dismantled.
version 5.2.1
17
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers in self-supported ventilation duct
Fig. 7a. Sample of KPO fire damper installed on self-supported ventilation ducts.
Slings with size and spacing
according to the manufacturer channel
for the classes of fire
Partitioning of the light-plaster boards
fire resistance of 120 EIS
350 or 500
L
25
50
100
Fire damper KPO
25
80
60
HxB
Smoke evacuation duct made from
silicate-calcium or gypsum slabs with
the fire resistance EIS120 conformable
to the manufacturer's Technical Approval
i.e. system PROMADUCT – 500 by PROMATECT
PROMASTOP Coating
Screw 6x70
100
100
20
Screw 5x60
Non-combustible mineral
3
wool densities of 100 kg/m
Fire proved plate conformable
to the Technical Approval
(i.e. Promatect-H)
PROMASTOP Coating
A
Wall,
Fire barrier
L
350 or 500
25
100
100
80
60
Fire damper KPO
HxB
50
PROMASTOP Coating
20
Screw M4x60
+ slit pins
100
Screw 6x70
wool densities of 100 kg/m3
(i.e. Promatect-H)
PROMASTOP Coating
A
18
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
Fig. 7b. Sample of KPO fire damper installed on self-supported ventilation ducts.
Partitioning of the light-plaster boards
fire resistance of 120 EIS
350 or 500
L
25
80
HxB
60
100
25
60
Fire damper KPO
The ventilation duct of stainless steel
fastened in accordance with instructions
for assembly the manufacturer
PROMASTOP Coating
Screw 6x70
100
20
100
wool densities of 100 kg/m3
Screw 5x60
PROMASTOP Coating
(i.e. Promatect-H)
A
Wall,
Fire barrier
350 or 500
60
HxB
50
Fire damper KPO
The ventilation duct of stainless steel
fastened in accordance with instructions
PROMASTOP Coating
100
20
100
Screw M4x60
+ slit pins
Screw 6x70
3
wool densities of 100 kg/m
(i.e. Promatect-H)
PROMASTOP Coating
A
version 5.2.1
19
Fig. 7c. Sample of KPO fire damper installed on self-supported ventilation ducts.
Light dry wall partition made
of cartoon-gypsum slabs with fire
resistance EIS120
L
350 or 500
Smoke evacuation duct with insulation
made from mineral wool mats or slabs
with fire resistance EIS120 conformable
to the manufacturer's
60
The ventilation duct
of stainless steel fastened
in accordance with instructions
HxB
Fire damper KPO
100
Number of coatings and their
thickness corresponding to the
manufacturer's Technical Approval
Frame C50x25x2
A
Light dry wall partition
made of cartoon-gypsum
slabs with fire resistance EIS120
350 or 500
Smoke evacuation duct with insulation
made from mineral wool mats or slabs
with fire resistance EIS120 conformable
The ventilation duct
of stainless steel fastened
in accordance with instructions
HxB
Fire damper KPO
L
60
Number of coatings and their
thickness corresponding
Technical Approval
100
Frame C50x25x2
A
20
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers in the battery
Group installation of fire dampers is possible after providing such information in advance (during the order),
which fire dampers and in what set-up (vertical or horizontal) are going to be installed in a building partition.
It is necessary to know this earlier because expanding gasket must be properly installed (in place of contact
between the isolation separators) as well as nut-rivets on the rims, necessary to connect the fire dampers all
together. Fire dampers are supplied with steel connectors, plugs, screws and rests. Mineral wool for thermal
insulation (with the density of 60kg/m3) and glue K84 may be supplied extra, and it can be also ordered in the
Smay company.
The fire dampers are marked by letters: A, B, C, D.
Fig. 8.
Setup 1 – a group of two fire dampers KPO120
Fig. 9.
Setup 2 – a group of three fire dampers KPO120 set vertically
Fig. 10. Setup 3 – a group of two fire dampers KPO120
Fig. 11. Setup 4 – a group of four fire dampers KPO120
Fig. 8.
Fig. 9.
Setup 2
Setup 1
H=H1+H2+H3+120
Damper A
H=H1+H2+60
Damper A
Damper B
Damper C
Damper B
Fig. 10.
Fig. 11.
Setup 4
Damper B
Damper B
Damper A
Damper A
0
+6
B2
+
B1
Damper D
B=
Damper C
version 5.2.1
H=H1+H2+60
Setup 3
0
+6
B2
+
B1
B=
21
22
Undercuts indicating dept
h of the fire damper installation
Extra sealing with cement
mortar,cement-lime mortar
or concrete
H1
H1+H2+120
60
H2
= H1 + H2 + 180
60
500
(fixed size irrespective to the partition type)
290
fixed size irrespective
to the partition type
Z2
przewpód wentylacyjny mocowany
zgodnie z instrukcją montażu
producenta przewodu
(A=depends to material)
Notice: the connection corresponds t
o the standard of the air duct supplier
230
*) the total weight of all fire dampers installed in the group (battery)
To increase the installation safety of the group of fire dampers (battery) extra support should be applied
Undercuts indicating depth
of the fire damper installation
Z1
230
35
75
60
B1+B2+120
Damper
D
Damper
B
B1
= B1 + B2 + 180
B1
Damper
C
Damper
A
Anchor selection must correspond
to the weight of the group of fire dampers
(battery) and the ceiling type
75
35
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers in the rigid wall
Fig. 12.
Notes:
1. The suspensions of ventilation ducts connected to the batteries of dampers must be executed according
to the ventilation duct producer's instructions.
2. In the place of suspensions Z1 and Z2, for the assembly time, other systems of suspensions or supports may
be used while considering the arrangement and the weight of the damper batteries.
3. After 72 hours since the assembly time, the temporary suspensions may be dismantled.
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
Noise level emitted to the channel
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
13
21
30
38
15
23
32
40
16
24
33
41
17
26
34
42
19
27
35
43
19
38
36
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
21
30
38
46
13
23
32
40
17
25
34
42
19
27
35
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
22
30
38
47
23
31
39
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
40
49
24
33
41
49
25
33
42
50
25
34
42
50
17
25
34
42
19
27
36
44
20
29
37
45
22
30
38
46
23
31
39
47
23
32
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
19
27
35
43
2034
29
37
45
22
30
38
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
20
28
36
45
21
30
38
46
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
38
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
23
31
39
47
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
23
32
40
48
35
33
41
49
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
39
48
56
32
40
48
56
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
26
34
42
50
27
35
43
51
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
26
34
43
51
27
36
44
52
28
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
28
36
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
29
37
45
53
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
32
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
37
45
53
61
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
23
Noise level emitted to the channel
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
24
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
36
45
53
61
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
33
33
34
41
42
43
49
50
50
57
58
58
33
34
35
42
42
43
50
50
51
58
58
59
34
34
35
42
43
43
50
51
51
58
59
59
34
35
35
42
43
44
50
51
52
58
59
60
34
35
36
43
44
44
51
51
52
59
59
60
35
35
36
43
44
44
51
52
52
59
60
60
35
36
36
43
44
45
51
52
53
59
60
61
35
36
37
44
45
45
52
52
53
60
60
61
36
36
37
44
45
45
52
53
53
60
61
61
36
37
37
44
45
46
52
53
54
60
61
61
36
37
38
45
45
46
53
53
54
60
61
62
36
37
38
45
46
46
53
53
54
61
61
62
37
37
45
46
53
54
61
62
37
45
53
61
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
35
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
55
62
39
47
55
63
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
Pressure loss Δp in relation to the flow velocity
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
12
25
45
68
12
25
48
68
12
25
46
68
12
25
46
68
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
25
Pressure loss Δp in relation to the flow velocity
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
26
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
2
5
8
13
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
version 5.2.1
KPO 120
version 5.2.1
Product designation principles
27
Notes
28
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire damper
KWP
Technical approval
AT-15-7401/2008
ITB-1610/W
HK/B/1301/01/2007
Application
Fire-fighting flaps of KWP type are designed for the assembly in the ventilation systems as cut-off barriers,
separating the fire-bound zone from the remaining part of the building. Depending on the type of installed drive,
the flaps can operate as cut-off fire-fighting flaps, fire ventilation flaps or hybrid ventilation ones.
In relation to the foregoing, the basic function of flaps of KWP type is to restrain distribution of fire, temperature
and smoke and additionally while using the suitable actuators and reinforced structure to apply for fire ventilation
or hybrid ventilation as well (used not only during the fire but also e.g. for periodic air ventilating).
These flaps are symmetrical ones designed for building over horizontally (in walls) and vertically
(in ceilings) they can be installed in all types of building barriers (rigid barriers) together with cardboard and
plaster walls.
The efficiency of flaps has been confirmed with testing according to the standard PN-EN 1366-2.
The flap is composed of two bodies made of galvanized iron sheet that are separated with insulating partitions of
fire-resistant material with thickness of 40mm. Inside the flap there is a barrier whose movement in close
position is limited with resisting squares. The barrier axles cooperate with slide bearings inbuilt in insulating
partitions. The closedown of barrier is realised by system of flexible connectors.
The flaps are also produced in the special version with the application in the environments that are chemically
aggressive in particular. These flaps are used in chemical industry, food industry, laboratories etc. In that case, all
steel elements are made of acid-resistant, chromium-nickel steel.
The flap bearings remain brazen and the insulating barrier is coated with impregnant (non-solvent substance
on the basis of silicates).
The fire-fighting flaps of KWP type are constructed on one unified flap body and after attaching suitable drive to
the body it reaches specific flap functions. The flap has two inspection holes at upper and bottom parts of the flap.
Thank to it there is no necessary to assembly inspection flaps on the ducts before the fire-fighting flaps in order to
make periodic inspections and testing. It is unnecessary to determine the direction of operation as well.
For the construction purposes, KWP dampers under economical execution do not have the inspection holes,
where the damper total length L is 350 [mm]. These dampers occur only in version with the electric actuator.
Versions of device
I – Cut-off dampers used in the general ventilation systems:
KWP-O-S – fire-fighting cut-off damper for ventilating ducts (normally open) with the power spring without
comfort function. Drive system is spring mechanism blocked with phial thermal release. While opening the flap
by means of key, the return power spring is tensed. The spring is made of stainless steel wire. After exceeding
determined temperature (standard 72±5ºC) the phial breaks causing release of the hook and then closing the
flap. In special execution there are used the phial releases with rated operation temperature from 40 ºC to 110 ºC,
the barrier in the close position is locked by the snap fastener which prevents from self-opening of the barrier
and ensures the great tightness at the same time. In case of tests to open the flap you should pull the ring
releasing the snap fastener.
The current position of the cut-off barrier is indicated by the position of lever in relation to the labels placed on the
flap housing with the captions: 'open' and 'close'. On customer's request, the flaps KWP-O-S can be also
equipped with the limit switch informing on flap shifting to the closedown position and also the switch indicating
the open position, there is also possibility of being equipped with both above mentioned switches.
During normal system operation of the cut-off barrier, the flap KWP-O-S is placed in open position.
In case of fire the flap barrier is shifted to close position.
Dimensional series of types for the shut-off dampers KWP-O-S is limited to the gross surface 1,5 [m2].
Above this dimension the dampers are produced only as the sets of dampers (batteries).
30
version 5.2.1
KWP
Versions of device
Fig 1. KWP-O-S
Rys. KWP-O-S
KWP-O-SE – fire-fighting cut-off flap for ventilating ducts (normally open) with the power spring together with
separation of safety function from comfort function.
The drive system is spring mechanism with electromagnet for remotely controlled releasing. While opening the
flap by means of key, the return power spring is tensed. The spring is made of stainless steel wire. Automatic
closedown of the flap occurs as a result of activation of thermal release – standard 72±5ºC, special execution
from 40ºC to 110ºC (after breaking the phial the turnover of the flap to close position occurs). The second method
of closing the flap is voltage supply or decay depending on the type of used electromagnet. At electromagnet of
impulse type, the voltage is to be supplied on time from 3 to 10 seconds. Activation of electromagnet will cause
the flap closedown. Flap closing manually in this option is realised by means of pulling away the release.
The flap in option KWP-O-SE can be additionally equipped with comfort function by mounting the actuator
BL 24-48 SMY or BL 110-230 SMY enabling remote opening (provided that the flap closedown did not occur due to
activation of thermal release).
It is worth mentioning that in this option of flap, the additional gas spring is used for closing the barrier. This gas
spring eliminates to the great extent the phenomenon of mechanical stroke connected with fast closedown of the
flap (1-2 seconds) and resulting dynamic load coming from the forces of inertia of closing the flap barrier with
significant mass.
During normal system operation of the cut-off barrier, the flap KWP-O-SE is placed in open position. In case
of fire the flap barrier is shifted to close position.
Dimensional type and range in cut-off flaps of KWP-O-SE type is limited to flaps with the intersection not bigger
than 0,8 m2.
Fig. 2. KWP-O-SE
Widok - W
Rys. KWP-O-SE
version 5.2.1
31
Versions of device
Fig. 3. Mechanism of flap type: KWP-O-SE
View with transparent housing – armed
mechanism,
View without housing – armed mechanism,
open flap.
View with released electromagnet due
to voltage supply or decay (depending
on execution version) - open flap.
Flap is closed due to activation of electromagnet.
Electromagnet is armed, ready to re-open the flap
if the closedown occurred for testing purposes.
fastened on the flap in the view with
open manual release in order
to do testing – open flap.
Flap is closed due to opening the manual release.
The release is armed, ready to re-open the flap
if the closedown occurred for testing purposes.
View after falling off the manual release
due to breaking the glass phial after
exceeding the temperature 72±5ºC
in the duct – close flap
View after falling off the manual release
due to breaking the glass phial after
exceeding the temperature 72±5ºC
R
y
s
.
K
W
P
O
S
E
32
version 5.2.1
KWP
Sample diagrams of possible connection for KWP-O-SE
DIAGRAM NO. 1
DIAGRAM NO. 2
SIGNALLING
CLOSE
SIGNALLING
CLOSE
SIGNALLING
CLOSE
SIGNALLING
OPEN
SIGNALLING
OPEN
SIGNALLING
OPEN
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTROMAGNET
24/48[V] DC
GAP TYPE
1,6[W]
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTROMAGNET
24/48[V] DC
GAP TYPE
1,6[W]
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTROMAGNET
24/48[V] DC
IMPULSE TYPE
3,5[W]
POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
24/48[V]
AC/DC
24/48[V]
DC
24/48[V]
AC/DC
DIAGRAM NO. 4
version 5.2.1
DIAGRAM NO. 3
DIAGRAM NO. 5
SIGNALLING
CLOSE
SIGNALLING
CLOSE
SIGNALLING
OPEN
SIGNALLING
OPEN
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTROMAGNET
230[V] AC
GAP TYPE
4,0VA
POWER SUPPLY
ELECTROMAGNET
230[V] AC
IMPULSE TYPE
5,5VA
POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
POWER SUPPLY
ACTUATOR
230[V]
AC
230[V]
AC
33
Description of the sample diagrams of possible connection for KWP-O-SE
Diagram 1.
Connection system of flap of KWP-O-SE and KTS-O-SE types, equipped with electromagnet of gap type which
keeps the flap in the open position, flap closedown can occur after exceeding the temperature 72±5ºC in the duct
or after disconnecting the voltage from the electromagnet, in this option two contacts (terminals) are used for
indicating the positions: open or close, electromagnet supplied with the voltage of gap type 24/48[V] DC
and additionally actuator which can arm the flap again if the closedown occurred for testing purposes,
the actuator is supplied with voltage 24V AC/DC.
Diagram 2.
or after disconnecting the voltage from the electromagnet, in this option one contact (terminal) is used
for indicating the close position, electromagnet supplied with voltage of gap type 24/48[V] DC and additionally
actuator which can arm the flap again if the closedown occurred for testing purposes, the actuator is supplied
with voltage 24V DC (direct).
Diagram 3.
Connection system of flap of KWP-O-SE and KTS-O-SE types, equipped with electromagnet of impulse type
which keeps the flap in the open position without supplying the voltage to the electromagnet, flap closedown can
occur after exceeding the temperature 72±5ºC in the duct or supplying the voltage to the electromagnet for time
from 3 to 10 seconds, then the flap closes.
You cannot supply the voltage to the electromagnet of impulse type longer because it can lead to demagnetise the
electromagnet core and disable to arm (opening) the flap if the closedown occurred for testing purposes.
In this option two contacts (terminals) are used for indicating the positions: open or close, electromagnet
supplied with voltage of impulse type 24/48[V] DC and additionally actuator which can arm the flap again if the
closedown occurred for testing purposes, the actuator is supplied with the voltage 24V AC/DC.
Diagram 4.
or after disconnecting the voltage from the electromagnet, in this option two contacts (terminals) are used
for indicating the close or open position, electromagnet supplied with the voltage of gap type 230[V] AC and
additionally actuator which can arm the flap again if the closedown occurred for testing purposes, the actuator
is supplied with voltage 230[V] AC.
Diagram 5.
Connection system of flap of KWP-O-SE and KTS-O-SE types, equipped with electromagnet of impulse type
which keeps the flap in the open position without supplying the voltage to the electromagnet, flap closedown can
occur after exceeding the temperature 72±5ºC in the duct or supplying the voltage to the electromagnet for time
from 3 to 10 seconds, then the flap closes.
You cannot supply the voltage to the electromagnet of impulse type longer because it can lead to demagnetise the
electromagnet core and disable to arm (opening) the flap if the closedown occurred for testing purposes.
In this option two contacts (terminals) are used for indicating the positions: open or close, electromagnet
supplied with the voltage of impulse type 230[V] AC and additionally actuator which can arm the flap again if the
closedown occurred for testing purposes, the actuator is supplied with the voltage 230[V] AC.
NOTE:
SMAY company recommends using flaps of KWP-O-SE and KTS-O-SE types, with electromagnets of voltage
decay type (flap closedown occurs after voltage disconnection). In that case e.g. during power failure, flaps
will close i.e. reach safety position.
In execution version with electromagnets of impulse type (closedown after voltage supply) it is possible
to avoid accidental closedowns of flap at momentary voltage decays but the cable with which the voltage
is to be supplied should be monitored so as to be sure that it wasn't cut accidentally e.g. during maintenance
work.
34
version 5.2.1
KWP
Versions of device
KWP-O-E – fire-fighting cut-off flap for ventilating ducts (normally open) with the actuator with return power
spring, safety function is connected with comfort function.
In case of cut-off flaps of KWP-O-E type, the drive system is electric actuator of BLF or BF series from BELIMO
company or electric actuator of 229 or 239 series from GRUNER company (for all above mentioned actuators the
power supply voltage is 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC) or GNA or GGA from SIEMENS (supply voltage 24 [V] AC / 24…48
[V] DC lub 230 [V] AC). After connecting the supply to actuator cables, the flap opens. Automatic flap closedown
occurs as a result of activating the thermo switch of BAE-72 or BAE-72S type (in case of BELIMO actuators) or
thermo switch of T or TA type (in case of GRUNER actuators) or temperature monitoring system (in the case
of actuators SIEMENS) with rated activation temperature 72±5ºC (thermo switch activation causes the gap in the
electric circuit of actuator). On special order the flaps KWP-O-E are equipped with thermo switch with activation
temperature 95ºC. Remote closedown of flaps KWP-O-E type is realised by power supply disconnection (at
voltage decay the return spring placed in the actuator while returning to free position causes flap closedown).
Using actuators of BLF type from BELIMO and actuators of 229 type from GRUNER is limited to flaps with the
surface not bigger than 0,10 m2.
In the drive with return power spring BF or BLF or 229 or 239 there are inbuilt two micro switches permanently
adjusted for indicating the flap position. The flap position can be read on the mechanical indicator of the position.
The flap can be shifted manually and stopped at any position. The shifts from any position to the open one can be
done manually or automatically.
The flaps KWP-O-E with electric drive can be also produced in version without thermo switch.
In such case automatic closedown of the flap should be initiated by suitable control device according
to the developed design for fire-fighting protection of the facility.
During normal system operation of the cut-off barrier, the flap KWP-O-S is placed in open position.
In case of fire the flap barrier is shifted to close position.
dimensions in brackets apply with dampers L = 350
(273)
(77)
2
Fig. 11. KWP-O-E – version of damper where BxH < = 0,7 [m ]
(273)
(77)
2
Fig. 12. KWP-O-E – version of damper where BxH >0,7 [m ] аnd KWP-OM-E – and KWP-OM-E for any size.
version 5.2.1
35
Versions of device
KWP-OM-E – fire damper for the ventilation ducts (normally open), with the actuators with return spring,
of combined safety - and comfort function, with possibility for the application in the mixed systems where
the damper may be used for air flow regulation or pressure regulation during normal operation of the general
ventilation system or may be used for periodical aeration at the declared number of opening / closing cycles 50
< and < 20000.
The damper KWP-OM-E in its construction and operation principle is similar to the damper KWP-O-E
(the damper closure is caused by the supply voltage decay or thermo-switch activation after exceeding
the temperature 72±5°C). The difference consists in the fact, that the power transmission system in the damper
of KWP-OM-E type together with several elements of the damper has been strengthened significantly and
therefore the damper may be frequently opened and closed while operating e.g.: in the function of air damper.
The drive system is the electric actuator of BLF or BF series produced by BELIMO, (with supply voltage 24 [V]
AC/DC or 230 [V] AC). After connecting the power supply to the actuator cables, the damper opening occurs.
The damper automatic closure occurs as a result of thermo-switch activation of BAE-72 or BAE-72S type with
rated activation temperature 72±5°C (the thermo-switch activation causes the gap in the electric circuit of the
actuator). The dampers KWP-OM-E may be equipped with the thermo-switch with activation temperature
95±5°C. The remote closure of the KWP-OM-E dampers happens after disconnecting the power supply (at the
voltage decay, the return spring placed in the actuator while returning to its free position causes the damper
closure). The application of the actuators of BLF type produced by BELIMO is limited to the dampers with the
surface not bigger than 0,10 [m2].
Thank to usage of special lip seals, the damper keeps its tightness within the pressure range up to 1500[Pa],
fitting in 2 class of tightness according to the standard PN/EN-1751.
It is also possible to assembly in the dampers KWP-OM-E the explosion-proof actuators of ExMax-15-BF type
produced by SCHISCHEK, with the thermo-switch FireSafe, the junction box ExBox-BF and the sheet
for mounting the junction box to the actuator. The damper itself, however, does not have ATEX certificate.
In the dampers of KWP-OM-E type designed for the ventilating air consumption regulation (the example diagram
in the figure 3), there is mounted the actuator of: BF24-SR, BF24-SR-T, BLF24-SR, BLF24-SR-T, BF24-V, BF24V-T, BLF24-V or BLF24-V-T type with the thermo-switch or without thermo-switch (the actuators of BLF series
for the dampers with sectional area not bigger than 0,10 [m2]). The operation principle is similar to the standard
actuators of BF and BLF series with the only difference that the actuators have additional control conductors
for setting the control signal within the range of 0÷10 [V]. In case of the actuators with SR symbol in their name,
0 [V] means the damper totally closed, and 10 [V] – totally open. The damper middle positions correspond
to the proportionally set control signal. In the actuators with symbol –V, the actuator control signal value is fixed
by the measuring system connected to the actuator, with the regulator of the following type:
VRD2
VRD3
VRP-M + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP-STP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
Regardless of the set value of the control signal, the remote closure of the KWP-OM-E damper is realised
by disconnecting the power supply. At the voltage decay, the return spring placed in the actuator while returning
to its free position causes the damper closure. The damper automatic closing occurs as a result of the thermoswitch activation. The regulators of VR series with the measuring system may be mounted directly onto the
damper or in some distance from the damper. The measuring element is the orifice. It may be mounted in the
damper or onto the inlet ducts to the damper, always at the air supply side. For the dampers under economical
execution L=350 [mm] the measuring orifices are placed on the inlet ducts. The regulator must be at the
measuring orifice side, it cannot go through the firewall with pneumatic lines. The conductors with the control
signal going from the regulator to the actuator through the firewall should be protected with the coating
Promastop Coating with thickness minimum 1 [mm] (at the place marked in the figure 13). In case of pressure
regulation in the ventilation duct or in the room, the measuring orifice is not to be mounted. The examples
of damper adaptation for regulation purposes are presented in the figures 5 and 6.
36
version 5.2.1
KWP
Versions of device
During the normal operation, the closing division of KWP-OM-E damper may be placed under open position,
closed position or middle position within the range of 0÷90°. The actuator used depending on the general
ventilation system requirements closes and opens the damper or changes the degree of its opening in order
to regulate the amount of ventilating air, e.g. because of the necessity for periodical room aeration or inside
temperature regulation or pressure regulation. In case of fire, the damper division goes to the closed
position.
Damper
KWP-O-ME
Screw M5
Measuring
probe
Measuring
probe
Actuator
Air flow direction
Measuring
probe
Thermoswitch
Tubes
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Regulator
Wires
Thermoswitch
Joint
Fig. 5. Damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type with elements for control of air volume or pressure - example I
Damper
KWP-O-ME
Actuator
Measuring
probe
Ventilation duct
with measuring system
Screw M5
Measuring
probe
Measuring
probe
Air flow direction
Thermoswitch
Regulator
Flexible
wires
Tubes
Thermoswitch
Fig. 6. Damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type with elements for control of air volume or pressure - example II
version 5.2.1
37
Versions of device
measuring
probe
thermoswitch
pressure
transducer
damper
blade
damper
actuator
set point
value
controller
measured
value
Fig. 7. Sample air flow regulation schematic of the cut-off fire damper KWP-OM-E.
II – Cut-off flaps used in fire ventilation systems
KWP-P-E – flap for fire ventilation.
Drive system makes electric actuator of BLE or BE series from BELIMO company. Flap shifting from close
to open position and from open to close position is realised by power supply connection to the actuator. In the
actuator there are micro switches permanently installed for indicating the flap position: open/close. The flaps
KWP-P-E do not have thermo switches and electric actuators used in them do not have return power spring
(voltage decay does not cause the movement of flap cut-off barrier).
During normal system operation of the cut-off barrier, the flap of KWP-P-E type is placed in the close
position. In case of fire, used drive system causes opening the flaps operating the zone of fire detection (at
flaps in the other zones that remain in the close position).
(77)
dimensions in brackets are apply
to short version of dampers (L = 350)
(273)
Fig. 8. Sectional view of KWP-P-E and KWP-PM-E dampers
Wykonania specjalne
In the damper version with spring drive, on request:
– trigger thermal tripping in the temperature range from 40 to 110° C
In the damper version KWP L = 350 (the economic version - only with electric actuators):
– total length of the damper was reduced to size 350 mm
In the damper version with drive motor, on request:
– execution of damper in the version of the appropriate thermo-switch
– fuse causing the closure damper at a temperature of 95 ± 5° C
In the damper version intended for use in aggressive environments, on request:
– all steel parts of the damper are replaced with elements made of stainless steel 1.4301, bearings of damper are in this
case made of brass, and cut-off barrier shall be covered by impregnation type Promat-SR-Impragnierung - solvent-free
substance produced by PROMAT, made of silicate.
38
version 5.2.1
KWP
Versions of device
III – Cut-off flaps used in fire ventilation systems or hybrid systems (meeting both functions: general
ventilation and ventilation)
KWP-PM-E – fire ventilation damper (normally closed) with the possibility of mixed use in installations where the
flap can be used for periodic air ventilating or to adjust airflow, declared number of cycles of opening / closing
> 300 and < 20000.
Drive system makes electric actuator of BLE or BE series from BELIMO company (supply voltage
24 [V] AC / DC or 230 [V] AC).
Flap shifting from close to open position and from open to close position is realised by power supply connection to
the actuator. In the actuator there are micro switches permanently installed for indicating the flap position:
open/close. The flaps KWP-PM-E do not have thermo switches and electric actuators used in them do not have
return power spring (voltage decay does not cause the movement of flap cut-off barrier).
Thank to application of special lip seal, the flap keeps tightness in the range of pressure till 1500[Pa] comprising
itself in the 2nd tightness class according to the standard PN/EN-1751 after making 10 000 open and close
cycles.
During normal system operation of the cut-off barrier, the flap KWP-PM-E can be placed in open or close
position (used actuator depending on requirements of general ventilation system closes and opens the flap,
e.g. in order to do periodic air ventilating of the room). In case of fire the used drive system causes the
closedown of all flaps that do not operate the fire detection zone (flaps being in the close position that do not
operate the detection zone, remain in that position) as well as opening all flaps that operate the fire detection
zone (flaps being in the open position, that do not operate the detection zone, remain in that position).
Recommended usage range of actuators BLE... and BE... types within the limits of basic type and range
of damper KWP-P-E and KWP-PM-E type.
W
i
d
t
h
B
[
m
m
]
Table 1.
H
e
i
g
h
t
H
[
m
m
]
2
0
0
2
5
0
3
0
0
3
5
0
4
0
0
4
5
0
5
0
0
5
5
0
6
0
0
6
5
0
7
0
0
7
5
0
8
0
0
8
5
0
9
0
0
9
5
0
1
0
0
0
2
0
0
2
5
0
3
0
0
3
5
0
4
0
0
4
5
0
5
0
0
5
5
0
6
0
0
6
5
0
7
0
0
7
5
0
8
0
0
8
5
0
9
0
0
9
5
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
5
0
1
1
0
0
1
1
5
0
1
2
0
0
1
2
5
0
1
3
0
0
1
4
5
0
1
5
0
0
A
c
t
u
a
t
o
r
s
o
f
B
L
E
… o
r
B
E
.
.
.
t
y
p
e
version 5.2.1
A
c
t
u
a
t
o
r
s
o
f
B
E
.
.
.
t
y
p
e
39
Technical data
200
B/H
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
Table 1.
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
Free sectional area [m ]
0,019
0,027
0,025
0,035 0,046 0,056 0,067 0,077 0,088
0,035 0,043
0,051
0,031
0,044 0,057
0,070
0,109
0,122
0,037
0,052 0,068
0,083 0,099
0,083 0,096
0,114
0,130
0,145
0,161
0,176
0,192
0,043
0,061
0,079
0,097
0,115
0,133
0,151
0,169
0,187
0,205
0,223
0,241
0,259
0,049 0,069 0,090
0,110
0,131
0,151
0,172
0,192
0,213
0,233 0,254 0,274
0,295
0,315
0,336
0,055 0,078
0,101
0,124
0,147
0,170
0,193
0,216
0,239
0,262
0,331
0,354
0,377 0,400
0,061 0,086
0,067 0,095
0,112
0,123
0,137
0,151
0,163
0,179
0,188
0,207
0,214 0,239 0,265
0,235 0,263 0,291
0,103
0,134
0,164
0,195
0,225 0,256
0,286
0,317
0,112
0,145
0,178
0,211
0,244
0,277
0,310
0,343 0,376 0,409 0,442 0,475 0,508
0,120
0,156
0,191
0,227 0,262
0,298
0,333 0,369 0,404 0,440 0,475
0,167
0,205
0,243
0,319
0,357 0,395 0,433
0,178
0,218
0,259 0,299 0,340 0,380
0,189
0,232
0,275
0,318
0,245
0,291
0,336 0,382 0,427 0,473
0,259
0,307
0,355 0,403
0,272
0,323
0,373 0,424 0,474
0,281
0,135
0,421
0,285 0,308
0,290 0,316
0,319 0,347
0,347 0,378 0,408 0,439 0,469 0,500 0,530
0,461
0,361 0,404 0,447 0,490
0,518
0,471
0,511
0,541
0,561
0,574 0,607
0,546 0,582
0,617
0,653
0,509 0,547 0,585 0,623
0,661
0,699
0,502 0,542 0,583 0,623 0,664 0,704 0,745
0,533 0,576
0,619
0,662 0,705
0,748
0,791
0,564 0,609
0,655 0,700 0,746
0,791
0,837
0,835 0,883
0,451 0,499 0,547 0,595 0,643
0,691
0,739 0,787
0,525 0,575 0,626 0,676
0,727
0,777 0,828 0,878 0,929
0,763
0,816
0,339 0,392
0,445 0,498
0,551
0,355
0,410
0,466
0,577 0,632 0,688 0,743 0,799 0,854 0,910
0,371
0,429 0,487 0,545 0,603
0,521
0,423
0,341 0,367 0,392 0,418 0,443 0,469
0,375 0,403 0,431 0,459 0,487 0,515
0,604 0,657
0,975
0,965
1,021
1,009
1,067
0,951
0,447 0,508 0,568 0,629 0,689 0,750
0,810
0,871
0,931
0,992
1,052
1,113
0,466 0,529
0,844 0,907
0,970
1,033
1,096
1,159
0,484 0,550 0,615 0,681
0,571 0,639 0,707
0,592
0,662
0,718
0,719
0,869 0,922
0,777 0,835 0,893
0,592 0,655
0,661
0,710
0,781
0,746 0,812 0,877
0,775 0,843 0,911
0,943
0,979
1,008
1,047
1,074
1,115
1,139
1,183
1,205
1,251
0,733 0,803 0,874 0,944
1,015
1,085
1,156
1,226
1,297
1,051
1,124
1,197
1,270
1,343
0,613 0,686 0,759
0,832 0,905 0,978
Damper standard lengths: L=500 or L=350 [mm]
On order – we may execute every indirect size of the damper included within the types of series.
Weight of KWP-Ex dampers L=500 [kg]
H [mm] – inside span height of KWP-Ex
Table 2.
B [mm] – inside span width of KWP-Ex dampers
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
15,2
18,1
21
18,1
21,4
24,7
27,9
31,2
21,1
24,7
28,3
31,9
35,5
39,1
42,7
24,1
28,1
32
36
39,9
43,8
47,8
51,7
55,7
27,1
31,4
35,7
40
44,3
48,5
52,8
57,1
61,4
34,7
41,4
44
48,6
53,2
57,9
62,5
67,1
38,1
43
48
53
57,9
62,9
67,9
72,8
41,4
46,7
52
57,3
65,9
67,9
73,2
78,5
50,4
56
61,7
70,9
73
78,6
84,3
54,1
60,1
66,0
72,0
78,0
84,0
57,7
64,1
70,4
76,7
83,1
68,1
74,7
81,4
72,1
79,1
76,1
Table 3.
40
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
13,3
15,7
18,1
15,7
18,5
21,3
24,1
26,9
18,2
21,3
24,5
27,6
30,7
33,8
36,9
20,7
24,3
27,7
31,2
34,6
34,1
41,6
37,1
40,6
23,3
27,1
30,9
34,7
38,5
42,3
46,1
50,7
53,7
29,9
36,1
38,2
42,4
46,5
50,7
54,8
58,9
32,8
37,2
41,8
46,3
50,7
55,2
59,7
64,2
35,6
40,5
45,3
50,1
58,2
59,7
64,6
69,4
43,7
48,8
54,0
62,7
64,4
69,5
74,7
46,9
52,4
57,8
63,4
68,9
74,4
50,0
55,9
61,8
67,6
73,5
59,5
65,6
71,8
63,0
69,5
66,5
version 5.2.1
KWP
Classification in the range of fire resistance for damper KWP type
Cut-off dampers of KWP-O-S, KWP-O-SE, KWP-O-E, KWP-OM-E and KWP-OM-E-VAV types:
EIS 120
this class means that the flap has the tightness, insulating power and fire smoke-tightness
not less than 120 minutes
Cut- off dampers of KWP-P-E and KWP-PM-E types:
EIS 120 AA
this class means that automatically controlled flap, inbuilt in the separation barrier has
the tightness, insulating power and fire smoke-tightness not less than 120 minutes;
the foregoing class means that for at least 2 minutes after receiving the signal from
the fire sensor, this flap has the possibility of remote control from the central room.
Guidelines of assembly of the dampers KWP-O-S, KWP-O-SE,
KWP-O-E, KWP-OM-E and KWP-OM-E-VAV type in fire barriers
It is allowable to assembly the dampers of KWP-O-E and KWP-OM-E type, with vertical axis of the
2
compartment rotation, up to 1 m of the damper gross surface (other types and dimensions require previous
consultation with the producer).
The standard rigid wall constructions are classified to the fire resistance class EI120, e.g.: concrete,
gas concrete, brick wall, wall of hollow bricks, blocks of cell concrete etc.
anchor
A
the undercuts meaning
the damper built-in depth
in the fire compartment
post-sealing with cement
mortar or with cement-lime
mortar or concrete
wall
fire barierr
flap of KWP type
B
B
post-sealing with cement mortar
or with cement-lime mortar or concrete
NOTE: the connection according
to the standard of the ventilation duct supplier
considering the damper weight
the ventilation duct fastened according
to the assembly instructions of the duct producer
Fig. 9. Assembly of the dampers KWP in the wall partitions
NOTE:
The suspensions Z1 and Z2 may be dismantled 48h after the damper assembly.
Instead of the suspensions Z1 and Z2, other systems of suspensions and supports may be used.
version 5.2.1
41
Guidelines of assembly of the dampers KWP in the fire barriers
The light partitions made out of cardboard-gypsum boards with the skeleton of light metal profiles are qualified
to the class EI120.
anchor
the selection of anchor type must consider the weight
of the damper and ceiling type
rail for suspending the ventilation
ducts, galvanised steel
sheet metal screw
non-combustible mineral wool
with density min. 150kg/m3
CW profile
fire-resistant plasterboard
Fig. 10. Assembly of the dampers KWP in the light wall partitions
NOTE:
42
version 5.2.1
KWP
Assembly in the ceilings
Make the openings in the ceiling with the dimensions by 120mm bigger than the rated dimension of the damper =
B+120 and H+120. The damper should be mounted in the ceiling by means of the assembling brackets while
using the steel rawlbolts.
290
500 (standard version)
(A = depending on the material)
290
60 [mm] fixed permanent dimension
regardless of the compartment type
marked with undercuts
steel rawlbolt
assembling bracket
After positioning the damper according to the instruction, the gap between the damper and the ceiling should
be filled up thoroughly with cement mortar, cement-lime mortar or concrete.
Fig. 11. Assembly of the dampers KWP in the ceilings
version 5.2.1
43
screw M5
measuring stick
wall,
fire barrier
damper
KWP-OM-E
actuator
air flow direction
measuring
stick
thermostwitch
connectors
regulator
air ducts
air ducts
tee
thermoswitch
Fig. 12. Damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type with elements for control of air volume or pressure - example I
damper
KWP-OM-E
actuator
wall,
fire barrier
measuring stick
screw M5
air duct
with measuring system
measuring stick
Kierunek przepływu
powietrza
thermoswitch
Promastop
coating
Promastop
coating
regulator
air ducts
connectors
Termowyłącznik
Promastop
coating
Fig. 13. Damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type with elements for control of air volume or pressure - example II
44
version 5.2.1
KWP
Guidelines of assembly of the dampers KWP-P-E and KWP-PM-E in the fire barriers
It is allowable to assembly the dampers of KWP-P-E and KWP-PM-E type, with vertical axis of the compartment
rotation, up to 1 m2 of the damper gross surface (other types and dimensions require previous consultation with
the producer).
Fig.14. How to connect a damper KWP, with ducts of a different type - example I
version 5.2.1
45
Fig. 15. How to connect a damper KWP, with ducts of a different type - example II
(damper embedded in concrete or bricked partition)
46
version 5.2.1
KWP
Fig. 16. How to connect a damper KWP, with ducts of a different type - example III
(damper embedded in concrete or bricked partition)
version 5.2.1
47
Fig. 17. How to connect a KWP damper with ventilation shafts,
intended for fire ventilation (smoke exhaust)
Guidelines of assembly of the dampers in the batteries
Beside the assembly of single damper in the building partition, the dampers included in the Approval may be also
mounted in the sets – batteries, the examples of such combinations are presented in the figures 18, 19, 20.
For connecting such dampers with one another the assembly framing made out of the steel channel sections
with dimensions 60×30×2,0 [mm] is used. The free spaces between the casings of the dampers are tightly filled up
with the boards of mineral wool with density not less than 60 kg/m3. Additionally, in place of the damper insulating
spacers contact, the expanding seal of PROMASEAL-PL PVC SK type with section of 20×2,0 [mm]
is placed, mixed to the spacer by means of the steel stitches.
48
version 5.2.1
35
75
version 5.2.1
hole for the damper battery = H1 + H2 + 180
the undercuts mean
H2
B+60
H1+H2+120
B+120
hole for the damper battery
35
60
B
rail for suspensions
of the ventilation ducts
cement mortar or with
Z1
the selection of anchor type must consider
the damper battery weight and the ceiling type
the selection of suspension type must
consider the damper battery weight
and the ceiling type
post-sealing with the masonry
H1
Damper
B
Damper
A
75
A (the view without the ventilation duct)
288
60
fixed permanent dimension
wall, fire barierr
230
Z2
A
ventilation duct mounted
according to the assembly instruction
of the duct producer
A = depending on the material)
NOTE:
The connection pursuant to the standard of the ventilation duct
supplier, while considering the damper battery weight
If the safety suspension because of the ventilation duct
strength is uncertain, the damper battery should
be supported for the assembly time
230
KWP
Fig. 18. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant I
NOTE:
The integral part of the figure is the description of the guidelines for the damper built-in recommended by SMAY
The suspensions Z1 and Z2 may be dismantled 72 hours after the damper assembly
Instead of the suspensions Z1 and Z2, other systems of suspensions and supports may be used
49
50
35
B
60
H3
hole for the damper battery = H1 + H2 + H3 + 240
the undercuts mean
H
B+120
Otwór pod baterię klap
35
H2
B+60
60
Klapa
C
75
H1
Klapa
B
Klapa
A
A (widok bez przewodu wentylacyjnego)
75
wall, fire barierr
288
60
Z1
230
A
Z2
NOTE:
230
Fig. 19. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant II
NOTE:
version 5.2.1
35
75
version 5.2.1
the undercuts mean
H2
B1+B2+120
H1+H2+120
hole for the damper battery = B1 + B2 + 180
35
60
B1
Klapa
D
Klapa
C
75
Z1
H1
B1
Klapa
B
Klapa
A
60
288
60
wall, fire barierr
230
A
NOTE:
Z2
230
KWP
Fig. 20. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant IV
NOTE:
51
The noise level emitted by the damper to the duct
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
52
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
13
21
30
38
15
23
32
40
16
24
33
41
17
26
34
42
19
27
35
43
19
38
36
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
21
30
38
46
13
23
32
40
17
25
34
42
19
27
35
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
22
30
38
47
23
31
39
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
40
49
24
33
41
49
25
33
42
50
25
34
42
50
17
25
34
42
19
27
36
44
20
29
37
45
22
30
38
46
23
31
39
47
23
32
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
19
27
35
43
20
29
37
45
22
30
38
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
20
28
36
45
21
30
38
46
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
38
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
23
31
39
47
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
23
32
40
48
35
33
41
49
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
39
48
56
32
40
48
56
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
26
34
42
50
27
35
43
51
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
26
34
43
51
27
36
44
52
28
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
28
36
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
29
37
45
53
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
32
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
37
45
53
61
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
version 5.2.1
KWP
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
36
45
53
61
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
33
33
34
41
42
43
49
50
50
57
58
58
33
34
35
42
42
43
50
50
51
58
58
59
34
34
35
42
43
43
50
51
51
58
59
59
34
35
35
42
43
44
50
51
52
58
59
60
34
35
36
43
44
44
51
51
52
59
59
60
35
35
36
43
44
44
51
52
52
59
60
60
35
36
36
43
44
45
51
52
53
59
60
61
35
36
37
44
45
45
52
52
53
60
60
61
36
36
37
44
45
45
52
53
53
60
61
61
36
37
37
44
45
46
52
53
54
60
61
61
36
37
38
45
45
46
53
53
54
60
61
62
36
37
38
45
46
46
53
53
54
61
61
62
37
37
45
46
53
54
61
62
37
45
53
61
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
35
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
55
62
39
47
55
63
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
53
Pressure loss Δp with reference to the flow velocity
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
54
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
12
25
45
68
12
25
48
68
12
25
46
68
12
25
46
68
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
version 5.2.1
KWP
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
2
5
8
13
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
55
56
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire damper
KWP-L
Declaration of conformity CE
KWP-LS Nr 251/2011/W
KWP-LE Nr 252/2011/W
HKB 1510/01/2011
Application
The fire dampers of KWP-L type are designed for the assembly in the ventilation systems as the cut-off barriers
separating the zone covered with fire from the remained part of the building. As a result of the foregoing the basic
function of the dampers of KWP-L type is to restrain the distribution of fire, temperature and smoke, as well as
for the mixed ventilation (used not only during fire but also e.g. for airing the room from time to time).
These dampers are the dampers designed for building in horizontally (in the walls). They may be installed in all
types of the wall barriers (rigid barriers) together with the cardboard-gypsum walls.
These dampers have the fire resistance EI 120 (ve i o) S which means that they fulfill the classification criteria:
tightness, insulation and smoke tightness within 120 minutes.
The fire dampers of KWP-L type are designed for using in the systems with dry and filtered air. In case of using
at the fresh air inlet or in the extremely difficult conditions, the dampers should be embraced with special
program of periodical testing, adequately to the conditions.
The effectiveness of the dampers is proved by the testing according to the standard PN-EN 1366-2.
Flap is designed, produced and shall be tested in accordance with the requirements of PN EN 15 650.
The damper is built out of two bodies connected with each other and made out of the galvanised sheet, between
them there are the insulating spacers of fireproof material with the thickness of 6mm. Inside the damper, the
barrier is mounted in bearing sets and its closing is realised by the system of tendons driven either by means
of the power spring (KWP-LS), or by means of the electric actuator (KWP-LE). The barrier position under closed
position is limited by the retaining angles that function additionally as the sealing.
The dampers KWP-L are produced also in the special version designed for the particularly chemically aggressive
environments. The dampers are used in chemical industry, food industry, in laboratories etc. In such cases,
all steel elements are made out of acid-resistant steel 1.4301. The bearings in the dampers are made out of the
brass and the cut-off barrier is covered with the impregnate (substance without solvents based on silicates)
of Promat-SR-Impragnierung type produced by PROMAT.
Version of device
The dampers KWP-L are produced in two variants:
– KWP-LS – with the drive realised by the spring
– KWP-LE – with the drive realised by the actuator
Both types of the dampers may be in two lengths – from the standard L=350 to L=536.
The damper of KWP-LS type – in this variant the drive is realised by means of the power spring. During opening
the damper, the power spring is put under tension. The energy stored in it is used for closing the damper. In this
variant, the thermal release with the fuse element is mounted in the body. After exceeding the temperature
70±5°C (standard) or 95±5°C the fuse element breaks causing the hook releasing, and then closing the damper.
In case of testing, to close the damper it is necessary to pull the manual release. The current position of the
damper cut-off barrier indicates the lever position in relation to the labels placed on the damper housing with
inscriptions „opened” and „closed”. The dampers KWP-LS may be also equipped with the limit switch in two
different types of size informing on the damper dislocation into the closed position, and also with the switch
indicating the opened position, and equipped with the switches indicating both positions as well.
The damper of KWP-LE type – cut-off fire damper for the ventilation ducts (normally opened) with the actuator
with the return spring, of combined safety and comfort function. The damper driving system consists of the
electric actuator of series BLF produced by BELIMO (for all actuators the supply voltage is 24 V AC/DC or 230 V
AC). After connecting the power supply to the actuator conductors the damper opening occurs.
The damper automatic closing occurs as a result of the activation of the thermo-switch of BAE-72 or BAE-72S
type with nominal activation temperature 72±5°C (the thermo-switch activation causes the break in the electric
circuit of the actuator). On special request, the KWP-LE dampers are equipped with the thermo-switch with the
activation temperature 95°C.
58
version 5.0.9
KWP-L
Version of device
The remote closing of the dampers of KWP-LE type is realised by disconnecting the power supply (at the voltage
decay, the return spring placed in the actuator while returning to the free position causes closing the damper).
In the drive with the return spring BLF there are permanently in-built two micro-switches for indicating the
damper position. The damper position may be read on the mechanical indicator of the position. The dampers
KWP-LE with the electric drive may be also produced in the version without the thermo-switch. In such case the
damper automatic closing should be initiated by the suitable control device according to the developed design
of the object fire protection.
During normal operation of the system, the cut-off barrier of KWP-L damper is placed in the opened position.
In case of fire, the damper barrier moves into the closed position.
Fig. 1. The damper of KWP-LE type
Fig. 2. The damper of KWP-LS type
Fig. 3. The damper of KWP-LS, KWP-LE type (sectional view)
version 5.0.9
59
Special execution of KWP-L
In the execution version of the damper with the spring drive, on request:
–
the thermal release with the fuse element with the activation temperature 72±5°C and 95±5°C
In the version of the damper with the actuator drive, on request:
–
the fuse causing the damper closing at the temperature 95±5 C
In the version of the damper designed for using in the aggressive environment, on request:
-
all steel elements of the dampers of KWP type are replaced with the elements made out of the acid-resistant
steel (chromium-nickel). The bearings in the dampers are made out of brass and the cut-off barrier is
covered with the impregnate of Promat-SR-Impragnierung - substance without solvents produced by
PROMAT based on silicates.
Masses of the dampers KWP-L, L=350
Mass of the damper KWP-L [kg]
L = 350
B[mm] – width of the inside span of the damper KWP-L
H [mm] - height of the inside span
of the damper KWP-L
200
300
400
500
200
8,1
10,1
12,1
300
10,1
12,5
14,9
17,2
400
12,1
14,9
17,5
20,3
500
14,1
17,2
20,3
23,4
600
16,1
19,5
23,0
26,5
700
800
21,9
25,7
29,5
28,4
32,6
Masses of the dampers KWP-L, L=536
Mass of the damper KWP-L [kg]
L = 536
[mm] - height of the inside span of the damper
KWP-L
B[mm] – width of the inside span of the damper KWP-L
200
300
400
500
200
10,0
12,4
14,9
300
12,4
15,3
18,1
20,9
400
14,9
18,1
21,3
24,5
500
17,4
20,9
24,5
28,0
600
19,8
23,7
27,7
31,6
700
800
26,6
30,9
35,2
34,1
38,7
Notes:
1. The series of types of the KWP-L fire dampers produced by SMAY consists of the dampers
with the dimensions from BxH=200x200 to BxH=800x500 every 50[mm] for the dimension B and/or H.
2. On special request we can produce every indirect size of the damper included in the series of types.
3. The dampers should be installed so that the damper barrier axis is in the horizontal position.
The cut-off fire dampers of KWP-L type
EI 120 (ve i Υ o) S
60
this class means that the damper has fire tightness, insulation and smoke tightness
not lower than 120 minutes.
version 5.0.9
KWP-L
The guidelines for the assembly of KWP-L dampers in the fire barriers
The standard rigid wall structures are qualified to the class of the fire resistance EI120, e.g.: concrete, gas
concrete, bricked wall, hollow brick wall, cell concrete blocks etc.
The built-in scheme:
Wall, fire barrier
H+120 = the hole dimension under building in
KWP-LE type damper
Cement mortar
Distance of barrier rotation
axis from the wall face 55mm
Fig. 4. The assembly of the cut-off dampers of KWP-L type in the rigid barriers
version 5.0.9
61
The guidelines for the assembly of KWP-L dampers in the fire barriers
The light barriers made out of cardboard-gypsum boards with the framework of light metal profiles qualified
for the class EI120.
The built-in scheme:
hole for the damper = H+150
H+60
Non-flammable mineral
3
wool with density min. 100 kg/m
PROMASTOP Coating
(PROMAT)
distance of barrier rotation
axis from the wall face 55mm
Fig. 5. The assembly of the cut-off dampers of KWP-L types in the light wall barriers
62
version 5.0.9
KWP-L
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information according to the below-mentioned method:
KWP-L <F>– x <H>–<L>–<W>–<S>–<M>
Where:
<F>
– type of damper
S with the return spring
E with the electric actuator with the return spring

– width of the inside diameter [mm]
<H>
– height of the inside diameter [mm]
<L>
– length of the damper [mm]*
from 350 (standard) to 536
<W>
– limit switch (only where F=S)
none without limit switches
W1
limit switch D2SW-3L2M OMRON indicating the damper closed position
W2
limit switch D2SW-3L2M OMRON indicating the damper opened position
W12 two limit switches D2SW-3L2M OMRON indicating the damper closed and opened position
WD1 limit switch Z-15GW-B OMRON (big) indicating the damper closed position
WD2 limit switch Z-15GW-B OMRON (big) indicating the damper opened position
WD12 two limit switches Z-15GW-B OMRON (big) indicating the damper closed and opened position
<S>
– type of actuator used (only where F=E)
BLF24-T
BLF24-T-ST
BLF230-T
<M>
– material *
– galvanised steel
SN stainless steel
Example of the order:
KWP-LE-800x500-350-BLF24-T
KWP-LS-500x400-536-WD12-SN
* optional parameters – in case when they are not given, the default values are used
version 5.0.9
63
Notes
64
version 5.0.9
Cut-off fire damper
in explosion-proof execution
KWPTechnical approval
AT-15-7401/2008
ITB-1610/W
HK/B 1301/01/2007
ATEX certificate
KDB 12ATEX0001X
KDB 12ATEX0002X
ATEX designation
EX II 2GDc IIB T6
The safety requirements concerning the construction of KWP-EX series fire dampers designed
for the usage in the explosion hazard space are confirmed by the certificate issued
by the Central Mining Institute - Certified Body:
Experimental Mine „Barbara”
Application and scope of usage
The fire dampers in explosion-proof execution of KWP-Ex type are designed for the assembly in the ventilation
systems as the closing divisions, separating the fire zone from the remaining part of the building.
The devices of KWP-Ex type provide the high safety level and are designed to be used in the places, in which there
is possibility of the explosive atmosphere occurrence, caused by gases, vapours, mists and air-dust mixtures.
KWP-Ex dampers are designed and certified according to the directive ATEX 94/9/EC as the devices of group II
category 2 designed to be used in the explosion hazard zones 1,2,21 and 22.
The damper fire-proof efficiency was proved with the testing pursuant to the standards: PN-EN 13463-1;
PN-EN 13463-5 and confirmed by the certificates ATEX: KDB 12ATEX0001X and KDB 12ATEX0002X issued
by Central Mining Institute, Experimental Mine „Barbara”.
KWP-Ex dampers have the designation ATEX: Ex II 2GD c IIB T6.
These dampers are symmetrical ones, designed for building in horizontally (in walls) and vertically (in ceilings).
They may be installed in all types of building partitions (rigid partitions), including the cardboard-gypsum walls,
as well as outside the partitions.
The damper fire fighting efficiency is confirmed by the testing according to the standard PN-EN 1366-2;
and validated with the Technical Approval : AT-15-7401/2008 and the Certificate of Conformity: ITB-1610/W
by the Building Research Institute in Warsaw.
The producer's certificate ATEX is available for the electrical components.
The damper is executed of two galvanised steel bodies which are separated with two insulating spacers made out
of fire-proof material with thickness of 40 [mm]. Inside the damper there is a division, whose movement under
closed position is limited by the retaining angles. The partition axes cooperate with the sliding bearings built
in the insulating spacers. The partition closing is realised by the system of tendons.
The dampers are also produced in special version with application in the particularly chemical aggressive
environments. These dampers are used in chemical industry, food industry, laboratories etc. All steel
components are made out of the acid resistant steel 1.4301. In this case, the damper bearings are made out
of brass and the closing division is covered with the impregnate (solvent-free substance based on silicates).
Variants of execution
KWP-O-S-Ex – fire damper under explosion-proof execution for the ventilation ducts (normally open) with spring
drive, without comfort function. The drive system is the spring mechanism locked with the phial thermal release.
While opening the damper by means of the key, the tightening of the return spring made out of the stainless steel
wire occurs.
After exceeding the determined temperature (standard 70±5°C) the phial breaks, causing the hook release,
and then the damper closes. In the special execution, there are used the phial releases with rated actuation
temperature from 40°C to 110°C. The division under closed position is locked by the snap fastener which enables
to open the division automatically and ensures great tightness at the same time.
In case of testing, to open the damper, the wheel releasing the fastener should be pulled.
The current position of the closing division indicates the lever position in relation to the labels placed
on the damper casing with the writings „open” and „closed”. On the customer's request, KWP-O-S-Ex dampers
may be equipped with the limit switch informing on the damper position under open and closed position.
During the normal system operation the closing division of KWP-O-S-Ex damper is under open position.
In case of fire the damper division goes over to the closed position.
2
Dimensional series of types of KWP-O-S-Ex fire dampers is limited to the gross surface of 1,0 [m ], above that
dimensions, the dampers are produces as the set of dampers (batteries).
66
version 5.2.1
KWP-Ex
Version of device
Fig. 1. KWP-O-S-Ex
earth terminal
* in brackets there is the distance after mounting the terminal switch
KWP-OM-E-Ex – fire damper for the ventilation ducts (normally open), with the actuator with the return spring
of combined safety function with comfort function. In case of fire dampers in explosion-proof execution of KWPOM-E-Ex type, the drive system is the electrical actuator ExMax-15-BF produced by SCHISCHEK, (supply voltage
24 [V] AC/DC or 230 [V] AC) After connecting the supply power to the actuator conductors, the damper opens up.
The damper automatic closing occurs as a result of actuation of thermo-switch ExPro-TT type, with rated
actuation temperature of 72°C (the thermo-switch actuation causes the gap in the actuator electric circuit).
The remote closing of KWP-OM-E-Ex type damper is realised by disconnecting the power supply (at the voltage
decay the return spring located in the actuator while going back to its free position causes the damper closing).
In the drive with the return spring ExMax-15-BF two permanently adjusted micro-switches are built in to show
the damper position (open/closed). The damper position can be read on the mechanical indicator of the position.
Thank to the application of special grease seal, the damper keeps the tightness within the pressure range
to 1500[Pa], comprising in 2 tightness class according to the standard PN/EN-1751.
During the normal system operation, the closing division of KWP-OM-E-Ex damper is under open position.
In case of fire the damper division goes over to the closed position.
Dimensional series of types of KWP-O-S-Ex fire dampers is limited to the gross surface of 1,5 [m 2], above
that dimensions, the dampers are produces as the set of dampers (batteries).
Rys. KWP-O-SE
version 5.2.1
67
Version of device
Fig. 2. KWP-OM-E-Ex L=350mm
earth terminal
Fig. 3. KWP-OM-E-Ex L=350mm
earth terminal
Fire resistance classification Of KWP-Ex type dampers
The fire dampers of KWP-O-S-Ex, KWP-OM-E-Ex types have EIS 120 class.
EIS 120 class means that the damper has tightness, fire rating and smoke tightness not less than 120 minutes.
Classification Of KWP-Ex type dampers in the scope of ATEX directive
Classification of the device: group II category 2.
Operated explosion-hazard zones: 1, 2, 21, 22.
ATEX designation: Ex II 2GD c IIB T6.
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KWP-O-S-Ex, KWP-OM-E-Ex in the fire compartments
KWP-Ex dampers have the label-marked earth terminal, to which the used is obliged to lead the earth cable.
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KWP-O-S-Ex, KWP-OM-Ex in the fire compartments
It is allowable to assembly the dampers of KWP-O-E and KWP-OM-E type, with vertical axis of the
2
compartment rotation, up to 1 m of the damper gross surface (other types and dimensions require previous
consultation with the producer).
68
version 5.2.1
KWP-Ex
200
B/H
250
300
350
Technical data
400
450
500
550
Table 1.
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
600
650
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
Free sectional area [m ]
0,019
0,027
0,025
0,035 0,046 0,056 0,067 0,077 0,088
0,035 0,043
0,051
0,031
0,044 0,057
0,070
0,109
0,122
0,037
0,052 0,068
0,083 0,099
0,083 0,096
0,114
0,130
0,145
0,161
0,176
0,192
0,043
0,061
0,079
0,097
0,115
0,133
0,151
0,169
0,187
0,205
0,223
0,241
0,259
0,049 0,069 0,090
0,110
0,131
0,151
0,172
0,192
0,213
0,233 0,254 0,274
0,295
0,315
0,336
0,055 0,078
0,101
0,124
0,147
0,170
0,193
0,216
0,239
0,262
0,331
0,354
0,377 0,400
0,061 0,086
0,067 0,095
0,112
0,123
0,137
0,151
0,163
0,179
0,188
0,207
0,214 0,239 0,265
0,235 0,263 0,291
0,103
0,134
0,164
0,195
0,225 0,256
0,286
0,317
0,112
0,145
0,178
0,211
0,244
0,277
0,310
0,343 0,376 0,409 0,442 0,475 0,508
0,120
0,156
0,191
0,227 0,262
0,298
0,333 0,369 0,404 0,440 0,475
0,167
0,205
0,243
0,319
0,357 0,395 0,433
0,178
0,218
0,259 0,299 0,340 0,380
0,189
0,232
0,275
0,318
0,245
0,291
0,336 0,382 0,427 0,473
0,259
0,307
0,355 0,403
0,272
0,323
0,373 0,424 0,474
0,281
0,135
0,421
0,285 0,308
0,290 0,316
0,319 0,347
0,347 0,378 0,408 0,439 0,469 0,500 0,530
0,461
0,361 0,404 0,447 0,490
0,518
0,471
0,511
0,541
0,561
0,574 0,607
0,546 0,582
0,617
0,653
0,509 0,547 0,585 0,623
0,661
0,699
0,502 0,542 0,583 0,623 0,664 0,704 0,745
0,533 0,576
0,619
0,662 0,705
0,748
0,791
0,564 0,609
0,655 0,700 0,746
0,791
0,837
0,835 0,883
0,451 0,499 0,547 0,595 0,643
0,691
0,739 0,787
0,525 0,575 0,626 0,676
0,727
0,777 0,828 0,878 0,929
0,763
0,816
0,339 0,392
0,445 0,498
0,551
0,355
0,410
0,466
0,577 0,632 0,688 0,743 0,799 0,854 0,910
0,371
0,429 0,487 0,545 0,603
0,521
0,423
0,341 0,367 0,392 0,418 0,443 0,469
0,375 0,403 0,431 0,459 0,487 0,515
0,604 0,657
0,975
0,965
1,021
1,009
1,067
0,951
0,447 0,508 0,568 0,629 0,689 0,750
0,810
0,871
0,931
0,992
1,052
1,113
0,466 0,529
0,844 0,907
0,970
1,033
1,096
1,159
0,484 0,550 0,615 0,681
0,571 0,639 0,707
0,592
0,662
0,718
0,719
0,869 0,922
0,777 0,835 0,893
0,592 0,655
0,661
0,710
0,781
0,746 0,812 0,877
0,775 0,843 0,911
0,943
0,979
1,008
1,047
1,074
1,115
1,139
1,183
1,205
1,251
0,733 0,803 0,874 0,944
1,015
1,085
1,156
1,226
1,297
1,051
1,124
1,197
1,270
1,343
0,613 0,686 0,759
0,832 0,905 0,978
Damper standard lengths: for KWP-O-S-Ex: L=500; for KWP-OM-E-Ex: L=500 or L=350* [mm]
On order – we may execute every indirect size of the damper included within the types of series.
* in this size the damper has no inspection holes
Table 2.
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
15,2
18,1
21
18,1
21,4
24,7
27,9
31,2
21,1
24,7
28,3
31,9
35,5
39,1
42,7
24,1
28,1
32
36
39,9
43,8
47,8
51,7
55,7
27,1
31,4
35,7
40
44,3
48,5
52,8
57,1
61,4
34,7
41,4
44
48,6
53,2
57,9
62,5
67,1
38,1
43
48
53
57,9
62,9
67,9
72,8
41,4
46,7
52
57,3
65,9
67,9
73,2
78,5
50,4
56
61,7
70,9
73
78,6
84,3
54,1
60,1
66,0
72,0
78,0
84,0
57,7
64,1
70,4
76,7
83,1
68,1
74,7
81,4
72,1
79,1
76,1
Table 3.
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
version 5.2.1
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
1300
1400
1500
13,3
15,7
18,1
15,7
18,5
21,3
24,1
26,9
18,2
21,3
24,5
27,6
30,7
33,8
36,9
20,7
24,3
27,7
31,2
34,6
34,1
41,6
37,1
40,6
23,3
27,1
30,9
34,7
38,5
42,3
46,1
50,7
53,7
29,9
36,1
38,2
42,4
46,5
50,7
54,8
58,9
32,8
37,2
41,8
46,3
50,7
55,2
59,7
64,2
35,6
40,5
45,3
50,1
58,2
59,7
64,6
69,4
43,7
48,8
54,0
62,7
64,4
69,5
74,7
46,9
52,4
57,8
63,4
68,9
74,4
50,0
55,9
61,8
67,6
73,5
59,5
65,6
71,8
63,0
69,5
66,5
69
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KWP in fire barriers
The standard rigid wall constructions are classified to the fire resistance class EI120, e.g.: concrete,
gas concrete, brick wall, wall of hollow bricks, blocks of cell concrete etc.
anchor
A
post-sealing with cement
mortar or with cement-lime
mortar or concrete
wall
fire barierr
flap of KWP type
B
B
post-sealing with cement mortar
or with cement-lime mortar or concrete
NOTE: the connection according
to the standard of the ventilation duct supplier
considering the damper weight
the ventilation duct fastened according
to the assembly instructions of the duct producer
Fig. 4. Assembly of the dampers KWP-Ex in the wall partitions
NOTE:
70
version 5.2.1
KWP-Ex
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KWP in the fire barriers
The light partitions made out of cardboard-gypsum boards with the skeleton of light metal profiles are qualified
to the class EI120.
anchor
the selection of anchor type must consider the weight
of the damper and ceiling type
rail for suspending the ventilation
ducts, galvanised steel
sheet metal screw
non-combustible mineral wool
with density min. 150kg/m3
CW profile
fire-resistant plasterboard
Fig. 5. Assembly of the dampers KWP in the light wall partitions
NOTE:
version 5.2.1
71
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KWP in the fire compartments
Assembly in the ceilings
Make the openings in the ceiling with the dimensions by 120mm bigger than the rated dimension of the damper =
B+120 and H+120. The damper should be mounted in the ceiling by means of the assembling brackets while
using the steel rawlbolts.
290
290
steel rawlbolt
assembling bracket
After positioning the damper according to the instruction, the gap between the damper and the ceiling should
be filled up thoroughly with cement mortar, cement-lime mortar or concrete.
Fig. 6. Assembly of the dampers KWP in the ceilings
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers in the batteries
Beside the assembly of single damper in the building partition, the dampers included in the Approval may be also
mounted in the sets – batteries, the examples of such combinations are presented in the figures 18, 19, 20.
For connecting such dampers with one another the assembly framing made out of the steel channel sections
with dimensions 60×30×2,0 [mm] is used. The free spaces between the casings of the dampers are tightly filled up
with the boards of mineral wool with density not less than 60 kg/m3. Additionally, in place of the damper insulating
spacers contact, the expanding seal of PROMASEAL-PL PVC SK type with section of 20×2,0 [mm]
is placed, mixed to the spacer by means of the steel stitches.
72
version 5.2.1
35
75
version 5.2.1
B+60
H2
the undercuts mean
H1+H2+120
B+120
hole for the damper battery
35
60
B
rail for suspensions
of the ventilation ducts
Z1
the selection of suspension type must
consider the damper battery weight
and the ceiling type
H1
Damper
B
Damper
A
75
288
60
wall, fire barierr
230
Z2
A
NOTE:
230
KWP-Ex
Fig. 7. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant I
NOTE:
73
74
35
B
60
H3
hole for the damper battery = H1 + H2 + H3 + 240
the undercuts mean
H
B+120
Otwór pod baterię klap
35
H2
B+60
60
Klapa
C
75
H1
Klapa
B
Klapa
A
A (widok bez przewodu wentylacyjnego)
75
wall, fire barierr
288
60
Z1
230
A
Z2
NOTE:
230
Fig. 8. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant II
NOTE:
version 5.2.1
35
75
version 5.2.1
the undercuts mean
H2
B1+B2+120
H1+H2+120
hole for the damper battery = B1 + B2 + 180
35
60
B1
Klapa
D
Klapa
C
75
Z1
H1
B1
Klapa
B
Klapa
A
60
288
60
wall, fire barierr
230
A
NOTE:
Z2
230
KWP-Ex
Fig. 9. Built-in method of the KWP type damper batteries - variant IV
NOTE:
75
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
76
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
13
21
30
38
15
23
32
40
16
24
33
41
17
26
34
42
19
27
35
43
19
38
36
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
21
30
38
46
13
23
32
40
17
25
34
42
19
27
35
44
20
28
37
45
21
29
38
46
22
30
38
47
23
31
39
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
40
49
24
33
41
49
25
33
42
50
25
34
42
50
17
25
34
42
19
27
36
44
20
29
37
45
22
30
38
46
23
31
39
47
23
32
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
19
27
35
43
20
29
37
45
22
30
38
47
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
42
50
26
35
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
20
28
36
45
21
30
38
46
23
31
40
48
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
43
51
38
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
23
31
39
47
24
32
41
49
25
33
42
50
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
23
32
40
48
35
33
41
49
26
34
43
51
27
35
44
52
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
39
48
56
32
40
48
56
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
26
34
42
50
27
35
43
51
28
36
44
52
29
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
26
34
43
51
27
36
44
52
28
37
45
53
29
38
46
54
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
28
36
45
53
29
37
46
54
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
29
37
45
53
30
38
46
54
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
30
38
47
55
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
31
39
47
55
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
32
40
48
56
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
32
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
37
45
53
61
34
42
50
58
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
version 5.2.1
KWP-Ex
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
28
36
44
52
28
36
45
53
29
37
45
53
29
37
46
54
29
38
46
54
30
38
46
54
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
30
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
39
47
55
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
31
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
32
40
48
56
32
41
49
57
33
41
49
57
33
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
42
50
58
34
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
43
51
59
35
44
52
59
35
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
36
45
53
61
H [mm]
550 600 650
LWA [dB (A) ]
33
33
34
41
42
43
49
50
50
57
58
58
33
34
35
42
42
43
50
50
51
58
58
59
34
34
35
42
43
43
50
51
51
58
59
59
34
35
35
42
43
44
50
51
52
58
59
60
34
35
36
43
44
44
51
51
52
59
59
60
35
35
36
43
44
44
51
52
52
59
60
60
35
36
36
43
44
45
51
52
53
59
60
61
35
36
37
44
45
45
52
52
53
60
60
61
36
36
37
44
45
45
52
53
53
60
61
61
36
37
37
44
45
46
52
53
54
60
61
61
36
37
38
45
45
46
53
53
54
60
61
62
36
37
38
45
46
46
53
53
54
61
61
62
37
37
45
46
53
54
61
62
37
45
53
61
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
35
43
51
59
35
44
51
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
35
44
52
59
36
44
52
60
36
44
52
60
36
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
36
44
52
60
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
61
38
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
55
62
39
47
55
63
36
45
52
60
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
38
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
45
53
61
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
37
46
54
62
38
46
54
62
38
47
54
62
39
47
55
63
39
47
55
63
77
B
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
700
750
78
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
12
25
45
68
12
25
48
68
12
25
46
68
12
25
46
68
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
10
22
40
60
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
9
20
35
55
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
8
18
32
48
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
7
15
27
41
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
version 5.2.1
KWP-Ex
B
800
850
900
950
1000
1050
1100
1150
1200
1250
1300
1350
1400
1450
1500
V
[m/s]
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
4
6
8
10
version 5.2.1
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
6
13
24
35
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
5
11
20
30
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
H [mm]
600
650
Δp [Pa]
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
4
9
16
24
4
9
16
24
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
700
750
800
850
900
950
1000
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
2
5
8
13
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
3
7
12
18
79
KWP - <F> - x<H> - <L> - <W> -
Where:
<F>
– application
O-S-Ex
– fire damper in explosion-proof execution with the return spring
OM-E-Ex – fire damper in explosion-proof execution with the actuator
with the return spring (ExMax-15-BF)

– width of the inside diameter [mm]
<H>
– height of the inside diameter [mm]
<L>
500
350
– type/ length of damper
long
short (only when F=OM-E-Ex)
<W>
W12
–
– terminal switch (only when F=O-S-Ex)
indication of damper both positions (open/closed)
no switch

SN
–
– material*
stainless switch
galvanised steel
KWP-O-S-Ex-500x300-500-W12
80
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire damper
KTM
Technical approval
AT-15-7566/2009
Certyfikat Zgodności
ITB-1662/W
Hygenic certificate
HK/B/0153/01/2008
Application
Fire dampers KTM type are applicable for installation in the general ventilation systems as the fire barriers,
separating the building zone covered by the fire from the remaining part of the building (normally open).
They main task is to prevent fire, temperature and smoke spreading. These fire dampers are intended
for installations in horizontal (walls) and vertical positions (ceilings) independently to its axis turning position
(with the axis angle 0 ÷ 360°). These fire dampers are EIS120 classified, which means that they meet the criteria
of; tightness, fire and temperature resistant for not less then 120 minutes.
They can be installed also in building partitions with lower fire resistance classification then EI120.
In such application of the fire damper its fire resistance is equal to the fire resistance class of the building
partition with smoke tightness criteria maintained.
The fire damper effectiveness has been proved by the tests according to PN-EN 1366-2 standard.
KTM fire damper (with spring return) consists of round body, movable fire damper part and driving mechanism
together with releasing element.. The body with nominal length of 250mm with female coupling and 195 mm with
male coupling is made from galvanized steel sheet. On both body ends there are couplings enabling easy
installation to the ductwork.
The inside surface of the perforated damper body there is an expanding gasket PROMASEAL_GT type, while
on the outside there is an expanding gasket PROMASEAL-PL type. When the gasket is heated expands its volume
sealing all the gaps between the fire damper flap and the damper body. The KTM fire damper compartment
is made of silicate-calcium slab PROMATECT-H with a gasket around to provide tightness in room temperatures.
The fire damper has actuating springs (in fire dampers from DN100 to DN125 there is one spring installed and
for larger fire dampers then DN125 there are two springs), which during opening are storing the energy which
is then used for closing. The flap open position is ensured by thermal fuse with nominal reaction temperature
of 70°C placed on special hooks.
Closing KTM fire flap takes place after thermal fuse reaction – temperature exceeded 70±5ºC. In this
temperature fuse breaks apart causing disconnection of the flap with the hook and then the flap is driven
by springs to closed position. There is a mechanical stopper for the closed position. Fire dampers with diameter
DN > 125mm have the flaps secured against possible opening.
To reopen the flap (if the closing was done during the test) stopper must be released and then the flap can be open
again. During normal operation of the system, KTM fire damper flap remains in the open position. In case of fire
occurrence the fire damper flap is driven to the closed position.
Special versions of damper KTM type:
•
•
•
•
82
Additionally the fire dampers may be equipped with an end switch informing about closed position,
an end switch informing about open position as well as equipped with both end switches;
The KTM fire dampers length may be 150÷ 350 mm for female coupling and 195 ÷ 395 mm for male coupling;
As an option the thermal fuse can be supply with the working set point ranging between 40°C
and 110°C;
For special orders of fire dampers resistant to chemicals, all elements are made of stainless steel 1.4301
and the flap is impregnated with special no solvent substance used for impregnation of fire proof slabs.
This is recommended for any applications in chemical industry, laboratories, hospitals etc.
The impregnation does not change the fire proof classification of the slabs.
version 5.2.1
KTM
Version of device
The KTM fire dampers are produced with female and male couplings:
–
with female coupling, marked as KTM-DN-M (fig. 1);
–
with male coupling, marked as KTM-DN-N (fig. 2).
The KTM fire dampers are produced with the diameters within DN100 to DN200 (all sizes available within that
range). Typical diameter sizes are the following:
DN100, DN125, DN160, DN200
With respect to the sizing and actuating mechanism the fire dampers are marked with the following symbols:
KTM –
fire dampers with spring return;
KTM-E –
fire dampers with spring return electric actuator;
KTM-ME –
fire dampers with spring return electric actuator, designed for frequent opening and closing
with possibilities to use for the air flow regulation or pressure regulation purposes during
normal operation of the general ventilation system.
End switch (the flap closed)
Thermal fuse
External expanding
gasket
Internal expanding
gasket
Stopper
End switch
(the flap is open)
Damper
body
Fire flap
Shaft
Fig. 1. KTM fire damper (female coupling)
External expanding
gasket
Thermal fuse
End switch (the flap closed)
End switch
(the flap is open)
Internal expanding
gasket
Stopper
Damper
body
Fire flap
Spring
Shaft
Fig. 2. KTM fire damper (male coupling)
version 5.2.1
83
Version of device
Fire dampers KTM-E(ME) are combining basic version of the KTM type (with spring return but with no thermal
fuse and end switches) together with driving mechanism E (ME) (fig. 3 and 4). Driving mechanism in the KTME(ME) fire dampers is an electric actuator BLF or BF series by Belimo with power supply of 24V AC/DC or 230 V
AC. Automatic closing of the flap is realized by a thermo-electric fuse with a nominal fuse temperature set point
of 725ºC (thermo-electric fuse reaction temperature causes power decay to the electric actuator). Remote
closing of the fire damper KTM-E(ME) type is realized by cutting off the power supply – with no power supplied
to the electric actuator the internal spring will drive the fire damper flap to the fully closed position.
In KTM-E fire dampers Belimo electric actuators may be replaced with counterparts:
produced by Gruner (actuators 229 and 239 series – power supply 24V AC/DC or 230 V AC);
produced by Siemens (actuators GNA or GGA types – power supply 24 V AC/DC or 230 V AC).
produced by Joventa (actuators SFL1.90 and SFR1.90 types – power supply 24 V AC/DC or actuators SFL2.90
and SFR2.90 types – power supply 230 V AC)
Automatic closing of the flap is realized by a thermo-electric fuse BAE-72 or BAE-72S Belimo types,
or by a thermo-electric fuse type T or TA of Gruner actuators, or by ST1.72 type of Joventa actuators,
or by ASK79.2 of Siemens actuators. For special orders KTM-E(ME) fire dampers are equipped with the thermoelectric fuse set to react at 95ºC. Cut-off fire dampers KTM-E(ME) may also be produced in version without
thermo-electric fuse. In such case remote closing of the fire damper is initiated by a proper fire detection system,
designed accordingly to the building fire scenario.
During normal operation of the system cut-off fire damper KTM-E is fully open. In case of fire occurrence the
fire damper flap is driven to the fully closed position. During normal operation of the system cut-off fire
damper KTM-ME is in any position between 0 ÷ 90°. In case of fire occurrence the fire damper flap is driven
to the fully closed position.
Before installation of the coupling turn left 900 the releaser handle
Thermo-electric
fuse
Driving
compartment
Actuator
Option – actuator
in the horizontal
position
KTM fire damper
(female coupling)
Fig. 3 KTM-E(ME) fire damper (female coupling) with driving compartment and the actuator
Thermo-electric
fuse
Actuator
Before installation
of the coupling turn
left 900 the releaser
handle
KTM fire
damper
(male coupling)
Option – actuator
in the horizontal
position
Driving
compartment
Fig. 4 KTM-E(ME) fire damper (male coupling) with driving compartment and the actuator
84
version 5.2.1
KTM
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KTM in fire barriers
Light drywall partitions from the cartoon-gypsum slabs
KTM Fire dampers to maintain declared fire resistance EIS120 should be installed in drywall partitions verified
and classified into the same class EI120.It is allowed to use KTM fire dampers for different fire resistance
drywalls and different isolation (EI30, EI60, EI90), however it must be understood that the fire resistance of the
whole finished installation in the building partition (including the fire damper KTM) is corresponding to the least
classified element in the installation.
The structure of the drywall is made of galvanized steel profiles. The double drywall slabs 12,5mm thick
are attached on both sides of the profiles. The drywall slabs should be installed in such a way that the vertical and
horizontal joints will not correspond directly with neighboring joints. The drywall slabs are attached by assembly
screws. The partition filling is made of incombustible mineral wool.
INSTALLATION TECHNOLOGY
Variant I (according to fig. 5 and 6)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Make a square opening in the wall with the size = DN+70mm
Install steel profiles on the inside perimeter of the installation wall opening as per fig. 5 and 6.
To the installed profiles attached by screws formerly prepared channel elements made from
the cartoon-gypsum slabs 12,5 [mm] thick and 75 [mm] also 125[mm] width.
Put the fire damper into the installation opening and support it and keep the distance of at least 55mm
of the fire flap axis from drywall edge (see fig. 5 and 6).
The gap between the fire damper and the installation channel should be filled in with mineral wool
with proper density, not less then 100 [kg/m3].
Install by screws masking steel plates and seal that by a coat of PROMASTOP®-Coating.
After finishing setting up the fire damper in the fire wall partition, remove used supports, test the fire
damper operation and leave it in the fully open position (by installing the fuse in the KTM fire damper type).
Notice:
All installation elements can be provided by Smay LLC company or they can be provided independently
by a customer and used according to the installation guidelines.
Masking slab
1 [mm] wide
Fire resistance
drywall GK
Promastop
coating
Promastop
coating
Mineral wool
KTM
fire damper
GK slab
GK slab
45x75 profile
Screw 4x40
Masking
slab
Promastop
coating
Masking slab
Promastop
coating
Fig. 5. KTM fire damper installation (female coupling) in the light drywall
of cartoon-gypsum slabs – variant I
version 5.2.1
85
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KTM type in the fire barriers
Masking slab
Fire resistance
drywall GK
Promastop
coating
Promastop
coating
Mineral woo
min. 100[kg/m3]
KTM
fire damper
GK slab
GK slab
45x75 profile
Masking
slab
Promastop
coating
45x75 profile
Masking slab
Promastop
coating
Fig. 6. KTM fire damper installation (male coupling) in the light drywall of cartoon-gypsum slabs – variant I
Variant II (according to fig. 7 and 8)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Make a square opening in the wall with the size = DN+70mm
Install steel profiles on the inside perimeter of the installation wall opening as per fig. 7 and 8.
To the installed profiles attached by screws formerly prepared channel elements made from the
cartoon-gypsum slabs 12,5 [mm] thick and 75 [mm] also 125[mm] width
Put the fire damper into the installation opening and support it and keep the distance of at least 55mm
of the fire flap axis from drywall edge (see fig. 7 and 8).
The gap between the fire damper and the installation channel should be filled in with plaster.
After drying up of the plaster (approx. 48 hours), remove used supports, test the fire damper operation
and leave it in the fully open position (by installing the fuse in the KTM fire damper type).
Notice:
86
version 5.2.1
KTM
Fire resistance
drywall GK
KTM
fire damper
4x40 profile
Cartoon-gypsum
slabs
GK slab
GK slab
Fig. 7. KTM fire damper installation (female coupling) in the light drywall of cartoon-gypsum slabs – variant II
Fire resistance
drywall GK
KTM
fire damper
45x75 profile
Cartoon-gypsum
slabs
GK slab
GK slab
Fig. 8. KTM fire damper installation (male coupling) in the light drywall of cartoon-gypsum slabs – variant II
version 5.2.1
87
Variant III ( fig. 9.)
Assembly onto the duct made out of steel sheet, protected with the mineral wool with fire resistance class EI.
1.
Make the square opening with dimensions DN + 70 [mm].
2.
Out of GFK panels - 12,5 [mm] make the assembling tunnel as in the figure - the strips as wide as A wall
should be screwed up by means of the tap bolts
3.
Fasten the covering board at the one side of the partition by means of the tap bolts 4x40 so that the board
opening axis overlaps the assembling opening axis (coaxiality) and insert the duct into the opening in the
covering board.
4.
From the other side of the partition, into the slot between the duct and the wall, insert the mineral wool with
density min. 100 [kg/m3] and protect it against falling out by mounting the second covering board by means
of the tap bolts 4x40, while keeping the coaxiality in relation to the axis of the duct and the assembling
opening.
5.
Both covering boards should be covered with the layer of fire-proof mass, e.g. PROMASTOP®-Coating
6.
To the duct the KTM damper should be mounted by means of the rivets or self-tapping screws so that the
duct and the damper would keep the coaxiality both in relation to each other and to the assembling opening
axis.
7.
The duct with KTM damper should be isolated to the place of the damper bricking-in with the mineral wool
with the system of declared fire resistance EI. The mineral wool flange should additionally be mounted on the
wall surface (fig. 9).
8.
KTM damper mounted in such way should be suspended according to the duct producer's
recommendations.
9.
Check the damper operation correctness, and then leave the damper under open position (while mounting
the fuse release in KTM damper).
Notice:
KTM damper
masking plate
Promastop Coating
mineral wool
Fig. 9. Assembly of KTM damper in the light partition made out of the gypsum-cardboard panels – variant III
- assembly onto the duct made out of steel sheet, protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI.
88
version 5.2.1
KTM
masking plate
sheet 1 mm
Fig. 9a. Assembly of KTM damper in the light partition made out of the gypsum-cardboard panels – variant III
- assembly onto the duct made out of steel sheet protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI120.EI120.
Stiff wall partitions
To maintain the declared resistance EIS120 dampers should be mounted in the walls and insulation using a
system which after the tests were classified as EI120.
Allowed to mount the dampers in the walls of the lower class of fire resistance and insulation (EI30, EI60, T90), but
must then remember that fire resistance of EI throughout development dampers KTM is the lowest resistance
classified of the element in that system.
INSTALLATION TECHNOLOGY
Variant I (according to fig. 10 and 11)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Make an opening in the wall with the size = DN+40 [mm] (minimum)
Put the fire damper into the wall opening and secure with hangers and keep the distance of at least
55mm of the fire flap axis from drywall edge (see fig. 10 and 11).
After installing according to the description thhe gap between the fire damper and the wall fill in with
cement mortar, cement-lime mortar or with concrete.
After drying up of the mortar (approx. 48 hours), remove used supports, test the fire damper operation
version 5.2.1
89
Wall – fire barrier
KTM
fire damper
Cement mortar, Cement-lime
mortar or concrete
Fig. 10. KTM fire damper (female coupling) installation in the stiff wall partition – variant I
KTM
Dumper
Cement mortar,
Cement-lime mortar or concrete
Fig. 11. KTM fire damper (male coupling) installation in the stiff wall partition – variant I
90
version 5.2.1
KTM
Variant II (fig. 12)
Assembly onto the duct made out of steel sheet, protected with the mineral wool with fire resistance class EI.
1.
In the wall make the opening with dimensions DN+70.
2.
Insert the duct into the opening and support or suspend it so that the damper axis will overlap with the
assembling opening axis (coaxiality).
3.
In the place where the duct goes through the wall, the duct should be sealed, by wrapping it with two seals
PROMASEAL PL 2x20 [mm] one next to the other.
4.
The space between the duct and the assembling opening should be filled in with the cement mortar,
cement-lime mortar or with concrete (it is also possible to use the fire-proof mortars, e.g.: PROMASTOP
MG III produced by PROMAT).
5.
After the mortar has dried up, the supports and suspensions used for the duct assembly are to be removed.
6.
To the duct the KTM damper should be mounted by means of the rivets or self-tapping screws so that the
duct and the damper would keep the coaxiality both in relation to each other and to the assembling opening
axis.
7.
The duct with KTM damper should be isolated to the place of the damper bricking-in with the mineral wool
with the system of declared fire resistance EI30, EI60, EI90, EI120.
8.
KTM damper mounted in such way should be suspended according to the duct producer's
recommendations.
rigid wall
KTM damper
mineral wool
Fig. 12.
Assembly of KTM damper in the wall rigid partition – variant II - assembly onto the duct made
out of steel sheet, protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI120.
version 5.2.1
91
Fig. 12a. Assembly of KTM damper in the wall rigid partition – variant II - assembly onto the duct made out of
steel sheet protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI120.
Stiff ceiling partitions
INSTALLATION TECHNOLOGY: (according to fig. 13 and 14)
1.
2.
3.
4.
92
Make an opening in the ceiling with the size = DN+40 [mm] (minimum)
Put the fire damper into the ceiling opening and secure to keep the distance of at least 55mm of the fire
damper flap axis from the bottom or top ceiling surface (see fig. 13 and 14).
After installing according to the description the gap between the fire damper and the ceiling fill in with
cement mortar, cement-lime mortar or with concrete. If it is necessary before filling in the gap connect
the fire damper (male coupling) with the spiro duct (fig. 14).
After drying up of the mortar (approx. 48 hours), remove used supports, test the fire damper operation
version 5.2.1
KTM
Cement mortar,
Ceiling – fire barrier
min. 55
150
KTM damper
DN+2
(DN+40) x (DN+40)
Fig. 13. KTM fire damper (female coupling) in the stiff ceiling partition
KTM damper
Cement mortar,
SPIRO duct
min. 55
150
Ceiling – fire barrier
DN+2
(DN+40) x (DN+40)
Fig. 14. KTM fire damper installation in the stiff ceiling partition
version 5.2.1
93
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KTM-E and KTM-ME type in the fire barriers
INSTALLATION TECHNOLOGY: (according to fig. 15)
KTM-E(ME) fire damper installation in the fire barriers should be done the same way as the KTM fire damper
installation. It should include use of supports for the driving compartment E(ME) type with the actuator during
the installation process.
min 55
Thermo-electric fuse
Driving compartment E(ME) type
KTM damper
Actuator (horizontal position)
Actuator (horizontal position)
A
Fig. 15 KTM-E(ME) fire damper installation in the fire barriers
Additional options
Fire barrier
Collar coupling
Collar coupling
KTM Dumper
A
Fig. 16. Cut-off KTM fire damper with the collar coupling
94
version 5.2.1
KTM
V
[m/s]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
V
[m/s]
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Fire damper
size DN
Flow restriction characteristics of the KTM fire dampers
Effective
area Aeff
2
Velocity
Pressure
drop
Fire damper
size DN
Velocity
Pressure
drop
[Pa]
[mm]
3
6
10
17
22
29
38
47
57
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
[m ]
[m/s]
[Pa]
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
0,009
44
88
133
177
221
265
309
353
398
442
3
6
10
17
22
28
35
45
54
Velocity
Pressure
drop
Effective
area Aeff
2
[mm]
[m ]
[m/s]
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
0,006
28
57
85
113
141
170
198
226
254
283
Fire damper
size DN
Effective
area Aeff
Velocity
Pressure
drop
Fire damper
size DN
Effective
area Aeff
[mm]
[m ]
[m/s]
[Pa]
[mm]
[m ]
[m/s]
[Pa]
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
160
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
0,016
72
145
217
290
362
434
507
579
651
724
3
5
9
14
19
24
31
39
47
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
0,027
113
226
339
452
565
679
792
905
1018
1131
3
5
9
12
18
22
27
25
42
V
[m/s]
100
2
4
6
8
10
19
27
39
47
53
version 5.2.1
2
D [mm]
125
160
LWA [dB (A) ]
18
19
29
22
39
34
45
42
51
49
2
200
19
24
36
45
52
95
96
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire dampers
KTS
Technical approval
AT-15-6937/2009
+ appendix nr 1
Certyfikat of conformity
ITB-0998/W
HK/B/0427/01/2006
Application
The fire dampers of the KTS type are intended for the assembly in the ventilation systems as the cutting off
partitions, separating the zone covered by the fire from the remaining part of the building. The dampers of the
KTS type are the cutting off dampers (normally open), symmetrical intended for the horizontal building (in the
walls) and vertical one (posts). They can be installed in all types of constructional partitions (stiff partitions)
together with the cartoon-gypsum walls. The basic function of the dampers of the KTS type is to cease the
spreading of the fire, temperature and smoke.
The dampers meet the European classification PN-EN 1366-2
Fire dampers type: KTS-O-E, KTS-OM-E, KTS-O-S, KTS-O-SE, meet the classificationEI120
where:
E
– means the fire tightness
I
– means the fire insulation
120
– time of meeting the requirements in minutes
Sizes of the produced dampers of the KTS type.
The SMAY company produces dampers in the dimensions from DN160 to DN630 (all medium dimensions)
The basic series of types of the produced dampers are the following dimensions:
DN160, DN200, DN250, DN315, DN400, DN450, DN500, DN560, DN600, DN630
Damper KTS-OM-E-VAV type is available only in sizes from DN160 to DN400.
With the dimensions smaller than DN160 the dampers with transitory ferrules are made.
Special versions
1. In the version of performing the dampers with the spring dampers KTS-O-S and KTS-O-SE in the
standard there is thermal release mounted (glass ampoule – Esti Patronen) causing the closure
of the damper in the temperature above 72±5ºC. There is the possibility to make the assembly of the
thermal release acting in the area from 40 to 180ºC.
2.
In the version of performing the damper KTS-O-E with the actuator drive inside the damper, there is the
safety device connected with a actuator. This safety device is in standard after exceeding in the channel
the temperature 72±5ºC causes the automatic closure of the damper through cutting off the power of the
actuator. The assembly of the safety device is also possible, resulting in closing the damper with the
temperature of 95±5ºC).
Damper KTS and KTS-OE-OM-E type with electric drive can also be produced in a version without
termoswitch (not applicable to damper KTS-OM-E-VAV). In this case, the automatic closing valves shall
be initiated by the control device, developed in accordance with the design of fire protection facility.
3. In the special performance, resistant to the chemicals, all elements performed of steel are changed into acid
resistant steel (chromium-nickel steel). The bearing remain brazen, and the partition of the damper
undergoes the impregnation with a special non-dissolvent substance (Promat-SR-Impragnierung) on the
basis of silicates used for impregnation of the fire resistant slabs. Impregnation does not change
the classification of the slabs as the incombustible material.
98
version 5.2.1
KTS
Version of device
The fire damper body is made from the galvanized sheet steel with 1mm thickness. The damper body in the
middle has a perforation around 35 mm of width. The fire damper compartment is made of PROMATECT-H slab
with a gasket around to provide tightness (in cold). During closing the fire damper flap is stopped by steel
mechanical stoppers. The inside perforation is covered by the PROMESEAL-GT gasket. When the gasket
is heated expands its volume sealing all the gaps between the fire damper flap and the damper body. The gasket
inside is covered by aluminum tape. The outside perforation is covered by the PROMESEAL-PL standard gasket.
Additionally for the installation of the fire damper into the drywall partition where the sealing element is the
mineral wool there are two steel bands applied. The flap is located in the damper body with stainless steel
elements and brass bearings.
KTS-O-S - cut-off fire damper for the ventilation ducts
(normally open) with a spring-actuated drive without
the comfort function.
Fig. 1.
In this variant the spring mechanism is installed on the
casing. During the damper opening by means of the
special key mounted on the mechanism plate, the drive
spring is tightened up.
The energy, stored in it, is used for closing the
damper. In this variant, in the mechanism there is
mounted the thermal release, which after
exceeding the temperature (standard 72±5°C – see
special execution) releases the manual release and
the drive channel section, and the spring causes
the damper closure. The damper closure for test
purposes is possible by pulling back the manual
release. To open the damper, the key must be used.
After turning round by 90° the damper remains
under open position.
After opening the damper, the key should be
screwed up to the drive panel by means of the
butterfly nut. The current position of the damper
closing division is indicated by the lever position in
relation to the labels placed on the damper
housing, with captions ”open” and „closed”.
The dampers KTS-O-S may be also equipped with
the limit switch, informing on the damper shift into
the closed position, and the switch indicating the
open position, as well as equipped with both abovementioned switches.
Fig. 2.
475
361
version 5.2.1
99
Variants of device
KTS-O-SE - The fire damper for the ventilation ducts (normally open) with spring drive or with installed actuator
BL24-48 SMY / BL110-230 SMY, with the division of safety function from the comfort function.
In this variant, the spring mechanism is installed on the casing with the electromagnet, to be released remotely.
While opening the damper by means of the key, the drive spring is tightened up, which causes the energy storing
into it, and that energy is then used for closing the damper. In this variant, in the drive panel there is mounted the
thermal release, which after exceeding the temperature (standard 72±5°C – see special execution) causes
releasing the manual release. The spring gives the movement to the free lever, and together with the drive lever
connected to it causes the damper closure. The second method of damper closure is the voltage supply or voltage
decay, depending on the type of electromagnet used.
At the impulse type electromagnet, the voltage should be supplied for time from 3 to 10 seconds.
The electromagnet activation causes the disconnection of the drive lever from its supporting free lever and
the damper closure.
The damper closure for test purposes is also possible by pulling back the manual release.
To open the damper, it is necessary to supply or disconnect the voltage from the electromagnet (depending on its
type), and then use the key. After turning round by 90° the damper remains under open position. After opening the
damper, the key should be screwed up to the drive panel by means of the butterfly nut. The current position of the
damper closing division is indicated by the lever position in relation to the labels placed on the damper housing,
with captions ”open” and „closed”. The dampers KTS-O-SE may be equipped with the limit switch, informing
on the damper shift into the closed position, and the switch indicating the open position, as well as equipped with
both above-mentioned switches.
The damper in KTS-O-SE version may be additionally equipped with the comfort function, enabling to open
the damper remotely (accessories). It is achieved by installing the actuator
Fig. 3.
Fig. 4.
KTS-O-SE with electromagnet
KTS-O-SE with actuator BL24-48 SMY or BL110-230 SMY
Fig. 5.
475
key
100
version 5.2.1
KTS
Variants of device
Fig. 6. The mechanism of the damper type:
KTS-O-SE. The view with a transparent casing
Fig. 7. Mechanism of the damper type: KTS-O-SE.
The view without the casing – the reinforced mechanism
Fig. 8. The mechanism of the damper type: KTS-O-SE.
The view with the released electromagnet due to providing
or decay of the power (depending on the performance
version) – open damper.
The damper closed due to the effect of the electromagnet.
The electromagnet reinforced ready to be opened again,
if the closure took place for testing applicables.
The view with a manual slower in order to be tested
– open damper.
Fig. 11.The mechanism of the damper type: KTS-O-SE.
The damper closed due to opening of the manual releaser.
The releaser reinforced ready to open the damper again,
if the closure took place for testing applicables.
The view after dropping off the manual releaser due
to cracking the glass ampoule after exceeding in the
channel the temperature 72±5ºC – open damper.
The view after dropping off the manual releaser, due
to cracking the glass ampoule after exceeding in the
channel the temperature 72±5ºC - closed damper.
version 5.2.1
101
Exemplary diagrams of possible configuration of the connections of the damper type KTS-O-SE
Diagram No 1
Diagram No 2
Signaling
closed
Diagram No 3
Signaling
closed
Signaling
closed
Signaling
open
Signaling
open
Signaling
open
Electromagnet
supply
24/48 [V] DC
Break type
1,6 [W]
Electromagnet
supply
24/48 [V] DC
Break type
1,6 [W]
Electromagnet
supply
24/48 [V] DC
Break type
3,5 [W]
Power
actuator
Power
actuator
Power
actuator
24/48 [V]
AC/DC
24/48 [V]
DC
24/48 [V]
AC/DC
Diagram No 4
Diagram No 5
Signaling
closed
Signaling
closed
Signaling
open
Signaling
open
Electromagnet
supply
24/48 [V] DC
Break type
3,5 [W]
Electromagnet
supply
24/48 [V] DC
Break type
3,5 [W]
Power
actuator
Power
actuator
24/48 [V]
AC/DC
24/48 [V]
AC/DC
Diagram 1.
The system of connections of the KTS-O-SE type, equipped with electromagnet break type, which maintains
the damper in the open position. Closing of the damper can take place after exceeding in the channel the
temperature 72±5ºC or disconnecting the power from the electromagnet. In this variant, two connects
(extremes) were used to indicate the positions open or closed. The electromagnet is powered of the break
type 24/48[V] DC and additionally actuator, which can again reinforce the damper, if the closure took place for
testing applicables. The actuator is supplied with the power of 24V AC/DC.
102
version 5.2.1
KTS
Exemplary diagrams of possible configuration of the connections of the damper type KTS-O-SE
Diagram 2.
The system of connections of the KTS-O-SE type, equipped with electromagnet break type, which maintains the
damper in the open position. Closing of the damper can take place after exceeding in the channel the
temperature 72±5ºC or disconnecting the power from the electromagnet. In this variant, one connect (extremes)
was used to indicate the position closed. The electromagnet is powered of the break type 24/48[V] DC and
additionally actuator, which can again reinforce the damper, if the closure took place for testing applicables. The
actuator is supplied with the power of 24V DC (constant).
Diagram 3.
damper in the open position without delivering the power to the electromagnet. Closing of the damper can take
place after exceeding in the channel the temperature 72±5ºC or delivering the power to the electromagnet for the
period of 3 to 10 seconds. Then the damper is closed. You cannot remain for a longer period of time, because it
can lead to demagnetizing of the electromagnet's core and will enable to reinforce (opening) the damper, if the
closure took place for testing applicables.
In this variant, two connects (extremes) were used to indicate the positions open or closed. The electromagnet is
powered of the break type 24/48[V] DC and additionally actuator, which can again reinforce the damper, if the
closure took place for testing applicables. The actuator is supplied with the power of 24V AC/DC.
Diagram 4.
damper in the open position. Closing of the damper can take place after exceeding in the channel the
temperature 72±5ºC or disconnecting the power from the electromagnet. In this variant, two connects
(extremes) were used to indicate the positions open or closed. The electromagnet is powered of the break type
230[V] DC and additionally actuator, which can again reinforce the damper, if the closure took place for testing
applicables. The actuator is supplied with the power of 230V AC/DC.
Diagram 5.
The system of connections of the KTS-O-SE type, equipped with electromagnet impulse type, which maintains
the damper in the open position without delivering the power to the electromagnet. Closing of the damper can
take place after exceeding in the channel the temperature 72±5ºC or delivering the power to the electromagnet
for the period of 3 to 10 seconds. Then the damper is closed. You cannot remain for a longer period of time,
because it can lead to demagnetizing of the electromagnet's core and will enable to reinforce (opening) the
damper, if the closure took place for testing applicables.
In this variant, two connects (extremes) were used to indicate the positions open or closed. The electromagnet is
powered of the break type 230[V] DC and additionally actuator, which can again reinforce the damper, if the
closure took place for testing applicables. The actuator is supplied with the power of 230V AC/DC.
Note:
The Smay company recommends to use the damper of the KTS-O-SE type with electromagnets of the type
power decay (the damper is closed after disconnecting the power). In such a casing, e.g. during the power
breakdown, the dampers are closed, namely they will be in a safe position.
In the version of performance with electromagnets of the impulse type (closing after giving the supply) you
can avoid accidental closings of the dampers with temporary decays of the power, but the duct with which the
power should be supplied, should be monitored so as to be sure that t was not accidentally cut, for example
while maintenance works.
version 5.2.1
103
Variants of device
KTS-O-E – cut-off fire damper for ventilation systems (normally open) with the spring return electric actuator
with combined safety and comfort (convenience) functions. For cut-off fire dampers KTS-O-E type the actuating
mechanism consists of an electric actuator BLF or BF series by Belimo, 229 or 239 series by Gruner (power
supply 24V AC/DC or 230 V AC), and also GNA or GGA series by Siemens (power supply 24 C AC, 24…48 V DC
or 230 V AC). After bringing the power to the actuator the fire damper flap starts to open.
Automatic closing of the flap is realized by a thermo-electric fuse BAE-72 or BAE-72S types (for Belimo
actuators), or thermo-electric fuse type T or TA (for Gruner actuators) or by a temperature monitoring system
(for Siemens actuators) with a nominal fuse temperature of 725ºC (thermo-electric fuse reaction temperature
causes power decay to the electric actuator). For special orders KTS-O-E fire dampers are equipped with
the thermo-electric fuse set to react at 95ºC. Remote closing of the fire damper KTS-O-E type is realized by
cutting off the power supply – with no power supplied to the electric actuator the internal spring will drive the fire
damper flap to the fully closed position. Belimo actuators BLF type and Siemens actuators 229 type are allowed
2
only for fire dampers with the surface of the flaps not exceeding 0,10 [m ].
For the spring return electric actuators BF or BLF and 229 or 239 there are two internal end switches to indicate
the fire damper flap position. The position can also be figured out by checking the mechanical position indicator.
End switches as well as the monitoring system of the temperature in GN and GGA actuators are all optional
and available on special customer orders.
Fire dampers KTS-O-E with electric actuators can also be produced in versions without thermo-electric fuses.
In such cases, automatic closing of the fire damper should be initiated by proper controlling device, according
to the building fire scenario.
There is possible to install explosion proof actuators on the fire dampers KTS-O-E type. The actuator
EXMax-15-BF type by Schischek supplied with the thermo-electric fuse FireSafe, connection electric box
EXBox-BF together with actuator installation steel plate for the connection electric box. The fire damper itself
does not hold ATEX certificate.
During normal operation of the system fire damper KTS-O-E is fully open. In case of fire occurrence the
damper is transistion to the fully closed position.
104
version 5.2.1
KTS
Variants of device
Fig. 14.
damper of the KTS-O-E type
with actuators of the BLF type (BELIMO)
or 229 (GRUNER)
Fig. 15.
475
version 5.2.1
Permissible variant of the actuator's
assembly only on special order
The damper of the KTS-O-E type with actuators of the BLF type (BELIMO) or 299 (GRUNER)
105
Variants of device
Fig. 16.
damper of the KTS-O-E type
with actuators of the BF type (BELIMO)
or 229 (GRUNER)
Fig. 17.
The damper of the KTS-O-E type with actuators of the BF type (BELIMO) or 299 (GRUNER)
Permissible variant of the actuator's
assembly only on special order
475
106
version 5.2.1
KTS
Variants of device
KTS-OM-E – The damper KTS-OM-E – fire damper for ventilation ducts (normally open), with the actuators with
return spring, with combined safety- and comfort function, that can be mounted in the mixed systems, where the
damper can be used for the air flow regulation, or pressure regulation during normal operation of general
ventilation system, or can be used for periodical aeration, at the declared number of 20 000 opening / closing
cycles.
The damper KTS-OM-E in its construction and operation principle is the same as the damper KTS-O-E (the
damper closure is caused by the supply voltage decay, or activation of thermo-switch after exceeding the
temperature 72±5°C ).
The drive system is the electric actuator BLF or BF series produced by BELIMO, (with the supply voltage 24 [V]
AC/DC or 230 [V] AC). The automatic closure of the damper occurs as a result of activating the thermo-switch
BAE-72 or BAE-72S type, with rated activation temperature 72±5°C (the thermo-switch activation causes the gap
in the actuator electric circuit). The dampers KTS-OM-E may be equipped with the thermo-switch with the
activation temperature 95±5°C. The remote closing of KTS-OM-E dampers occurs after disconnecting the power
supply (at the voltage decay, the return spring placed in the actuator, while returning to its free position causes
the damper closure). The application of BLF actuators produced by BELIMO is limited to the dampers with the
2
surface not bigger than 0,10 [m ].
In KTS-OM-E dampers it is also possible to install the explosion-proof actuators of ExMax-15-BF type produced
by SCHISCHEK, with the thermo-switch FireSafe, the junction box ExBox-BF and the sheet for assembling the
junction box to the actuator. The damper itself, however, does not have the ATEX certificate.
KTS-OM-E-VAV - the damper with the air flow regulation.
The basic function of the dampers KTS-OM-E-VAV type is to prevent from spreading the fire, temperature
and smoke with the ventilation ducts in case of fire. In addition, thank to the application of proper measuring and
control system, they have full functionality of VAV regulator, and hence during the normal operation in the facility
they realise the tasks for air flow regulation.
The damper KTS-OM-E-VAV is executed by combining two modules with each other: the shut-off fire damper
KTS-OM-E and the measuring attachment VAV made out of steel sheet with thickness of 1 [mm].
The damper closing division is rotated by the electric actuator with the supply voltage 24[V] AC/DC, BF24-V-T
or BLF24-V-T type produced by BELIMO. The actuator integrated with the thermo-switch BAE-72S, is fastened
on the damper housing. In the housing of the measuring attachment VAV, made out of the galvanised steel, there
is mounted the measuring strip with the connector pipes. On the housing there are installed the impulse
pneumatic lines, connecting the measuring strip with the regulator.
KTS damper
Measuring
probe
Air flow
direction
Regulator
Actuator
The elements
of the measuring
system
Measuring
cap
Fig. 18. Integrated module of damper KTS-E type with the measuring cap VAV
version 5.2.1
107
Variants of device
After connecting the power supply to the regulator, the damper opening occurs and the damper starts its
operation under the function VAV. The damper closing occurs:
–
automatically in case of activation of the thermo-switch BAE-72S with activation temperature 72±5°C
(the thermo-switch activation causes the gap in the actuator electric circuit) or
–
remotely by disconnecting the power supply (at the voltage decay, the return spring placed in the actuator
while returning to its free position causes the damper closure).
In the damper, depending on the required functionality, there are provided the following measuring and control
systems:
–
VRD2,
–
VRP-M-VFP (100 or 300 or 600),
–
VRP-STP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600),
–
VRP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600).
These systems are controlled continuously with the voltage signal within the range (0 ÷ 10) V or (2 ÷ 10) V
or through so-called forced control, enabling to obtain the basic set values (Vmin, Vmiddle, Vmax, Open, Closed).
The drive and control system used, depending on the requirements of the ventilation system, closes and opens
the damper or changes the degree of its opening causing the ventilating air amount regulation or the
temperature regulation inside the rooms. However, the fire-fighting function of the damper is superior and
regardless of the set value of the control signal, in case of fire, the closing division of KTS-E-VAV damper goes
to the closed position.
The accuracy of the device operation under the function of VAV regulator was verified in SMAY laboratory. The test
results proved, that apart from the device construction as for the fire protection, the regulation error does
not exceed 6% of the set value in the range of the flow velocity 2[m/s]-10[m/s].
measuring
probe
thermoswitch
pressure
transducer
set point
value
damper
blade
damper
actuator
controller
measured
value
Fig. 19. Sample air flow regulation schematic of the cut-off fire damper
108
version 5.2.1
KTS
Guidelines for the assembly of the dampers KTS type in the fire barriers
The stiff wall partitions
For keeping the declared resistance EIS120, the dampers should be mounted in the walls which after conducting
the tests were classified as EI120.
It is allowable to use KTS dampers in the walls with different fire resistance and isolation (EI30, EI60, EI90), but
then it should be taken into account that the fire resistance EI of the whole assembly of KTS damper is the
resistance of the lowest classified element in that arrangement
Assembly technology:
Variant I
1.
Perform a hole in the wall with the dimensions (minimum) = DN + 70.
2.
Insert the damper into the hole to the depth defined with the flange of the damper.
The damper should be supported or suspended in such a manner that the axis
of the damper could cover with the axis of the assembly hole (co-axial).
3.
After setting the damper in accordance with the description, the slot between
the damper and the wall should be precisely filled with the cement-lime mortar
or concrete.
In the place of the cement-lime mortar and concrete, you can also use the fireprotective lime, for example: PROMASTOP MG III produced by PROMAT
company.
4.
After drying the lime, remove the supporters or suspenders which were used
for the assembly of the damper.
Variant II – recommended by the SMAY company (fig. 20.)
1.
Make the hole in the wall with the dimensions (minimum) = DN + 70.
2.
Mount the mounting sheet to the damper (as in the figure 1) by means of the
M6 screws.
3.
Make the holes in the wall for the stretching pegs in accordance with the figure 1.
4.
The damper should be inserted into the hole to the depth defined with the flange
of the damper, in such a manner so as the axis of the damper could cover
the axis of the assembly hole (co-axial) and then screw by means of the
stretching pegs.
5.
After setting the damper in accordance with the description, the slot between the
damper and the wall should be precisely filled with the cement-lime mortar
or concrete. In the place of the cement, cement-lime mortar and concrete you can
Fig. 20.
also use the fire protective lime, for example PROMASTOP MG III produced
by the PROMAT company.
Wall – fire partition
Intersection A - A
Minimum hole for the building
of the damper = DN + 70
Fullering with
the cement, cement-lime
mortar or concrete
Flange of the damper is the
border for bricklaying
KTS damper
Mounting sheet
version 5.2.1
109
Variant III (fig. 21.)
The assembly of KTS damper in the rigid wall partition. Assembly onto the duct made out of steel sheet
protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
110
In the wall make the opening with dimensions = DN+70.
Insert the duct into the opening and support or suspend it so that the damper axis will overlap with
the assembling opening axis (coaxiality).
In the place where the duct goes through the wall, the duct should be sealed, by wrapping it with
two seals PROMASEAL PL 2x20mm one next to the other.
The space between the duct and the assembling opening should be filled in with the cement mortar,
cement-lime mortar or with concrete (it is also possible to use the fire-proof mortars, e.g.:
PROMASTOP MG III produced by PROMAT)
After the mortar has dried up, the supports and suspensions used for the duct assembly are to be
removed.
To the duct the KTS damper should be mounted by means of the rivets so that the duct and the damper
would keep the coaxiality both in relation to each other and to the assembling opening axis.
The duct with KTS damper should be isolated to the place of the damper bricking-in with the mineral
wool with the system of declared fire resistance EI30, EI60, EI90, EI120.
KTS damper mounted in such way should be suspended according to the duct producer's
version 5.2.1
KTS
Fig. 21.
Wall
Fullering with
mortar or concrete
Mineral wool
KTS damper
PROMASEAL PL
version 5.2.1
111
Stiff ceiling partitions
Assembly technology:
Variant I (fig. 22.)
1.
2.
3.
Perform a hole in the ceiling with the dimensions (minimum) = DN + 70.
Insert the damper into the hole to the depth defined with the flange of the damper. The damper
should be supported or suspended in such a manner that the axis of the damper could cover with
the axis of the assembly hole (co-axial). After setting the damper in accordance with the description,
the slot between the damper and the wall should be precisely filled with the cement-lime mortar
or concrete. In the place of the cement-lime mortar and concrete, you can also use the fireprotective lime, for example: PROMASTOP MG III produced by PROMAT company.
After drying the lime, remove the supporters or suspenders which were used
for the assembly of the damper.
Variant II – recommended by the SMAY company (fig. 23.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Make the hole in the ceiling with the dimensions (minimum) = DN + 70.
Mount the mounting sheet to the damper by means of the M6 screws. Depending on the position
of the screws – the drive mechanism of the damper will be place over the ceiling or under the
ceiling. The mounting sheet will be mounted in front of or behind the damper's flange.
Make the holes in the ceiling for the stretching pegs in accordance with the figure 3 (drive
mechanism over the ceiling) or the figure 2 (drive mechanism under the ceiling).
The damper should be inserted into the hole to the depth defined with the flange of the damper,
in such a manner so as the axis of the damper could cover the axis of the assembly hole (co-axial)
and then screw by means of the stretching pegs. In casing of the assembly, when the drive
mechanism is under the ceiling, the stretching pegs should be of steel.
After setting the damper in accordance with the description, the slot between the damper and the
wall should be precisely filled with the cement-lime mortar or concrete. In the place of the cement,
cement-lime mortar and concrete you can also use the fire protective lime, for example
PROMASTOP MG III produced by the PROMAT company.
Note:
The mounting sheets can be made for dimension and delivered by the SMAY LLC or can be performed
in accordance with the figure in the Technical-Movement Documentation.
112
version 5.2.1
KTS
Fig. 22.
minimal hole = DN+70
Fullering with
mortar or concrete
ceiling
Mounting sheet
Flange of the damper is the border
for bricklaying
KTS damper
Fig. 23.
DN
Mounting sheet
version 5.2.1
113
Light partitions from the cardboard gypsum plates with the skeleton of light steel cold-bended profiles
To maintain declared resistance EIS120 the damper should be installed in the cardboard gypsum walls, which
after conducting the tests were classified as El120.
The supporting structure of the partition constitute the posts from the steel cold-bended galvanized profiles
sheet. To the profile, there are two layers of the gypsum-cardboard plates mounted on both sides 12.5mm thick.
The gypsum-cardboard plates should be mounted in such a manner that the vertical and horizontal connections
on one side would not cover with the connections of the neighboring layers. The layers are mounted by means
of the fast assembly. Filling the wall is made with the mineral wool.
Technology of the assembly (fig. 24.):
1.
2.
3.
4.
To perform the rectangular hole with the dimensions = DN + 120,
from the cold-bended profiles.
Perform the tunnel from the plates GK – 12.5 mm as in the figure
– the bends of 125 mm wide, screw by means of the screws.
Put the damper in the wall by means of the mounting sweet
with the use of screws in accordance with the figure.
After mounting, fill in the whole space between the damper
and the wall with the gypsum mortar.
Note:
The mounting sheets can be made for dimension and delivered by the SMAY LLC or can be performed
in accordance with the figure in the Technical-Movement Documentation.
114
version 5.2.1
KTS
Fig. 24.
Intersection A-A
gypsum
mounting sheet
KTS damper
version 5.2.1
gypsum
Flange of the damper is the border
for bricklaying
slab - 12,5 mm
Plaster wall construction
in EOI120 resistance or lower
115
The diagram of building the flaps of the KTS type in the fire partitions
Light partitions from the cardboard gypsum plates with the skeleton of light steel cold-bended
profiles – Variant I presented in the figure 25 and table 1.
The flaps to preserve the declared resistance EIS120 should be mounted in the cardboard gypsum
walls, which after conducting the tests were classified as El120.
The supporting structure of the partition constitute the posts from the steel cold-bended galvanized profiles
sheet. To the profile, there are two layers of the gypsum-cardboard plates mounted on both sides 12.5mm thick.
The gypsum-cardboard plates should be mounted in such a manner that the vertical and horizontal connections
on one side would not cover with the connections of the neighboring layers. The layers are mounted by means of
the fast assembly. Filling the wall is made with the mineral wool.
Technology of the assembly (according to the figure 25):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
116
To perform the rectangular hole with the dimensions = DN + 101 [mm], from the cold-bended profiles.
Perform the tunnel from the plates PROMATECT –H from the group 20 [mm] from the cold-bended
profiles.
Perform half-moons position 1, 4 pcs. and position 2, 4 pcs from the PROMATECT-H with the thickness
of 25 mm, as in the figure. In the position 1 and position 2 3-bands of the PROMESAL PL standard
gasket – thickness of 1,8mm, respectively according to the figure.
To the damper's flange screw the half-moons position 2 (by means of the screws 13)
in such a manner that the half-moons from the position 2 (with the glued swollen gasket position 3)
would precisely cover the damper (according to the figure). The half-moons screwed to the damper
position with the external dimension will be smaller than the tunnel made before from the plates
position 5 and 6 by 2mm.
To the mounted half-moons position 2 put a 2mm thick layer of glue K-84 in the place indicated
on the figure.
The damper with the mounted half-moons insert into the tunnel performed before from the
PROMATECT plates – H and screw with the screws the position 12. It should be made with care so that
the connect of the half-moons and the funnel were filled with the glue K-84.
From the other side of the damper (opposite one to the flange and the mechanisms) insert the mineral
wool with density of 100-150kg/m³ as in the figure.
Onto the half-moons position 1 (external dimension) put 2mm layer of the glue K-84. Insert the halfmoons position 1 and mount by means of screws the position 12. It should be made with care so that the
half-moon connect and the tunnel were filled with glue K-84. On the connect of the half-moons with
a damper there is a 2mm thick swollen gasket position 3 (as in the figure).
All other slots should be filled with glue K-84.
version 5.2.1
KTS
Fig. 25.
Intersection A - A
mounting sheet
slab
12,5 mm
Table 1.
15
14
13
Steel stitch
Steel screw Ø5
L – minimum 25[mm]
12
11
Steel screw Ø4
L = minimum 40[mm]
Fireproof partition
125[mm], El120
Profile of the wall construction
10
9
8
7
6
2
5
2
Mineral water with the density
100-150 [kg/m³]
Fireproof plate –
- PROMATECT-H gr. 20[mm]
Fireproof plate –
- PROMATECT-H gr. 20[mm]
4
3
Swollen gasket –
- PROMASEAL PL standard – gr. 1 1,8 mm
2
4
Fireproof plate – PROMATECT-H gr. 25[mm]
1
4
Fireproof plate – PROMATECT-H gr. 25[mm]
Position Quantity Description
version 5.2.1
117
The diagram of building the flaps of the KTS type in the fire partitions
Variant III (fig. 26.)
The assembly of KTS damper in the light gypsum-cardboard partition. Assembly onto the duct made
out of steel sheet protected with the mineral wool o with fire resistance class EI.
1.
2.
In the wall make the square opening with dimensions = DN+70 out of the cold-bent profiles.
Out of GK panels - 12,5 [mm] make the assembling tunnel as in the figure - the strips as wide as A wall
should be screwed up by means of the tap bolts.
3. Fasten the covering board at the one side of the partition by means of the tap bolts 4x40 so that the
board opening axis overlaps the assembling opening axis (coaxiality) and insert the duct into the opening
in the covering board.
4. From the other side of the partition, into the slot between the duct and the wall, insert the mineral wool
with density min. 100 [kg/m3] and protect it against falling out by mounting the second covering board
by means of the tap bolts 4x40, while keeping the coaxiality in relation to the axis of the duct and the
assembling opening.
5. To the duct the KTS damper should be mounted by means of the rivets so that the duct and the damper
would keep the coaxiality both in relation to each other and to the assembling opening axis.
6. The duct with KTS damper should be isolated to the place of the damper bricking-in with the mineral
wool with the system of declared fire resistance EI.
7. KTS damper mounted in such way should be suspended according to the duct producer's
recommendations
Fig. 26.
Slab
Mineral wool
Masking plate
1 mm
KTS damper
118
version 5.2.1
KTS
Rys. 26a.
The assembly of the dampers KTS-OM-E-VAV (fig. 27.)
The damper KTS-OM-E-VAV in the rigid partition should be mounted according to the variant II
of the assembly of KTS damper considering the additional suspensions or supports of the damper.
Fig. 27.
Wall – fire partition
Fullering with the cement,
Measuring cap
Flange of the damper is the
border for bricklaying
Air flow
direction
version 5.2.1
119
Characteristics of the pressure drops and acoustics
Drop of pressure [m3/h]
Graph 1.
Efficiency [m3/h]
Active surface (effective) of the damper of the KTS type
Table 1.
Active
surface
[m2]
Speed
[m/s]
Flow
of air
[m3/h]
Speed
[m/s]
Flow
of air
[m3/h]
Speed
[m/s]
Flow
of air
[m3/h]
Speed
[m/s]
Flow
of air
[m3/h]
Noise level emitted by the damper to channel
V
[m/s]
160
200
250
315
2
4
6
8
10
19
24
28
13
21
27
30
15
24
29
33
17
26
31
35
D [mm]
355 400
LWA [dB (A) ]
18
19
27
28
32
33
36
37
450
500
560
630
22
31
36
40
21
30
35
39
22
31
36
40
23
32
37
41
Weight of the dampers KTS type [kg]
Table 2.
120
w. actuator
version 5.2.1
KTS
version 5.2.1
121
Notatki
122
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire damper
DA VINCI
KTM-ME-VAV
Technical approval
AT-15-7566/2009
ITB-1662/W
HK/B/0153/01/2008
Złoty
Z
Instalator
2
2008
Application
KTM-ME-VAV cut-off fire damper with airflow regulation function ois designed for installation in general
ventilation and air conditioning systems in places where ductwork goes through fire rated wall partitions
including ceilings and walls.
The main function of the KTM-ME-VAV fire damper is preventing fire, temperature and smoke spreading through
the ventilation ducts in case of fire. Thanks to the special application of the flow sensing and regulating set-up
such device can be used to regulate the air flow during normal operation of the building ventilation systems.
Fire damper KTM-ME-VAV – consists of two modules; cut-off fire damper KTM-ME and also
a piece of ductwork with the flow sensing VAV compartment. It is available in two versions:
- with the flow sensing VAV compartment installed in a straight piece of ductwork (fig. 2,3,4 and 5)
- with the flow sensing VAV compartment installed in an elbow piece of ductwork (fig. 6 and 7)
The fire damper is produced in diameters within the range DN100 to DN200 mm. Typical sizes are DN100,
DN125, DN160 and DN200.
Fire damper with male connectors on both ends is made of galvanized steel sheet. The cut-off compartment
is made of ceramic slab PROMATECT-H type driven by an electric actuator with power supply of 24V AC/DC
BF24-V-T or BLF24-V-T types by Belimo. The actuator is interlocked with the thermo-electric fuse BAE-72S,
which is installed on the fire damper casing. Inside the ductwork with the flow sensing VAV compartment there
is a linear probe with tube connection nozzles installed. On the casing there are pneumatic impulse tubes
connecting the orifice with the controller are attached.
The powered controller sends a signal to open the fire damper flap and then the unit its operation in the VAV
function. Closing of the fire damper flap is automatic thanks to the thermo-electric fuse BAE-72S with the start
working set point of (72 ÷ 5)º C (the fuse cuts off the power supply to the electric circuit of the actuator),
or remotely by cutting off the power supply (with power off the internal spring returns the actuator and the fire
damper flap to the fully closed position).
The fire damper according to its functionality can be used with the following control driving mechanisms:
VRD2
VRP-M-VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP-STP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
Sequence of control layouts let to send a signal in the range of (0 ÷ 10) V or (2 ÷ 10) V or through the so called
fix control signal the regulator can achieve the basic operating modes (Vmin, Vmid, Vmax, Open, Closed).
The control driving mechanism according to the ventilation system needs can close, open or modulate the VAV
air damper to regulate the air volume according to the actual temperature or ventilation demands. However
the main function as the cut-off fire damper is the priority one and despite of any control signal in case of fire
the KTM-ME-VAV fire damper flap will close fully.
Accuracy of the device in the VAV regulation function was verified at the Silesian Polytechnic, (Wydział
Ogrzewnictwa, Wentylacji i Techniki Odpylania Politechniki Śląskiej). Testing results proved that despite
of the device design focused on the fire safety aspect the regulation error does not exceed 6% of the required
value at the air velocities ranging 1,4 [m/s] – 10 [m/s].
124
version 5.2.1
DA VINCI KTM-ME-VAV
measuring
probe
damper
blade
thermoswitch
Advantages of using such solution:
1
Combining the use of fire dampers with
general ventilation purposes increases the
safety level. Also, everyday use of the devices
will be a test of its reliability. Any malfunctions
will be discovered immediately because the
end users will notice decrease of the climate
comfort.
pressure
transducer
set point
value
Fig. 1
damper
actuator
2. The use of fire dampers on the air ducts
going through any fire partitions is required by
building laws. Also, utilization as air flow
regulation devices let to decrease the general
number of all VAV regulators used in the
building.
measured
value
controller
Sample airflow regulation schematic
of the cut-off fire damper KTM-ME-VAV
Variants of device
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
402
Regulator
Siłownik
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
Opcjonalne
położenie siłownika
w pozycji poziomej
Variant 1 – integrated module of the fire damper KTM-ME with female couplings with the flow sensing
VAV compartment installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the actuator's side)
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
494
402
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Króćce Przegroda
Termowyłącznik
Klapa
KTM-ME
((DN/2)+205)
Listwa
pomiarowa
Regulator
Położenie regulatora gdy
siłownik zamocowany
w pozycji poziomej
Fig. 3.
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Klapa
KTM-ME
w pozycji poziomej
Fig. 2 .
Króćce
Listwa
pomiarowa
DN+2
DN
((DN/2)+205)
Przegroda Termowyłącznik
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Opcjonalne
w pozycji poziomej
Siłownik
Variant 2 – integrated module of the fire damper KTM-ME with female couplings with the flow sensing
VAV compartment installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the fire flap side)
version 5.2.1
125
Warianty wykonania
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
446
Opcjonalne położenie
siłownika w pozycji poziomej
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
(DN+52)
(70)
Klapa
KTM-ME
(165)
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Przegroda
Termowyłącznik
Siłownik
w pozycji poziomej
Fig. 4.
Listwa
pomiarowa
Króćce
Regulator
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Variant 3 – fire damper KTM-ME with male couplings with the flow sensing VAV compartment installed in a straight
piece of ductwork (installed on the actuator's side)
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
526
446
Przegroda
Listwa
pomiarowa
Klapa
KTM-ME
(165)
(DN+52)
(70)
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
Regulator
Króćce
Przewody
pneumatyczne
w pozycji poziomej
Fig. 5.
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Opcjonalne
w pozycji poziomej
Termowyłącznik
Siłownik
Variant 4 – fire damper KTM-ME with male couplings with the flow sensing VAV compartment installed in a straight
piece of ductwork (installed on the damper blade side)
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
(DN+(DN/2)+270)
min.20
Listwa
pomiarowa
~50
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Fig. 6.
126
Siłownik
(DN+40)
(DN+120)
Klapa
KTM-ME
DN-2
(DN+200)
Termowyłącznik
Przegroda
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Króćce
Regulator
Opcjonalne
w pozycji poziomej
w pozycji poziomej
Variant 5 – fire damper KTM-ME with muff couplings and flow sensing VAV compartment arc type with couplings
installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the actuator side)
version 5.2.1
DA VINCI KTM-ME-VAV
(DN+136)
(DN+92)
Warianty wykonania
(DN+(DN/2)+360)
(DN+(DN/2)+270)
Termowyłącznik
(DN+120)
Klapa
KTM-ME
~60
(DN+200)
(DN+40)
min.20
Nasadka
pomiarowa VAV
Przewody
pneumatyczne
Króćce
Przegroda
Listwa
pomiarowa
Opcjonalne
w pozycji poziomej
~50
w pozycji poziomej
Fig. 7.
Regulator
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Siłownik
Variant 6 – fire damper KTM-ME with muff couplings and flow sensing VAV compartment arc type with
couplings installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the damper blade side)
Guidelines regarding installation of KTM-ME-VAV fire dampers in the building fire partitions
Cut-off fire dampers KTM-ME-VAV despite of their pivot of turn (at the angle of inclination (0-360), they might
be installed in the following fire partitions (walls or ceilings):
In the concrete ceilings with thickness not less then 150 mm
In the concrete walls with thickness not less then 110 mm
In the brick walls with thickness not less then 120 mm
In the concrete block walls with thickness not less then 115 mm
In drywalls (cartoon-gypsum slabs on steel frames) with the thickness not less then 125 mm and fire
resistance classification EI120.
Fire dampers may be installed in the building partitions with lower fire resistance then EI120. In such application
the fire dampers will have the fire resistance equal to the building partitions with maintaining the smoke
tightness criteria.
A
min.55
Ściana - przegroda
ogniowa
Klapa
KTM-ME-VAV
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Fig. 8.
KTM-ME-VAV fire damper sample installation in the fire barrier – the damper with the flow sensing VAV
compartment installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the fire flap side)
version 5.2.1
127
Guidelines regarding installation of KTM-ME-VAV fire dampers in the building fire partitions
A
min.55
Klapa
KTM-ME-VAV
Ściana - przegroda
ogniowa
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Promastop
Coating
Fig. 9.
Promastop
Coating
compartment installed in a straight piece of ductwork (installed on the damper blade side)
A
min.55
Ściana - przegroda ogniowa
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
Klapa
KTM-ME-VAV
Fig. 10.
compartment installed in elbow piece of ductwork (installed on the actuator side)
A
Kierunek
przepływu
powietrza
min.55
Ściana - przegroda ogniowa
Klapa
KTM-ME-VAV
Promastop
Coating
Fig. 11.
128
Promastop
Coating
compartment installed in a elbow piece of ductwork (installed on the damper blade side)
version 5.2.1
DA VINCI KTM-ME-VAV
The sound power level emitted by the housing LWA[dB(A)]
100
Pressure [Pa]
Wymiary
200
300
2
5
8
2
5
8
100
31,4
30,9
37,2
39,0
40,3
42,4
44,5
47,0
46,4
125
35,3
39,9
38,0
41,0
49,8
48,1
44,8
54,2
54,7
160
36,7
42,5
43,8
46,9
49,8
51,8
51,8
54,0
56,1
200
30,1
35,1
40,1
42,2
42,0
51,1
46,5
46,9
54,4
Air flow speed [m/s]
2
5
8
The sound power level emitted from the outlet side LWA[dB(A)]
100
Pressure [Pa]
2
5
100
46,1
125
44,3
160
200
Wymiary
Air flow speed [m/s]
200
300
8
2
5
8
2
5
8
47,6
50,1
54,0
56,7
56,9
47,6
48,6
54,3
55,0
57,2
58,2
61,5
62,3
58,5
59,9
61,9
47,1
50,0
50,5
56,5
58,4
49,3
48,9
52,4
58,2
59,0
59,9
60,5
63,0
64,8
59,5
63,8
63,9
64,0
/
version 5.2.1
/
129
Notes
130
version 5.2.1
Cut-off fire damper
KWP-OM-E-VAV
Technical approval
AT-15-7401/2008
ITB-1610/W
HK/B/1301/01/2007
Application
KWP-OM-E-VAV – cut-off fire damper with secondary function of regulating air flow or regulating air pressure,
is designed for installation in general ventilation and air conditioning systems in places where ductwork goes
through fire rated wall partitions including ceilings and walls.
The main function of the fire damper is preventing fire, temperature and smoke spreading through the ventilation
ducts in case of fire. Thanks to the special application of the flow sensing and regulating set-up such device can
be used to regulate the air flow or to regulate the air pressure during regular work of general ventilation.
Additionally it can be used for frequent ventilating.
Declared number of open/close cycles >50<100 000
Fire damper KWP-OM-E-VAV – it consists of two modules; cut-off fire damper and also piece of ductwork with
flow sensing compartment. The fire damper is produced in dimensions BxH (width x height) up to the size
accordingly 800x400.
Fire damper casing is made of galvanized steel sheet. The cut-off compartment is made of ceramic slab
PROMATECT-H type. The actuator is interlocked with thermo-electric fuse BAE-72S, which is installed on the
fire damper casing. Inside the ductwork with flow sensing compartment there is installed an orifice with tube
connectors. On the casing there are attached pneumatic impulse tubes connecting the orifice with
the controller.
In the fire dampers KWP-OM-E-VAV type there might be installed several types of actuators together with
thermo-electric fuses: BF24-SR, BF24-SR-T, BF24-V, BF24-V-T. The principle of operation is similar to regular
actuators BF and BLF series with the difference that those actuators have additional control wires with 0-10 V
signal. For actuators with marking –SR control signal of 0V means that the fire damper is fully closed and signal
10V means that the damper is fully open. Indirect position of the damper flap are corresponding proportionally
to the control signal. For actuators with marking –V control signal is adjusted by the controller of the type:
VRD3
VRD2
VRP-M + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP-STP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
VRP + VFP (100 or 300 or 600)
Apart of the control signal remote closing of the fire damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type is realized by cutting off the
power supply. With power off the actuator’s internal spring will drive it to the fully closed position. Thermoelectric fuse will close automatically the damper during the fire. Controllers of VR series may be installed
directly on the fire damper body or in a certain distance of it. In case of using the device for air pressure
regulation (duct or room) the flow sensing compartment (the orifice) is not installed.
During the normal operation fire damper cut-off flap (KWP-OM-E) position may be fully open, fully closed
or in indirect position between 0-900. The actuator according to the ventilation system needs modulates the
position of the fire damper flap to adjust accordingly the air volume. The air volume adjustments may
be required for frequent room ventilation or to regulate room pressure or temperature. In case of fire the fire
damper flap will close fully.
Fire resistance classification of the cut-off fire damper KWP-OM-E-VAV type:
EIS120
it means that the fire damper is fire and temperature (heat) resistant and smoke tight
for not less then 120 minutes
By using a special sealing the fire damper is airtight within the range up to 1500 [Pa] meeting the 2nd class of the
air-tightness according to the standard PN/EN-1751.
132
version 5.2.1
KWP-OM-E-VAV
Accuracy of the device at the VAV regulation function was verified at the Silesian Polytechnic. Testing results
proved that despite to the device design focused on the fire safety aspect the regulation error does not exceeds
6% of the required value at the air velocities ranging 2-8 [m/s] according to the air flow on fig. 2 and 10%
according to the air flow on fig.3.
For the best performance of the device it is recommended to keep the following rules at the time
of installation:
-
for the set-up compatible with fig. 2 there must be maintained a straight piece of ductwork with the
length of 3H (upstream of the device),
-
for the set-up compatible with fig. 3 there must be maintained a straight piece of ductwork with the
length of 1H (downstream of the device).
measuring
probe
thermoswitch
damper
blade
Advantages of using such solution
1. Combining the use of fire dampers with general
ventilation purposes increases the safety level. Also,
everyday use of the devices will be a test of its reliability.
Any malfunctions will be discovered immediately
because the end users will notice decrease of the climate
comfort.
pressure
transducer
set point
value
Fig.1.
damper
actuator
controller
measured
value
2. The use of fire dampers on the air ducts going through
any fire partitions is required by building laws.
Also, utilization as air flow regulation devices let
to decrease the general number of all VAV regulators
used in the building.
Sample air flow regulation schematic
of the cut-off fire damper KWP-ME-VAV
Fig. 2. KWP-OM-E-VAV air flow direction
from the flow sensor
Fig. 3. KWP-OM-E-VAV air flow direction
from the fire damper flap
version 5.2.1
133
Guidelines regarding installation of KWP-OM-E-VAV fire dampers in the building fire partitions
Cut-off fire dampers KWP-OM-E-VAV despite of their pivot of turn (at the angle of inclination (0-360)) they might
be installed in the following fire partitions (walls or ceilings):·
In the concrete ceilings with the thickness not less then 150 mm
In the concrete walls with the thickness not less then 110 mm
In the brick walls with the thickness not less then 120 mm
In the concrete block walls with the thickness not less then 115 mm
In drywalls (cartoon-gypsum slabs on steel frames) with the thickness not less then 125 mm and fire
resistance classification EI120.
Fire dampers may be installed in the building partitions with lower fire resistance then EI120. In such
application the fire dampers must will have fire resistance equal to the building partitions with maintaining the
smoke tightness criteria.
Fig. 4. KWP-OM-E-VAV schematic of installation
Using range (with respect to the sizes) of fire dampers with VAV function KWP-OM-E-VAV
Table 1.
B/H
200
250
300
350
400
Wydatek [m3/h]
134-536
192-766
249-996
307-1227
364-1457
177-708
253-1011
328-1313
404-1616
480-1918
220-881
314-1256
408-1630
501-2004
595-2379
264-1054
375-1500
487-1947
598-2393
710-2840
307-1227
436-1745
566-2264
696-2782
825-3300
350-1400
393-1572
498-1990
645-2580
793-3171
940-3761
559-2235
724-2897
890-3560
1056-4222
436-1745
620-2480
804-3214
987-3948
1171-4683
480-1918
681-2724
883-3531
1084-4337
1286-5144
742-2969
962-3848
1182-4726
1401-5604
700
804-3214
1041-4164
1279-5115
1516-6065
750
865-3459
1120-4481
1376-5504
1632-6526
1200-4798
1473-5892
1747-6987
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
650
800
134
version 5.2.1
KWP-OM-E-VAV
The sound power level emitted from the outlet side LWA[dB(A)]
Table 2.
100
Pressure [Pa]
Air velocity [m/s]
200x200
250x200
315x200
400x200
500x200
Dimensions BxH
630x200
200x300
250x300
315x300
400x300
500x300
630x300
800x300
200x400
250x400
315x400
400x400
500x400
630x400
800x400
2
49,0
50,4
51,7
52,0
54,6
56,1
51,4
52,7
54,2
55,4
57,3
58,7
60,0
53,1
54,6
56,1
57,9
59,0
60,2
51,3
5
56,0
56,1
56,5
57,1
57,5
58,1
56,4
56,8
57,3
58,4
58,6
59,4
60,2
56,9
57,5
58,1
58,6
59,6
60,4
61,2
200
8
44,2
45,1
47,7
48,2
53,6
56,6
47,1
49,9
52,8
57,2
58,8
61,5
63,8
50,7
53,6
56,6
59,4
62,1
64,3
65,9
2
55,4
56,6
58,8
59,7
63,4
65,6
58,3
60,5
62,9
64,3
67,1
68,7
69,7
61,2
63,4
65,6
67,2
69,0
69,9
70,3
5
61,4
62,4
63,5
65,6
66,1
67,4
63,3
64,4
65,7
67,5
68,4
69,6
70,6
64,8
66,1
67,4
67,9
69,8
70,8
71,8
300
8
64,7
64,9
65,4
65,5
67,0
68,0
65,3
65,9
66,7
68,3
68,9
70,3
71,8
66,1
67,0
68,0
69,1
70,6
72,1
73,7
2
59,2
60,2
62,8
63,3
68,2
70,7
62,2
64,8
67,5
70,6
72,4
74,1
75,2
65,6
68,2
70,7
72,7
74,4
75,3
75,6
5
65,7
67,5
68,6
70,9
71,3
72,7
68,4
69,6
71,0
72,9
73,8
75,2
76,5
70,0
71,3
72,7
73,3
75,5
76,7
78,0
8
65,8
70,8
71,5
71,6
73,2
74,2
71,4
72,1
73,0
74,4
75,0
76,0
77,1
72,4
73,2
74,2
75,0
76,3
77,3
78,3
The sound power level emitted by the housing LWA[dB(A)]
Table 3.
100
Pressure [Pa]
Air velocity [m/s]
200x200
250x200
315x200
400x200
500x200
Dimensions BxH
630x200
200x300
250x300
315x300
400x300
500x300
630x300
800x300
200x400
250x400
315x400
400x400
500x400
630x400
800x400
version 5.2.1
2
34,7
35,0
35,5
35,7
35,9
36,5
35,5
35,6
35,8
36,8
37,2
38,3
39,9
35,6
35,9
36,5
37,8
38,7
40,2
42,1
5
38,3
38,3
38,4
38,4
39,0
39,6
38,4
38,6
38,9
40,2
40,1
40,9
41,9
38,7
39,0
39,6
39,7
41,1
42,1
43,3
200
8
38,5
38,6
38,9
39,0
39,0
40,4
38,9
39,3
39,7
40,3
40,9
41,5
42,1
39,4
39,9
40,4
41,3
41,7
42,3
42,8
2
42,4
42,5
42,9
43,0
44,0
44,9
42,8
43,2
43,8
45,0
45,6
46,9
48,3
43,4
44,0
44,9
45,9
47,2
48,7
50,2
5
44,8
45,9
46,3
47,8
47,3
48,0
46,2
46,6
47,1
48,4
48,6
49,5
50,5
46,8
47,3
48,0
47,8
49,7
50,7
51,9
300
8
47,0
47,2
47,6
47,6
48,7
49,3
47,5
48,0
48,5
49,8
49,8
50,5
51,3
48,1
48,7
49,3
49,7
50,7
51,4
52,1
2
46,0
46,7
47,2
47,6
48,7
49,7
47,1
47,7
48,5
50,5
50,6
51,8
53,2
47,9
48,7
49,7
51,2
52,2
53,5
55,0
5
50,7
51,7
51,8
51,4
52,2
52,7
51,7
51,9
52,1
53,1
53,2
54,1
55,3
51,9
52,2
52,7
52,5
54,4
55,5
57,0
8
52,6
52,9
53,3
53,6
54,2
54,8
53,2
53,6
54,1
55,4
55,3
55,9
56,6
53,7
54,2
54,8
54,6
56,1
56,7
57,5
135
Pressure drop with respect to the air velocity on the fire damper fully open
ρ – local resistance coefficient factor [Pa] (ductwork installation Δp)
∆p [Pa] – total pressure drop on the device
Table 4. Factor value with respect to the fire damper size
B/H
200
300
400
200
300
400
1,14
0,84
0,74
1,07
0,79
1,03
0,73
Tab. 5. Pressure drop Δp – set-up without perforated plate.
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
2
4
6
8
10
0,5
3,5
7,1
12
18
0,5
4,5
9,3
17
25
1,7
5,5
11,6
19
31
2,3
6,5
13,6
24
36
2,7
7,5
16,6
27
41
3,3
8,5
17,6
31
46
3,7
9,4
20,6
35
51
4,5
10,3
22,6
39
55
5
11,5
24,6
44
66
500
600
0,7
0,64
0,59
0,64
0,57
0,51
700
800
0,48
0,46
Tab. 6. Pressure drop Δp – set-up with the perforated plate
0,2
0,3
0,4
0,5
0,6
0,7
0,8
0,9
1
2
4
6
8
10
4,5
18,5
35,1
71
88
4,5
19,5
37,3
76
95
5,7
20,5
39,6
78
101
6,3
21,5
41,6
83
106
6,7
22,5
44,6
86
111
7,3
23,5
45,6
90
116
7,7
244
48,6
94
121
8,5
25,3
50,6
98
126
9
26,5
52,6
103
136
KWP-OM-E-VAV-500x300-1300/1100/700-BF24-V-T
/
/
x
- width inside diameter [mm]
height inside diameter [mm]
nominal air flow [m3/h]
maximum air flow [m3/h]
minimum air flow [m3/h]
actuator
material*
stainless steel
galvanized steel
136
version 5.2.1
Multi-layer, transfer
fire damper
WKP
Technical approval
AT-15-8386/2010
ITB-1947/W
HK/B/1114/01/2010
Application, scope and usage conditions
Transfer multi-layer WKP type fire dampers designed for using in the fire ventilation systems. Their role is to
supply fresh air into the smoky areas (there are no ventilation ducts connected to the damper).
During fire, these dampers enable to keep the fire resistance of the wall barrier in which they were mounted.
During the normal operation of the system, the damper barrier is placed in opened or closed position (the
actuator applied depending on the requirements closes and opens the damper e.g. in order to air the room from
time to time). In case of activation of the protection system against smoking the damper opening happens or the
damper remains under opened position in order to enable the compensating air supply into the smoky area until
the moment of exceeding the operation temperature of the thermal release (thermo-switch).
The mounting method of the multi-layer transfer fire dampers are shown in the figures 5 and 6.
The cut-off dampers of WKP type may be mounted in the wall barriers with the thickness not less than:
- in the concrete walls – 110 mm,
- in the walls bricked with ceramic or lime and sand elements – 120 mm,
- in the walls bricked out of cell concrete blocks – 115 mm,
- in the walls made out of gypsum and cardboard boards on the steel framework with the total thickness
not less than 125 mm, with the fire resistance class not less than EI120.
Transfer multi-layer WKP type fire dampers may be also mounted in the wall barriers with lower fire resistance
class, in such case the dampers have the fire resistance equal to the fire resistance of the barrier.
The dampers should be used based on the technical documentation of the building made according to the
applicable standards and law regulations, in particular the regulation of the Ministry of Infrastructure of 12 April
2002 concerning the technical conditions that should be met by the buildings and their location (Journal of Law
no. 75 of 2002, section 690) as amended.
Depending on the application of the driving system, the dampers have the following designation:
WKP-T - with fuse release 70°±5° and the drive realised by the electric axial actuator with the return spring
of series: BF or BLF for the supply voltage 24V or 230V
WKP-E - with thermoelectric release 72°C produced by BELIMO and the drive realised by the electric axial
actuator of series: BLF-T or BF-T for the supply voltage 24V or 230V (optionally the actuator
of the series 229 or 239 produced by GRUNER or the actuator GNA or GGA produced by SIEMENS)
WKP-P - without the thermo-switch with the drive realised by the electric axial actuator of the series:
BLE or BE for the supply voltage 24V and 230V.
138
version 5.2.1
WKP
The dampers of WKP type are produced within the dimensions:
- width B: 200 ÷ 1200 mm
- height H: 215 ÷ 815 mm.
We produce every dimension B within the range of 200÷1200 [mm].
The maximum nominal surface of the inside diameter of the WKP type dampers amounts 1,0 m2.
The standard dimensions of the produced dampers as well as their surface and the approximate weight are given
in the tables 1 and 2.
Damper active surface [m2]
Table 1.
H
B
215
315
415
500
600
700
800
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
0,03
0,04
0,06
0,04
0,06
0,08
0,10
0,12
0,15
0,05
0,08
0,11
0,14
0,17
0,19
0,22
0,07
0,10
0,14
0,17
0,21
0,24
0,28
0,08
0,12
0,17
0,21
0,25
0,29
0,33
0,14
0,19
0,24
0,29
0,34
0,39
0,16
0,22
0,28
0,33
0,39
0,44
0,18
0,25
0,31
0,37
0,44
0,50
0,28
0,35
0,42
0,49
0,56
0,30
0,38
0,46
0,53
0,61
0,33
0,41
0,50
0,58
0,67
the marked areas indicate the application range of the actuators BLF and BLE
The damper weight [kg]
Table 2.
H
215
315
415
500
600
700
800
B
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200
8,7
10,3
11,9
10,0
11,9
15,4
17,4
19,3
21,3
11,4
15,2
17,4
19,6
21,9
24,2
26,5
14,3
16,8
19,4
21,9
24,5
27,1
29,8
15,6
18,5
21,3
24,2
27,1
30,1
33,0
20,1
23,3
26,5
29,7
33,0
36,3
21,8
25,3
28,8
32,3
35,9
39,6
23,4
27,2
31,1
35,0
38,9
42,8
29,2
33,3
37,6
41,8
46,1
31,1
35,6
40,1
44,8
49,4
33,1
37,9
42,8
47,7
52,7
the marked areas indicate the application range of the actuators BLF and BLE
version 5.2.1
139
Sectional view B-B
Fig. 1. The construction of WKP damper on the example of WKP-T damper [right execution]
version 5.2.1
140
WKP
Damper WKP-T type – is driven by the electric actuator of series BLF or BF produced by BELIMO with the supply
voltage 24V or 230V. The damper opening is done by giving the voltage onto the electric actuator.
After opening the damper there is no need to keep the supply voltage onto the actuator terminals.The damper
automatic closing is done under the influence of the thermal release activation with the activation temperature
70±5°C, blocked with the ratchet mechanism holding the lever of the tongue drive in the opened position.
After exceeding the temperature 70±5°C, the return spring placed in the actuator while returning to the free
position causes the damper closing. In case of fire, through opened damper there is the air supply into the escape
routes protected against smoking. The excess of temperature 70±5°C causes the activation of the fuse thermal
release and the damper closing occurs.
Fig. 2. Detail A – the fuse release of the WKP type-T damper
Damper WKP-E type – has the driving unit, axial electric actuator of series BLF-T or BF-T produced by BELIMO
or electric actuator of series 229 or 239 produced by GRUNER or electric actuator of GNA or GGA type produced
by SIEMENS (with the supply voltage 24V AC/DC or 230V AC). After connecting the power supply to the actuator
conductors the damper opening occurs. The damper automatic closing occurs as a result of activation of the
thermo-switch of BAE type (in case of actuators BELIMO) or thermo-switch of T or TA type (in case of actuators
GRUNER) or temperature monitoring system by means of the thermo-switch (in case of actuators SIEMENS)
with nominal activation temperature 72±5°C (the thermo-switch activation causes the break in the actuator
electric circuit).
As an option, the dampers WKP-E may be equipped with the thermo-switch with the activation temperature
95±5°C. The remote closing of the damper is realised by disconnecting the power supply (at the voltage decay the
return spring placed in the actuator while returning to the free position causes the damper closing). The hand
operated closing occurs after switching over the button placed on the thermo-switch casing. In case of the
voltage decay, the return spring placed in the actuator, while returning to the free position causes the damper
closing.
The electric actuators produced by BELIMO, GRUNER and SIEMENS may be replaced by their counterparts
produced by JOVENTA (the actuators of SFL 1,90 and SFR 1,90 types with the supply voltage 24V AC/DC or the
actuators of SFL 2,90 and SFR 2,90 types with the supply voltage 230V AC). In case of using the actuators
produced by JOVENTA, the automatic closing of the dampers occurs as a result of the activation of the thermoswitch of ST 1,72 type. The cut-off dampers of WKP-E type may be also produced under the version without
thermo-switches. In that case the damper automatic closing is initiated by the suitable control device consistent
with the developed design of the object fire protection.
In case of fire, through the opened damper there is the air supply into the escape routes protected against
smoking. The excess of temperature 72±5°C or 95±5°C in the damper inside diameter causes the activation
of the thermo-switch and the damper closing occurs.
Fig. 3. Detail A – thermo-electric release 72°C of WKP-E type damper
version 5.2.1
141
Damper WKP-P type – in this variant the drive is realised by means of the electric actuator of series BLE or BE
produced by BELIMO with the supply voltage 24V or 230V. The damper over-steering both from the closed
to opened position and reversely from the opened to closed position takes place after connecting the power
supply to the actuator.
These dampers do not have the thermo-switches and the axial actuators used in the dampers do not have the
return spring which means that the voltage decay does not cause the blade movement of the cut-off barrier.
During the normal operation of the fire system the WKP-P damper barrier takes the opened or closed position.
In case of fire, through the opened damper there is the air supply into the escape routes protected against
smoking. The damper automatic closing is initiated by the suitable control device consistent with the developed
design of the object fire protection.
Fig. 4. Detail A – lack of thermal release of WKP-P type damper
The classification in the scope of the fire resistance
Multi-layer dampers WKP-T, WKP-E, WKP-P have the fire resistance class:
EI190
–
this class means that the damper has the fire tightness and fire insulation not less than
90 minutes in the class EI1.
EI2120 –
this class means that the damper has the fire tightness and fire insulation not less than
120 minutes in the class EI2.
142
version 5.2.1
WKP
Guidelines for the assembly of WKP dampers in the fire barriers
Light barriers made out of the gypsum and cardboard boards
The dampers for maintaining the declared resistance EI2120 should be mounted in the gypsum and cardboard
walls that after previous conducted testing were classified as EI120.
It is allowable to install the WKP dampers in the gypsum and cardboard walls with other fire resistance and fire
insulation classes (EI30, EI60, EI90), however it should be then remembered that the fire resistance EI of the
whole arrangement of the WKP damper is the resistance of the lowest classified element of the system in this
regard.
The supporting structure of the partition wall is the steel pillars made out of the cold bended galvanised steel
sheet. To the steel profiles there are mounted bilaterally two gypsum-cardboard boards each side with the
thickness of 12,5 mm each. The gypsum-cardboard boards should be mounted so that their connecting
boundaries from one side do not cover the connections of the neighbouring layers. The boards are fastened by
means of quick-coupling bolts. As the wall filling the mineral wool is used.
Assembly technology (fig. 5)
1. Make the rectangular hole with the dimensions: (A+315) x (B+240) in the wall
2. Place the profiles made out of the cold bended sheet in the perimeter of the assembly hole from its internal
side as shown in the fig. 5,
3. To the seated profiles screw up with the tap bolts the gypsum-cardboard boards:
a)
with the thickness of 12,5 [mm] and the width of 125 [mm] – 8 pieces, every two on each side
of the assembly hole,
b)
with the thickness of 12,5 [mm] and the width of 40 [mm] – 3 pieces directly adhering to the spacer
insulating the device body,
4. Fill in the steel flanges of the damper with mineral wool with the density of min.150 [kg/ m3],
5. Insert the damper into the prepared assembly hole and then screw up the body with the tap bolts, through the
cardboard-gypsum strips, to the steel profiles of the partition walls. Arrange every 2-4 tap bolts on every level
of the steel profiles of the body frame and every 2-4 tap bolts on the vertical profiles of the steel frame on the
opposite side of the lever system.
6. The holes, formed as a result of fastening the damper, situated in the neighbourhood of the actuator casing
should be protected. For this purpose, it is necessary to notch 4 steel channels with the length not less than
140 mm and screw them up to the lower and upper surface of the box and to the horizontal steel pillars of the
partition walls (leading the tap bolts through the strips from point 3). Fill in the hole surface with the mineral
wool with the density recommended by the wall producer and then fasten each two cardboard-gypsum
boards on the both sides of the wall.
7. The slots between the damper external dimension and the inside diameter of the assembly hole should be
filled in with the layer of the mineral wool with the density recommended by the wall producer.
8. The damper rims should be covered with the flange made out of the cardboard-gypsum boards with the
thickness of 12,5 [mm] on the both sides of the walls screwing them up to the profiles of the partition walls
and to the damper rims.
Notes to the WKP-T damper
The last board (with the thickness of 12,5 [mm] and the width of 300 [mm]), that covers the side with the lever
system should be screwed up, leading the tap bolts in the distance not more than 25 [mm] from the inside
diameter of the barrier – (see fig. 4.1). It is forbidden to place the tap bolts in the radius of 50 mm from the
blocking mechanism release. In order to provide the access to the electric drive, the additional hole in the
flange of the cardboard-gypsum boards with the dimensions of 140x320 [mm] should be made on the suitable
side of the partition walls.
9. Fasten the assembly frames on both sides of the walls and install the camouflage grates.
version 5.2.1
143
The guidelines for the assembly of WKP dampers in the fire barriers
View of the WKP damper in-built without camouflage grates
hole for the damper = A + 315
Sectional view through the wall
in the view with the grate
non-flammable mineral wool
with density recommended
by the producer of the gypsumcardboard wall for the declared
fire resistance
non-flammable mineral
wool with density
min. 150kg/m3
Fig. 5. The assembly method of the multi-layer dampers of WKP type into the light walls made out of the cardboard-gypsum boards
version 5.2.1
144
hole for the damper = B + 315
WKP
The guidelines for the assembly of WKP dampers in the fire barriers
The rigid wall barriers
Assembly technology (fig. 6)
1. In the wall make the hole with the dimensions given in the fig.6.
2. In case of the assembly of the damper with the drive placed onto the different axle than the first one, the hole
under the actuator should be dislocated downwards respectively by the dimension (N-1)x100, where
N – number of louvre driven directly by the actuator.
3. Insert the damper into the assembly hole and support it so that the device barrier could be within the wall axis
(see fig. 6).
4. After arranging the damper position, the slot between the damper and the wall should be filled in with the
masonry cement mortar, cement-lime mortar or with concrete.
5. Fasten the assembly frames on the both sides of the wall by means of the fast-coupling dowels
or construction anchors.
version 5.2.1
additional sealing with the,
cement mortar or lime-cement
mortar or with concrete
fire barrier
Fig. 6. The assembly method of the multi-layer WKP type dampers into the concrete and bricked walls.
View of the WKP damper
without camouflage grates
Sectional view through the wall
in the view with the grate
6. Install the camouflage grates.
145
WKP - <F> - x<H> - <R> - <S>
Where:
<F>
- type of damper
T with fuse release and the actuator of series BF, BLF
E with thermoelectric release and the actuator of series BF-T, BLF-T
P without thermal release and the actuator of series BE, BLE

- width of the barrier (the dimension within the inside diameter of the damper) [mm]
<H>
- height of the barrier (the dimension within the inside diameter of the damper) [mm]
<R>
- version
L left (the actuator access eye at the left side of the casing)
P right (the actuator access eye at the right side of the casing)
<S>
- actuator
BLF24
BLF230
BF24
BF230
BLF24-T
BLF230-T
BF24-T
BF230-T
229TA-024-05-S2
229TA-230-05-S2
239TA-024-20-S2
239TA-230-20-S2
GNA 126.1E/T
GGA 126.1E/T
GNA 326.1E/T
GGA 326.1E/T
BLE24
BLE24-ST
BLE230
BE24-12
BE24-12-ST
BE230-12
(where F=T in the marked dimensional area)
(where F=T )
(where F=T )
(where F=T)
(where F=T )
(where F=T)
(where F=T)
(where F=T)
(where F=T)
(where F=T)
(where F=T)
(where F=P w zaznaczonym obszarze wymiarowym)
(where F=P )
(where F=P)
(where F=P)
(where F=P )
WKP-T-400x415-E-S
146
version 5.2.1
differential systems
Pressure Differential Systems in Hihg-rise Buildings
a) data sheets of iSWAY® series devices
URBS – Belimo Smay Control Device
149
MSPU – Operating Conditions Monitoring Device
159
iSway-FC® – Compact pressurization unit with electronically controlled by-pass
167
®
iSway-FCD – Compact pressurization unit with multiple pressure control system
185
®
iSway-FCR – Compact pressurization unit with reversible axial flow fans intended for high-rise
buildings
203
version 5.2.1
147
148
version 5.2.1
Belimo Smay Control Device
URBS
Technical Approval ITB
AT-15-8564/2011
URBS - Belimo Smay Control Device
Legal grounds
Pursuant to decision of European Commission No. 96/577/WE dated 24 June 1996 concerning methods
of declaring conformity of construction products (in accordance with Council Of Europe directive 89/106/EEC)
and Mandate M/109 of European Commission concerning Fire Alarm/Detection, Fixed Firefighting, Fire and
Smoke Control and Explosion Suppression Products Minister of Infrastructure has issued a Regulation dated
11 August 2004 concerning methods of declaring conformity of construction products and marking them with
building industry brand according to which control panels applied in fire protection systems shall hold Technical
Approval.
Application
Control Panel in URBS configuration is a static pressure regulation system within selected space by means
of volumetric airflow rate control that pertains an integral component of smoke and heat control system
®
SAFETY WAY® (iSWAY ). URBS control device pertains integral component of pressure differential systems
manufactured by SMAY company.
Structure and available models
Removed front
panel view
Key:
1 - Housing IP66
2 - VRP-M Belimo controller
3 - Pressure sensor VFP-100 Belimo
4 - Mounting plate
5 - Cable gland
Fig. 1. Schematic diagram of URBS/1
150
version 5.1.4
Structure and available models - continuation
Removed front
panel view
Legenda:
1 - Housing IP66
2 - VRP-M Belimo controller
3 - Pressure sensor VFP-300 , (VFP-600), (VFP-2000) Belimo
4 - Mounting plate
5 - Cable gland
Fig. 2. Schematic diagram of URBS/2 (3) (4)
Drawing 2. Schematic diagram of URBS/2 (3) (4)
6
1
5
2
4
Key:
1 – URBS 1
2 – URBS 2
3 – Fan
4 – Frequency inverter
5 – Air damper with fast acting Belimo actuator
6 – Merawex power supply unit
3
Fig. 3. Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) application
version 5.1.4
151
Technical description and idea of operation - continuation
URBS intended to control frequency inverters operation
Basing on actual value of static pressure difference measurement between the air supply duct and the
reference pressure transducer VFP generates measurement signal transmitted to the VRP-M controller.
This analog signal can be picked off at VRP-M controller connection U5 as a 0 – 10 V or 2 – 10 V signal. Actual
value of analog signal is being subsequently transferred to the built-in controller of frequency inverter
(feedback). Basing on measured static pressure difference proportional to the analog signal value PID
controller algorithm of frequency inverter controls frequency of fan power supply and it's rotational speed
as a consequence. Air supply fan capacity depends on actual value of static pressure inside the air supply
duct. When static pressure inside the air supply duct increases frequency inverter reduces frequency
of power supply of the fan to maintain value set at VRP-M controller. Consequently static pressure drop
inside the air supply duct results in increasing fan capacity to the value required to maintain set value
of differential static pressure value.
URBS intended to control multiblade air damper actuator
Basing on actual value of static pressure difference measurement between the pressurized space and the
reference pressure transducer VFP generates measurement signal transmitted to the VRP-M controller.
Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) in such solution is connected with an actuator NMQ24A-SRV-ST.
Actuator is powered and controlled by VRP-M controller. When static pressure inside the pressurized space
increases VRP-M controller generates signal resulting in closing the damper and reducing air supply rate
to the value required to maintain value set at VRP-M controller. Consequently static pressure drop inside the
pressurized space results in opening the damper and increasing air supply rate.
Single Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) can control two fast-running actuators NMQ24A-SRV-ST, first
actuator is powered by URBS while second one requires external 24V power supply. Both actuators are
electrically coupled (backward operation, reverse direction of rotation). Such solution is applied to large air
dampers, air dampers assembled in batteries or pressure differential systems of fire-fighting lobbies with
electronically controlled air transfer.
Connections and wiring
URBS intended to control frequency inverter
Removed front
panel view
Fig. 4. Connections of URBS intended to control frequency inverter
152
version 5.1.4
Connections and wiring – continuation
To ensure proper operation of Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) it is necessary to connect pneumatic PVC
tubings to enable static pressure difference measurement. All tubings shall be conducted inside
electroinstallation tubes to prevent tubings from damage and reduce solar radiation influence. 24V AC/DC
power supply (line 2) shall be conducted with fire resistant cable if it crosses different fire zones. Within single
fire zone standard electrical screened cables can be applied. Frequency inverter control signal can
be conducted analogically as power supply (line 3).
VFP pressure transducer shall be connected with VRP-M controller inside the URBS with a use of cables
supplied by Belimo. If URBS is monitored with MSPU additional wire of MP-Bus is required (line 4).
URBS intended to control air damper actuator
Removed front
panel view
Fig. 5. Connections of URBS intended to control air damper actuator
To ensure proper operation of Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) it is necessary to connect pneumatic PVC
tubings to enable static pressure difference measurement. All tubings shall be conducted inside
electroinstallation tubes to prevent tubings from damage and reduce solar radiation influence. 24V AC/DC
power supply (line 2) shall be conducted with fire resistant cable if it crosses different fire zones. Within single
fire zone standard electrical screened cables can be applied. Frequency inverter control signal can
be conducted analogically as power supply (line 3).
VFP pressure transducer shall be connected with VRP-M controller inside the URBS with a use of cables
supplied by Belimo. If it is not possible to locate URBS in the vicinity of air damper actuator cables shall
be lengthen in accordance with Belimo regulatory guides. If URBS is monitored with MSPU additional wire
of MP-Bus is required (line 4).
version 5.1.4
153
Detailed schematic diagrams of electrical connections
MP BUS
MSPU
24V emergency
power supply
Actuator
Pressure controller
NMQ24A-SRV-ST
Belimo wires
Belimo wires labels
A - HTKSH FE180/E90 ekw 1x2x0,8 (YTKSY ekw 1x2x0,8)
B - HDGs FE180/E90 2x1,5 (YDY 2x1,5)
VRP-M
controller
Belimo wires
VFP pressure sensor
NOTE:
– Maximal length of B wires shall not exceed 50 m (165 ft.)
– Maximal length of power supply conducted through hot zone
(over 30oC) shall not exceed 30% of a total cable length
for E90 class cables
– Maximal voltage drop shall not exceed 10%
Fig. 6. Schematic diagrams of electrical connections of URBS intended to control air damper actuator
MP BUS
MSPU
feedback signal
24V emergency to the frequency
power supply
inverter
Belimo wires labels
B - HDGs FE180/E90 2x1,5 (YDY 2x1,5)
E - HTKSH FE180/E90 ekw 1x2x0,8 (YTKSY ekw 1x2x0,8)
VRP-M
controller
Belimo wires
VFP pressure sensor
Fig. 7.
154
NOTE:
o
(over 30 C) shall not exceed 30% of a total cable length
Schematic diagrams of electrical connections of URBS intended to control frequency inverter
version 5.1.4
Detailed schematic diagrams of electrical connections
Actuator
Pressure controller
NMQ24A-SRV-ST
Belimo wires
MP BUS
MSPU
Actuator
Pressure controller
NMQ24A-SRV-ST
Belimo wires
24V emergency
power supply
Belimo wires
Belimo wires labels
B - HDGs FE180/E90 2x1,5 (YDY 2x1,5)
E - HTKSH FE180/E90 ekw 1x2x0,8 (YTKSY ekw 1x2x0,8)
VRP-M
controller
Belimo wires
VFP pressure sensor
NOTE:
– Maximal length of C, D wires shall not exceed 25 m (83 ft.)
(over 30oC) shall not exceed 30% of a total cable length
Fig. 8. Schematic diagrams of electrical connections of URBS intended to control two air dampers actuators
version 5.1.4
155
URBS operation parameters monitoring system
MP Bus connection MSPU
MP Bus connection MSPU
RS 485 Bus connection
Moxa A53
converter
Fig. 9. Schematic diagram of monitoring system
SMY controller can monitor operation parameters of up to 8 Belimo Smay Control Devices (URBS) via MP-Bus
connection (MP1-MP8). If it is necessary to increase total number of URBS additional SMY controllers
connected via RS 485 Bus are applied. Converter transmits RS 485 Bus signal directly to the PC with appropriate
software installed. With a use of PC it is possible to display and monitor selected operation parameters such as:
actual value of pressure difference measured by VFP pressure sensors or position of the control damper.
156
version 5.1.4
Tests performed in Building Research Institute ITB in Warsaw
Tests were carried out in Fire Detection, Alarm, Fire Automatics and Electrical Installations Laboratory
of Building Research Institute in Warsaw (Report No. NP.-03723/P/2009/JC) covered tests of resistance
to electromagnetic compatibility interferences, ESD static electricity discharges, influence of electromagnetic
field, strength and resistance to environmental, climatic and mechanical influence such as vibrations, surges
and single strokes.
Performed lab tests have confirmed that Belimo Smay Control Devices (URBS) fulfill all the requirements set
for electronic pressure control devices applied in fire protections systems.
Power supply unit
ZSP135-DR
VFP
pressure sensor
VRP-M
controller
Actuator
NMQ24A-SRV-ST
x - exposed equipment
SMY controller
Moxa A53
converter
PC
Fig. 10. Schematic diagram of URBS test rig at ITB Laboratory
Basing on Whe %elimo 6may &ontrol 'evice 8RBS Oaboratory Wests Uesults 7echnical $pproval
,TB$T85642011 Ior Dn Hlectronic Sressure Gifferential control system has been issued, becoming first
document of this kind regarding electronically controlled Pressure Differential Systems (PDS).
Belimo Smay Control Device URBS identification
Each URBS is labeled with a sticker confirming device model.
Data plate with basic parameters of the device is located on the inner side of the housing front panel.
version 5.1.4
157
Accessories and order instructions
Orders shall be placed in accordance with following example:
URBS - <W>-
Key:
<W>
–
device model: 1, 2, 3 or 4

–
minimal value of pressure difference setpoint that shall be maintained between
pressurized space or air supply duct and the reference
Order example:
URBS - 1 - 50
158
version 5.1.4
Operating Conditions Monitoring Device
Pressure Differential Systems (PDS) application
MSPU
MONITORING, INTEGRATION AND REMOTE CONTROL OF THE PDS
MSPU - Operating Conditions Monitoring Device
Legal grounds
Pursuant to the Regulation of the Minister of the Interior and Administration dated 27 April 2010 (Journal of Law
No. 85) on the list of products used for ensuring public safety or protecting health, life and property and the
principles of issuing admittance to use these products and acknowledged technical standards PN-EN 54 „Fire
detection and alarm systems” and EN 12101 series „Smoke and heat control systems” both input and output
circuits of control devices as well as data transmission circuits shall be monitored.
Application
Operating Conditions Monitoring Device (MSPU) complements SMAY company pressure differential systems
offer. MSPU can be applied to monitor data transmission circuits and operation parameters of actuating devices
in simple SAFETY WAY® or vast iSWAY® pressure differential systems. MSPU monitoring device pertains integral
component of pressure differential systems manufactured by SMAY company.
Goals of application
Main goal of MSPU development was to enable continuous monitoring of actual pressure difference between
pressurized space and the reference and additionally to control operating conditions of system components in
order to ensure instant failure detection during standard system operation or periodic commissioning tests.
®
Fig. 1. Exemplary screen with SAFETY WAY operating parameters visualization
160
version 5.1.4
Advantages resulting from MSPU application
Application of Operating Conditions Monitoring Device (MSPU) in active controlled smoke and heat control
systems results in following advantages:
– continuous pressure difference monitoring in pressurized spaces;
– continuous monitoring of actuating devices operating conditions;
– visualization of smoke detectors located inside air supply ducts alarms;
– continuous monitoring of emergency power supply units operating conditions;
– pressure differential architecture display function;
– reduction of total time required to perform acceptance and commissioning tests;
– safety level improvement in case of fire due to quick detection of fire alarm/failure;
– remote system control and monitoring option via LAN or INTERNET carried out by SMAY company.
Structure
Fig. 2. MSPU structure
MSPU in standard version of configuration is characterized by simple and compact structure. All components
of automation system are located inside the housing (1) painted in the color RAL 3000. Key component of MSPU
is industrial computer PC (2). MSPU is powered by emergency power supply 230V unit. Additional UPS (3) is also
provided to power MSPU in case of temporary voltage drops, decays or during switching computers. UPS also
protects MSPU against overvoltage. Two RJ-45 jack sockets are also located on XMTCP terminal (4) to enable
INTERNET or LAN connections.
Operating Conditions Monitoring Device (MSPU) provides one-way data transfer with SAFETY WAY® system
controllers located in the building via communication interface converter RS485/RS232 with optical isolation
XMBUS terminal (5). Emergency power supply line 1x230V shall be connected to XMZ terminal (6). In the bottom
panel of the housing three cable glands (7) are located to enable carrying out all required connections. In both
top and bottom panels of the housing are located ventilation slots (8) enabling effective heat removal.
version 5.1.4
161
Functions and operation of visualization panel
The main window of the visualization panel contains tree with the list of all monitored devices. In standard
configuration tree contains SMY controllers with all connected pressure controllers or dampers actuators.
User can select each available component by clicking it's icon to display Monitoring Panel (PM).
Fig. 3. Connection of Safety Way Visualizer with Safety Way Server
– displayed names of system components correspond to real scale system architecture;
– User can select system components and switch between selected devices by means of touchscreen;
– alarm or failure of system component is indicated by yellow highlighting of given component
and connected SMY controller;
In the central part of main window there is a field indicating operating conditions of digital inputs of each SMY
controller. Digital inputs are responsible for monitoring of:
– fire alarm;
– smoke detectors inside the air supply duct operating conditions;
– 24V DC power supply units operating conditions.
If given digital input receives alarm signal it becomes “active”. Additionally digital input can also report
“shorted” or “not-shorted” conditions. Visualization of listed operating conditions is presented below:
/ digital input inactive
/ digital input shorted or not-shorted
/ digital input active
Fig. 4. Operating conditions of digital inputs of SMY controller
Digital input inactive – proper operation, no alarms detected;
Digital input shorted or not-shorted – failure detected;
Digital input active – alarm or error detected;
Digital input of SMY controller can be also configured as “FIRE ALARM”. In case of such input alarm
detection Smay Visualizer will display message “Alarm SAP” highlighted in red. This message can be
deleted only if no digital input of SMY configured as “FIRE ALARM” report alarm.
Fig. 5. FIRE ALARM message displayed by MSPU
162
version 5.1.4
Functions and operation of visualization panel – continuation
In the center of the main window there is also monitoring of operating conditions of each pressure controllers
and pressure sensors connected to selected MP-Bus line. By means of digital protocol continuous monitoring
of following operating parameters of pressure controller is enabled:
– operation/failure/no reply;
– damper position;
– actual overpressure in adjacent pressurized space.
Fig. 6. Visualization of selected pressure controller during standard operation
Fig. 7. Failure or no reply of pressure controller
It is possible to display operating parameters of single SMY controller at the time. Selected SMY controller
is highlighted in green. In case of failure or technical alarm given SMY controller is highlighted in yellow.
After selecting SMY controller on touchscreen all connected pressure controllers and pressure sensors as well
as digital inputs monitored by this controller will be listed. User can easily determine which component crashed
or reports an alarm.
Fig. 8. Failure/Technical alarm – of device or digital input connected to given SMY controller
Examples of possible causes of alarm/failure message:
– communications with MSPU failure (all SMY controllers highlighted in yellow);
– communications with one of pressure controllers or pressure controller power supply failure
(pressure controller highlighted in yellow);
– occurrence of an event in one of the devices (active inputs).
version 5.1.4
163
Software
WINDOWS XP – MSPU operating system
Safety Way Serwer
Safety Way Server was developed to enable administration of complete set of SAFET WAY® system devices.
Application communicates directly with selected device via serial port using file generated with Safety Way
Configurator (SWC). Server enables access to and download of a full system configuration to the clients via webservice in Safety Way Visualizer (SWV).
System architecture design
To enable application operation it is necessary to provide design of SAFETY WAY® pressure differential system
developed in Safety Way Configurator (SWC). Without this file server operation is not possible. Safety Way
Configurator (SWC) is the property of SMAY company and any changes to the code can be done by SMAY company
engineers or authorized representatives only. In order to add new project appropriate file shall be copied to the
folder containing all files of Safety Way Server (SWS). New file will be loaded automatically after rebooting the
system.
Licensing
License file is required to enable fully functional operation of Safety Way Server (SWS). It is also possible to use
Safety Way Server (SWS) software in demo version. License file is provided to each Operating Conditions
Monitoring Device (MSPU). License file shall be copied to the folder containing all files of Safety Way Server
(SWS). New file will be loaded automatically after rebooting the system.
Communication with the devices
®
Safety Way Server (SWS) application communicates with selected device of SAFETY WAY system via serial port.
In order to enable such connection communication interface converter RS485/RS232 with optical isolation
is applied. Single serial port will be selected automatically, in case of more than one default serial port will
be selected randomly. In such situation additional manual selection may be necessary.
Launching a program in console mode
After installing application it may be launched by double-clicking executable file “SafetyWayServer.exe” located
in “C:\Program Files\SMAY\SafetyWay”. All information about system operation are logged in text file “log.txt”.
Launching a program in service mode
Target mode of launching a program is Windows® service mode. After installing a program new entry “Safety
Way Server” in Windows Service Manager will be added. Using this entry program can be manually enabled
or disabled. By default program is loaded automatically after starting the system.
Troubleshooting – log.txt file
All important information required for problem diagnosis are saved in text file “log.txt” located in the program
installation folder. This file is updated continuously during system operation. Maximal file size is set by default
to 20 MB. If required maximal file size may be changed manually by editing “SafetyWayServer.exe.config”.
Enabling remote access to MSPU
Safety Way Visualizer (SWV) clients can connect to Safety Way Server (SWS) via TCP/IP protocol using by default
port 12001. To enable connection firewall at both computers client and host shall be properly configured.
To enable communication via INTERNET using port forwarding may be necessary. Port 12001 of Safety Way
Server (SWS) host computer shall be forwarded directly to the host computer port 12001.
Safety Way Visualizer (SWV) – general information
Safety Way Visualizer (SWV) application is a web client of Safety Way Server (SWS). By means of this application
operating conditions of SMY controllers and connected pressure controllers and pressure sensors may
be visualized. Due to applied client-server structure it is possible to visualize multiple systems operating
conditions connected to single Safety Way Server (SWS). When no actual license file at client computer
164
version 5.1.4
Software - continuation
is detected application is automatically switched to demo mode. Safety Way Visualizer (SWV) can connect
to Safety Way Server (SWS) also via INTERNET after forwarding TCP port (for detailed instructions please read
Safety Way Server manual). In order to use the program User shall unzip archive only, installation is not
required. Safety Way Visualizer (SWV) can be easily launched from external HDD or FLASH memory.
Launching Safety Way Visualizer (SWV)
In order to launch application “SafetyWayVisualizer.exe” shall be copied to “Visualizer” folder in target location
at client computer. Installation is not required.
Connecting with Safety Way Server (SWS)
After launching application login screen shall be displayed. User shall enter IP address of Safety Way Server
(SWS) and click “Connect” button. Connection shall be established within few seconds and main User interface
will be displayed.
Full screen mode
User interface may also be displayed in full screen mode after pressing F11 key. User may leave full screen
mode by pressing Esc key.
Detailed schematic diagram of electrical connections
Power supply
Device requires power lead 1x230V AC from before main fire power supply switch. Power supply line shell
be connected to the terminal XMZ MSPU in accordance with Drawing 10.
Communication
MSPU communicates with controllers located in the building via ELABUS bus using standard protocol RS485.
ELABUS line shall be connected to XMBUS MSPU terminal in accordance with Drawing 10.
Monitoring room
Building
Emergency
power supply
1x 230V
1kW
wires:
A – HDGs(żo) FE180/E90 3x2,5
B – HTKSH FE180/E90 ekw 1x2x0,8
C – FTP cat.6
Fig. 10. Schematic diagram of MSPU connections
version 5.1.4
165
Electrical parameters
Electrical parameters
Power supply range
Power supply range
Apparent power
Active power
Network
Input
230 VAC 50Hz
180-266V
IP40
400VA
240W
LAN/INTERNET
RS485/ELABUS
Order instructions
MSPU
No additional requirements for MSPU standard version.
MSPU – non-standard version*
* To order MSPU in non-standard version it is necessary to prepare individual design of MSPU device taking into account
additional requirements. Device design is performed by SMAY company engineers in strict cooperation with the Client.
All the technical details shall be each time consulted with fire protection expert.
166
version 5.1.4
Compact pressurization unit
with single pressure control system
®
iSWAY-FC
Functionality and reliability confirmed in an independent Laboratory
of Institute of Industrial Aerodynamics GmbH at the Aachen University
of Applied Sciences (I.F.I.) in accordance with latest version
of prEN 12101-6 European Standard testing procedure.
iSWAY-FC® - compact pressurization unit with single pressure control system
Application
®
iSAFETY WAY-FC® (iSWAY-FC ) compact pressurization unit is a part of SMAY company offer as regards smoke
and heat control systems. iSWAY-FC® can be applied to vertical escape routes such as staircases, fire-fighting
lobbies and elevator shafts keeping them free of smoke and ensuring safe evacuation from the building in case
of fire. Moreover application of iSWAY-FC® ensures obtaining normative pressure gradient and directed airflow
between escape route and fire floor in wide range of buildings regardless of ambient conditions during the fire.
®
Due to a simple structure iSWAY-FC can be located almost anywhere in the building additionally active control
system allows to monitor actual value of pressure difference and failure detection as well as to reduce total time
required to perform acceptance and maintenance tests.
Application of Belimo Smay Control Devices (URBS) controlling operation of frequency inverter and pressure
controller actuator allows to eliminate mechanical barometric dampers used to control pressure in protected
space. It is particularly important in case of pressurization systems with large air supply rates required where
due to the considerable dimensions of overpressure dampers location and assembly of such devices may
by hindered or impossible.
Corridor
Staircase
x - In case of design in accordance with EN 12101-6 European Standard
it is required to apply twin air intakes system.
Fig. 1.
168
Multiple injection pressurization system
version 5.1.4
Application - continuation
Corridor
Staircase
Fig. 2.
Concentrated air supply pressurization system
®
iSWAY-FC unit with concentrated air supply doesn't require vertical shaft assembly. In case of existing
buildings staircase pressurization shaft can be used to pressurize lobbies and increase fire safety level.
NOTE: Possibility of concentrated air supply application shall be analyzed for each building taking into account
pressure differential system class and building architecture.
By default it is assumed that it may be applied for buildings which total height doesn't exceed 35 m (~ 100 ft.).
version 5.1.4
169
Application - continuation
Static pressure measurement point
inside air supply duct
Corridor
Elevator shaft 1
Elevator shaft 2
Staircase
Fire-fighting lobby
Staircase
Corridor
Fire-fighting lobby
Air release opening in the building envelope
Corridor
Static pressure measurement point inside air supply duct
Concentrated air supply to the staircase and elevator shafts
Fig. 3.
Staircase
KWP-o - fire damper open, KWP-z - fire damper closed
x - In case of design in accordance with EN 12101-6 European Standard it is required to apply twin air intakes system.
Fig. 4.
170
Staircase and fire-fighting lobbies pressurization with air transfer through mechanical transfer damper
version 5.1.4
Location in the building
Due to the compact structure and relatively small dimensions iSWAY-FC® units may be located in almost any
place in the building e.g. ventilation engine rooms, rooftop location, ground level. Wide range of air supply fans
with different characteristics in terms of capacity and static pressure covers variety of standard applications.
Flexible PVC tubing conducted
inside electroinstallation tubes
3x400 V guaranteed power supply,
Fire Alarm Signal (FAS)
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
pressurized space
Staircase
Electrical cables connecting
iSWAY-FC® with Control Panel (TSS)
x - In case of design in accordance with EN 12101-6
European Standard it is required to apply
twin air intakes system.
Fig. 5.
Fire brigades
access level
Example of iSWAY-FC® rooftop location
Staircase
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
pressurized space
Ambient pressure measurement
point (reference pressure)
Static pressure measurement
point inside air supply duct
3x400 V guaranteed power
®
supply, Fire Alarm Signal (FAS) iSWAY-FC with Control
Panel (TSS)
Fire brigades
access level
KWP-o - fire damper open
Fig. 6.
Example of iSWAY-FC® location in the ventilation engine room
version 5.1.4
171
Location in the building – continuation
By default iSWAY-FC® series units is supplied together with Control Panel (TSS). It is required to provide
possibility of nominal air volume intake, carry out all electrical connections (supply guaranteed power 3x400V
and Fire Alarm Signal, connections with Control Panel). To enable pressure control it is required to provide static
pressure measurement points in pressurized space and reference. In situations when it is necessary to control
pressure inside air supply duct it is required to provide pressure measurement point located at the straight part
of the ductwork in accordance with detailed SMAY company guidelines.
®
If pressure differential system consists of more than one iSWAY-FC units it is possible to connect up to four
units to the single Control Panel (TSS). If total number of units is more than four units it is recommended to use
Monitoring of Operating Condition (MSPU) device together with standard Control Panel (TSS). According to the
fire protection regulations both MSPU and TSS shall be located in the same place e.g. monitoring room.
NOTE:
At the design stage it is required to explicitly define locations of static pressure measurement points in the
pressurized space and the reference and ensure air release path from the fire floor sized on the basis of design
air supply and exhaust rates.
Photo. 1. Static pressure
measurement point
Photo. 2. Structure of static
pressure measurement point
Structure
®
All components iSWAY-FC units are placed inside the modular housing made of aluminum square hollow
sections and steel sheets painted in any color from RAL color chart. Thermal insulation is made of mineral wool
40 mm thick. Inspection doors provide fast and easy access for regular servicing all components or cleaning
®
interiors. Depending on inspection doors location iSWAY-FC devices are manufactured in two versions: left or
right access side.
®
iSWAY-FC unit consists of two combined modules:
Fan Module (MW);
Control Module (MR).
Separated with sheet pile and based on the joint frame bearer.
Fan located in Fan Module (MW) is powered and controlled with frequency inverter and supplies air to the
Control Module (MR). Device interior is protected against chilling and dust infiltration with thermally insulated
shut off damper. Shut off damper opens immediately after receiving Fire Alarm Signal (FAS).
In order to increase reliability level of the unit shut off damper actuator is equipped with the return spring.
In case of voltage decay (e.g. damage of the electrical cables) air damper goes to the open position enabling
®
pressurization of protected spaces. All iSWAY-FC series units are by default equipped with smoke detector
located inside the housing. In case of smoke detection unit depending on the selected settings is automatically
switched off or optionally smoke detection alarm is reported.
Control Module (MR) is responsible for pressure difference regulation between protected space and the
reference by means of multiblade air damper with fast-acting Belimo actuators NMQ24A-SRV-ST operating as
a pressure controller. Such solution enables precise and automatic pressure difference control and protects
whole system against oscillations.
172
version 5.1.4
Structure - continuation
Both frequency inverter and air damper actuator are controlled by means of automatic Control Panels in URBS
configuration intended to control volumetric airflow and pressure difference. URBS monitors continuously
actual pressure difference between protected space and the reference.
Ambient pressure measurement points are located in specially designed housing that minimize negative
influence of wind forces. For iSWAY-FC® units located at the roof two independent pressure measurement point
are provided located at the opposite sides of the housing. In case of locating the unit inside the building one
of pressure measurement points is blanked. Due to the variable wind speed and direction resulting in a variety
of pressure distribution patterns in the vicinity of the building for each high-rise building simple CFD analysis
of possible wind influence is performed.
At the housing main power switch is located which enables power switch off for servicing or manual emergency
switch off of the unit. Additionally to reduce time required to connect unit connecting boxes are provided.
no air damper view
Key:
MW – Fan Module
MR – Control Module
1 Housing
2 Fan
3 Frame bearer
4 Shut off air damper
5 Pressure control damper
6 Frequency inverter
7 Breaking resistor
8 Automatic control board (SA)
9 URBS
10 Merawex power supply unit
11 Smoke detector
12 Main power switch
13 Connection point of static
pressure measurement inside
protected space
14 Connection point of reference
static pressure measurement
Fig. 7.
Schematic diagram of key components of iSWAY-FC® unit location
Removed front panel view
Key:
1 Housing IP66
2 VRP-M Belimo controller
3 Pressure sensor VFP Belimo
4 Mounting plate
5 Cable gland
Fig. 8.
Schematic diagram of Belimo Smay Control Device (URBS) with removed front panel
version 5.1.4
173
Idea of operation
Key:
6
1
4
2
3
5
Fig. 9.
1 – URBS 1
2 – URBS 2
3 – Fan
®
Schematic diagram of iSWAY-FC unit
®
Idea of operation of iSWAY-FC unit is based on application of Control Panels URBS in order to control operating
parameters of frequency inverter and the actuator.
Basing on static pressure difference inside the air supply duct and the reference URBS generates control signal
which is transmitted to the built-in controller of frequency inverter (feedback). Basing on measured static
pressure difference proportional to the analog signal value PID controller algorithm of frequency inverter
controls fan rotational speed in order to achieve required pressure difference corresponding to the air supply
rate. Basing on the static pressure difference between protected space and the reference URBS generates
control signal which is transmitted to the actuator of control air damper. Control air damper is opened or closed
in order to achieve set value of overpressure inside the protected space. Two stage regulation, rough by means
of frequency inverter and precise one by means of motorized air damper ensures accurate control of pressure
difference and additionally protects pressure differential system against oscillations.
®
Application of iSWAY-FC series device enables automatic adaptation of pressure differential system
to the changes during evacuation with simultaneous reduction of energy consumption due to the temporary
reduction of fan rotational speed (capacity). Additionally iSWAY-FC® units may be used in continuous operation
mode to ventilate industrial buildings staircases e.g. heat gains removal.
iSWAY-FC® unit switches to the operation mode after receiving Fire Alarm Signal from fire alarm control
and indicating equipment (CSAP). Air supply fan is activated with a time delay required to open the shut
off damper located in the Fan Module (MW). Opening of shut off damper is realized by means of the return spring
after cutting off power supply of an actuator. By the time the air supply fan is activated shut off air damper shall
be open. In operation mode (pressurization) pressure difference is continuously controlled by means
of air supply rotational speed and damper position regulation.
174
version 5.1.4
Idea of operation – continuation
In Operation Mode smoke presence in the housing is also monitored. In case of smoke detection unit
is automatically switched off or pressurization is continued with a use of second air intake Dual Air Intake
®
System (DAIS) Module. Smoke detection alarm is indicated at the Control Panel (TSS) of iSWAY-FC unit.
Operating modes
1. Stand-by Mode: shut off air damper is closed, control air damper open;
2. Operation Mode: after receiving Fire Alarm Signal from fire alarm control and indicating equipment (CSAP)
power supply of shut off damper actuator is decayed and damper is opened by means of the return spring,
air supply fan is activated with set time delay, two stage automatic pressure regulation is carried out
by means of frequency inverter and motorized air damper operating as a pressure controller.
Dimensions and weights
®
Fig. 10.
External dimensions of iSWAY-FC series units
Table 1.
Specification of iSWAY-FC series dimensions
®
®
iSWAY-FC series dimensions
0
Size
1
2
version 5.1.4
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
H1
[mm]
2200
[mm]
1100
[mm]
1000
[mm]
1100
[mm]
1100
[mm]
900
[mm]
800
[mm]
700
2200
2600
1400
1700
1200
1500
1100
1400
1100
1200
1100
1400
1000
1300
1000
1300
175
Table 2.
Specification of iSWAY-FC® series units operating parameters and weights
®
iSWAY-FC series units operating parameters and weights
Type
0.3
0.12
1.17
1.20
1.24
2.31
2.39
2.47
Capacity
Static pressure
Supply
voltage
Active
power
Apparent
power
[ m3/h ]
[Pa]
[V]
[kW]
[kW]
3 000
12 000
17 000
20 000
24 000
31 000
39 000
47 000
900
550
390
400
400
410
470
430
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3,4
5,4
5,4
7,3
9,6
9,6
14,0
18,7
3,8
6,0
6,0
8,1
10,7
10,7
15,6
20,7
Current unit
protection
Suggested
protection
Weight
FWC-10A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-32A10F
FWC-40A14F
gG 16 A
gG 20 A
gG 20 A
gG 20 A
gG 25 A
gG 25 A
gG 40 A
gG 50 A
505
515
630
640
650
900
920
935
[kg]
NOTE: Given powers assuming that λ=0,9 and cosφ=0,98
Characteristics
®
static pressure [Pa]
iSWAY-FC unit with AFC/2-560-220 fan
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 11.
iSWAY-FC® 0.3 characteristics
iSWAY-FC® unit with AFC/2-560-400 fan
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 12.
176
version 5.1.4
Characteristics - continuation
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 13.
®
iSWAY-FC 1.17 characteristics
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 14.
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 15.
version 5.1.4
177
®
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 16.
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 17.
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 18.
178
version 5.1.4
Housing versions
Internal assembly version
Right access side
Left access side
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Air inlet
Air outlet
Air outlet
Air inlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
External assembly version
Right access side
Air intake turn
Left access side
Air intake turn
Roof panel
Roof panel
Air outlet
Air outlet
Air inlet
Air inlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Fig.19.
®
Housing version of iSWAY-FC unit
Electrical connections diagrams
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Automatic components electrical
connections
Cable
type
Guaranteed power supply 3x400V
of iSWAY-FC ® unit
Table 2
of Control Panel (TSS)
Power and control cables 24V:
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FC ® unit)
Cables:
Fire Alarm Signal (NC)
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Analog signal (pressure 2-10V)
Control leads
Table 2
Monitoring room
Unit
Key:
Cable A1
Control Panel (TSS)
Differential static pressure
measurement – flexible PVC
tubing Ø6mm
Fig. 20.
Block diagram of electrical connections between single iSWAY-FC® unit and Control Panel (TSS)
version 5.1.4
179
Electrical connections diagrams - continoation
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FC ® unit
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FC ®)
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Control leads (fair-lead)
Control leads (indywidualny)
Fig. 21.
®
Block diagram of electrical connections between two iSWAY-FC units and Control Panel (TSS-2)
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FC ® unit
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 22.
180
Block diagram of electrical connections between three iSWAY-FC® units and Control Panel (TSS-3)
version 5.1.4
Electrical connections diagrams - continoation
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FC ® unit
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 23.
Block diagram of electrical connections between four iSWAY-FC® units and Control Panel (TSS-4)
It is possible to connect iSWAY-FC®, iSWAY-FCD® and iSWAY-FCR® within one pressure differential system.
Assembly on-site
iSWAY-FC® units can be located at concrete floors (internal or external assembly) on the frame bearer with
vibroisolation. Where units are assembled on structural steelworks vibration damping mat shall be applied.
In case of rooftop location Big Foot roof support system shall be ensuring vibrations damping, unit leveling
which doesn't penetrate the roof surface.
Fig. 24 Rooftop assembly with Big Foot
support system
version 5.1.4
Fig. 25 Internal assembly on concrete floor
181
Assembly on-site – continuation
By default each iSWAY-FC® unit is equipped with Control Panel (TSS) enabling change of operational
parameters settings as well as continuous monitoring of pressure difference and alarm signals.
Before unit is activated following operations shall be carried out:
®
- iSWAY-FC unit and ductworks connections assembly;
- Control Panel (TSS) assembly on the fire brigades access level e.g. monitoring room;
- Guaranteed power connections 3x400V;
®
- electrical connections between iSWAY-FC unit and the Control Panel (TSS) in accordance with SMAY
company guidelines;
- Fire Alarm Signal (SAP) connections;
- providing nominal air supply rate and air release paths from the fire floor in order to achieve design
parameters in terms of pressure difference and air velocities;
- pressure measurement points location in the pressurized, reference space, optionally in air supply duct
and connections to the appropriate pressure sensors.
After listed operations are finished SMAY company engineers perform initial start-up of the unit and operating
parameters calibration basing on the on-site measurements.
SMAY company provides full support at each stage of assembly works and start-up operations.
Twin air intake system
Pursuant to EN 12101-6:2007 European Standard:
„Air intakes of pressure differential system shall always be located away from any potential fire hazards.
If possible air intakes shall be located on ground level (but away from basement smoke extraction openings)
to avoid contamination by smoke.
Where an air intake is not at roof level, a smoke detector shall be provided in the intake duct or within the
immediate vicinity of the supply ductwork in order to cause the automatic shut down of the pressure differential
system if substantial quantities of smoke are present in the supply. An override switch shall be provided
for the fire brigade purposes in accordance with 11.4.2.5
Where air intakes are positioned at roof level there shall be two air intakes, spaced apart and facing different
directions in such manner that they could not be directly downwind of the same source of smoke. Each inlet
shall be independently capable of providing the full air requirements of the system. Each inlet shall be protected
by an independently operated smoke control damper system in such a way that if one damper closes due
to a smoke contamination, the other inlet will supply the air requirements of the system without interruption.
The discharge point of a smoke ventilation duct shall be a minimum 1 m above the air intake and 5 m horizontally
from it. An override switch to reopen the closed damper and to close the open damper shall be provided for the
fire brigade use.”
®
If iSWAY-FC device is located at the roof level inside the housing smoke detector is provided. After smoke
®
detection in supply air pressurization device is automatically shut down. iSWAY-FC device is also equipped with
an override switch pursuant to listed standard requirements.
Manual override switch shall be located in:
a) HVAC system or pressure differential system engine room or,
b) near the building entrance in location agreed-upon with fire brigade and e.g. monitoring room.
182
version 5.1.4
Twin air intake system - continuation
Manual override switch shall be locked in “ON” position and designed in such manner that changing its position
to “OFF” shall require authorization (e.g. keyless lock).
Independent Dual Air Intake System (DAIS) offered by SMAY company consists of two motorized smoke dampers
protected against ambient conditions influence with inspection holes providing easy access for service and
maintenance.
Dual Air Intake System (DAIS) are offered in standard series of types corresponding to air intake ductwork
dimensions.
Straight duct
PS air damper
Mounting
plate
Seal
Inspection
hole
Actuator
Belimo BLE24
Junction box
Cable
gland
Sheet
metal section
PS air damper size
Size
Fig. 26.
width x height [mm]
Dual Air Intake System(DAIS) Module
iSWAY-FC® unit identification
Metal data plate with basic parameters of the device is located on the housing.
Type
S/N
Year
V
P.
– Defines technical specification of the device e.g. 1.20
– Serial Number
– Year of manufacture
– Capacity of Air Supply Module (ASM) at given pressure Δp, m3/h
– Electric power of Air Supply Module (ASM), kW
TYPE
YEAR
version 5.1.4
183
Orders shall be placed in accordance with following example.
iSWAY - <F>-<W>.<V>-<X><M><A>-<P.><RAL>
Key:
<F>
<W>
– unit type: FC
– unit size: 0, 1 or 2
<V>
– air supply fan capacity at static pressure 300 Pa:
3 capacity 3000 m3/h
3
17 capacity 17000 m /h
3
3
3
<X>
– inspection panel access side:
R right side
L left side
<M>
– device location:
none the building (internal assembly)
O
outside the building (external assembly)
<A>
– control system:
none standard control system
C
to control Dual Air Intake System (DAIS)
Y
primary unit control system
Z
redundant unit control system
S
custom-made control system

– finish: *
none galvanized steel
SL
painted steel
<RAL>
– selected RAL chart color (available for SL)
* option if not selected default values will be applied
Ordering iSWAY-FC® unit it is required to give code symbol in accordance with above instruction.
Additionally:
– nominal pressure difference between pressurized space and the reference shall be defined
(optionally pressure difference between air supply duct and the reference);
– exact location of the unit taking into consideration local on-site assembly requirements.
Order example:
iSWAY FC 1.20 – R – O – SL9010
nominal pressure difference 50 Pa
flat roof bearer frame assembly
NOTE: In case of more than four units pressure differential system suggests application of Operating
Conditions Monitoring Device (MSPU) connected with Control Panel (TSS) to provide components
integration and monitoring.
184
version 5.1.4
Compact pressurization device
with multiple pressure control system
®
iSWAY-FCD
of Applied Sciences (I.F.I.) in accordance with latest version of prEN
12101-6 European Standard testing procedure.
iSWAY-FCD® - compact pressurization device with multiple pressure control system
Application
®
iSAFETY WAY-FCD® (iSWAY-FCD ) compact pressurization unit is a part of SMAY company offer as regards
smoke and heat control systems. iSWAY-FCD® can be applied to vertical escape routes such as fire-fighting
lobbies and elevator shafts keeping them free of smoke and ensuring safe evacuation from the building in case
of fire. Moreover application of iSWAY-FC® ensures obtaining normative pressure gradient and directed airflow
between escape route and fire floor in wide range of buildings regardless of ambient conditions during the fire.
®
Due to a simple structure iSWAY-FC can be located almost anywhere in the building additionally active control
system allows to monitor actual value of pressure difference and failure detection as well as to reduce total time
required to perform acceptance and maintenance tests.
®
iSWAY-FCD units are intended to pressurize single or many fire-fighting lobbies. Each lobby is equipped with
motorized multiblade damper operating as a local pressure controller. SMAY company has also developed
solution ensuring electronically controlled air transfer from the fire-fighting lobby to the corridor. Each firefighting lobby is equipped with independent set of two mechanically and electronically coupled pressure
controllers with fast acting Belimo actuators NMQ24A-SRV-ST. Idea of operation is quite simple both air
dampers operates backward in that manner that opening angle of each air damper is inversely proportional.
Staircase
Corridor
Fire-fighting lobby
Fire-fighting lobby
Corridor
Air damper located in the fire-fighting lobby operates as a pressure controller. While evacuation doors are
closed excess air is transferred to the corridor via the by-pass damper and the pressure control damper
is almost fully closed. After opening the door by-pass damper closes and pressure control damper opens and
required nominal air volume is supplied to the corridor through evacuation door.
Staircase
Fig. 1.
186
Fire-fighting lobbies and staircase pressurization system
version 5.1.4
static pressure
measurement point
24V guaranteed Static pressure
power supply
measurement
point inside
fire-fighting lobby
24V guaranteed
power supply
Fire-fighting lobby
24V guaranteed
power supply
Staircase
24V guaranteed
power supply
Corridor
Fire-fighting lobby
24V g. Static pressure
power measurement
point inside
supply
fire-fighting lobby
24V guaranteed
power supply
Staircase
24V guaranteed
power supply
24V guaranteed
power supply
24V guaranteed
power supply
Fig. 2.
Fire-fighting lobbies pressurization system with electronically controlled air transfer
®
Due to the compact structure and relatively small dimensions iSWAY-FCD units may be located in almost any
24V guaranteed
power supply
Fire-fighting lobby
Ambient pressure
measurement point
(reference pressure)
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
24V guaranteed fire-fighting lobby
power supply
24V guaranteed
power supply
24V guaranteed
power supply
Corridor
Application – continuation
Electrical cables
connecting iSWAY-FCD®
with Control Panel (TSS)
24V guaranteed
power supply
24V guaranteed
power supply
Fig. 3.
®
Example of iSWAY-FCD rooftop location
version 5.1.4
European Standard it is required to apply twin air intakes system.
187
24V guaranteed
power supply
Reference static pressure
measurement point
24V guaranteed
power supply
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
fire-fighting lobby
24V guaranteed
power supply
Location in the building - continuation
24V guaranteed
power supply
Static pressure
measurement point
KWP-z - fire damper closed
Fig. 4.
iSWAY-FC® with Control
Panel (TSS)
Fire brigades
access level
Example of iSWAY-FCD® location in the ventilation engine room
By default iSWAY-FCD® series units is supplied together with Control Panel (TSS). It is required to provide
®
If pressure differential system consists of more than one iSWAY-FCD units it is possible to connect up to four
NOTE:
At the design stage it is required to explicitly define locations of static pressure measurement points in the
pressurized space and the reference and ensure air release path from the fire floor sized on the basis
of design air supply and exhaust rates.
measurement point
188
Photo. 2. Structure of static pressure
measurement point
version 5.1.4
Structure
®
All components iSWAY-FCD units are placed inside the modular housing made of aluminum square hollow
®
interiors. Depending on inspection doors location iSWAY-FCD units are manufactured in two versions: left
or right access side.
®
Key application of iSWAY-FCD units is simultaneous pressurization of multiple small cubature spaces e.g. firefighting lobbies. Each pressure controller is powered and controlled by means of Control Panels in URBS
configuration. Device interior is protected against chilling and dust infiltration with thermally insulated shut
off damper. Shut off damper opens immediately after receiving Fire Alarm Signal (SAP).
®
pressurization of protected spaces. All iSWAY-FCD series units are by default equipped with smoke detector
Both frequency inverter and air damper actuators are controlled by means of automatic Control Panels in URBS
®
influence of wind forces. For iSWAY-FCD units located at the roof two independent pressure measurement
point are provided located at the opposite sides of the housing. In case of locating the unit inside the building
one of pressure measurement points is blanked. Due to the variable wind speed and direction resulting
in a variety of pressure distribution patterns in the vicinity of the building for each high-rise building simple CFD
analysis of possible wind influence is performed. At the housing main power switch is located which enables
power switch off for servicing or manual emergency switch off of the unit. Additionally to reduce time required
to connect unit connecting boxes are provided.
no air damper view
Fig. 5.
Key:
1 – Housing
2 – Fan
3 – Frame bearer
4 – Shut off air damper
6 – Breaking resistor
7 – Automatic control board (SA)
8 – URBS
10 – Smoke detector
11 – Main power switch
12 – Connection point of reference
®
Schematic diagram of key components of iSWAY-FCD unit location
version 5.1.4
189
Key:
1 – Housing IP66
2 – VRP-M Belimo controller
3 – Pressure sensor VFP Belimo
4 – Mounting plate
5 – Cable gland
Fig. 6.
Principle of operation
3
1
5
2
Key:
1 – URBS 1
2 – URBS 2
3, 4 – Merawex power supply unit
7 – Fan
4
6
7
Fig. 7. Schematic diagram of iSWAY-FCD® unit
Principle of operation of iSWAY-FCD® unit is based on application of Control Panels URBS in order to control
operating parameters of frequency inverter and the actuator.
control signal which is transmitted to the actuator of autonomous control air damper operating as a local
pressure controller.
190
version 5.1.4
Principle of operation - continuation
Control air damper is opened or closed in order to achieve set value of overpressure inside the protected space.
Two stage regulation, rough by means of frequency inverter and precise one by means of motorized air damper
ensures accurate control of pressure difference and additionally protects pressure differential system against
oscillations.
Application of iSWAY-FCD® series unit enables automatic adaptation of pressure differential system to the
changes during evacuation with simultaneous reduction of energy consumption due to the temporary reduction
of fan rotational speed (capacity). Additionally iSWAY-FC® units may be used in continuous operation mode
to ventilate industrial buildings staircases e.g. heat gains removal.
iSWAY-FC® unit switches to the operation mode after receiving Fire Alarm Signal (SAP) from fire alarm control
and indicating equipment (CSAP). Air supply fan is activated with a time delay required to open the shut off
damper located in the Air Supply Module (ZN). Opening of shut off damper is realized by means of the return
spring after cutting off power supply of an actuator. By the time the air supply fan is activated shut off air damper
shall be open. In operation mode (pressurization) pressure difference is continuously controlled by means
of air supply rotational speed and autonomous damper position regulation. To ensure proper operation
®
of iSWAY-FCD unit it is required to provide 24V guaranteed power supply of each pressure controller actuator
and pressure difference measurement between the fire-fighting lobby and the reference.
System (DAIS) Module. Smoke detection alarm is indicated at the Control Panel (TSS) of iSWAY-FCD® unit.
Operating modes
power supply of shut off damper actuator is decayed and damper is opened by means of the return spring,
air supply fan is activated with set time delay, two stage automatic pressure regulation is carried
out by means of frequency inverter and motorized air damper operating as a pressure controller.
version 5.1.4
191
Fig. 8.
External dimensions of iSWAY-FCD® series units
Table 1.
Specification of iSWAY-FCD series dimensions
®
®
iSWAY-FCD series dimensions
0
Size
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
H1
[mm]
2200
[mm]
1100
[mm]
1000
[mm]
1100
[mm]
1100
[mm]
900
[mm]
800
[mm]
700
2200
2600
1400
1700
1200
1500
1100
1400
1100
1200
1100
1400
1000
1300
1000
1300
Table 2. Specification of iSWAY-FCD® series units operating parameters and weights
®
iSWAY-FCD series units operating parameters
Type
0.3
0.12
1.17
1.20
1.24
2.31
2.39
2.47
Supply
voltage
Active
power
Apparent
power
[Pa]
[V]
[kW]
[kW]
900
550
390
400
400
410
470
430
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3,4
5,4
5,4
7,3
9,6
9,6
14,0
18,7
3,8
6,0
6,0
8,1
10,7
10,7
15,6
20,7
Capacity
Static pressure
3
[ m /h ]
3 000
12 000
17 000
20 000
24 000
31 000
39 000
47 000
Current unit
protection
Suggested
protection
Weight
FWC-10A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-32A10F
FWC-40A14F
gG 16 A
gG 20 A
gG 20 A
gG 20 A
gG 25 A
gG 25 A
gG 40 A
gG 50 A
505
515
630
640
650
900
920
935
[kg]
192
version 5.1.4
Characteristics
iSWAY-FCD® unit with AFC/2-560-220 fan
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 9.
iSWAY-FCD® 0.3 characteristics
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 10.
airflow [m3/h]
Fig.11.
version 5.1.4
193
®
iSWAY-FCD unit with AFC/4-800-550 fan
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig.12.
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig.13.
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig.14.
194
version 5.1.4
®
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig.15.
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig.16.
version 5.1.4
195
Housing versions
Left access side
Right access side
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Air outlet
Air inlet
Air outlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Left access side
Right access side
Air intake turn
Elastic connector
Roof panel
Roof panel
Air outlet
Air outlet
Air inlet
Air inlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Fig. 17.
iSWAY-FCD® unit housing versions
WIRING
Schematic
mark
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FCD ® unit
Table 2
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FCD ® unit)
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Control leads
Monitoring room
Table 2
Key:
Unit
Cable A1
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Fig. 18.
196
®
Block diagram of electrical connections between single iSWAY-FCD unit and Control Panel (TSS)
version 5.1.4
Electrical connections diagrams - continuation
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FCD ®)
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 19.
Block diagram of electrical connections between two iSWAY-FCD® units and Control Panel (TSS-2)
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 20.
Block diagram of electrical connections between three iSWAY-FCD® units and Control Panel (TSS-3)
version 5.1.4
197
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 21.
Block diagram of electrical connections between four iSWAY-FCD® units and Control Panel (TSS-4)
NOTE: It is possible to connect iSWAY-FC®, iSWAY-FCD® and iSWAY-FCR® within one pressure differential
system.
Assembly on-site
®
iSWAY-FCD units can be located at concrete floors (internal or external assembly) on the frame bearer with
Fig. 22. Rooftop assembly
with Big Foot support system
198
Fig. 23 Internal assembly
on concrete floor
version 5.1.4
®
By default each iSWAY-FCD unit is equipped with Control Panel (TSS) enabling change of operational
- iSWAY-FCD® unit and ductworks connections assembly;
- Control Panel (TSS) assembly on the fire brigades access level e.g. monitoring room;
- Guaranteed power connections 3x400V;
- electrical connections between iSWAY-FCD® unit and the Control Panel (TSS) in accordance with SMAY
company guidelines;
- pressure measurement points location in the pressurized, reference space, optionally in air supply duct
and connections to the appropriate pressure sensors.
system if substantial quantities of smoke are present in the supply. An override switch shall be provided for the
fire brigade purposes in accordance with 11.4.2.5
by an independently operated smoke control damper system in such a way that if one damper closes due to
a smoke contamination, the other inlet will supply the air requirements of the system without interruption.
®
If iSWAY-FCD device is located at the roof level inside the housing smoke detector is provided. After smoke
detection in supply air pressurization device is automatically shut down. iSWAY-FCD® device is also equipped
with an override switch pursuant to listed standard requirements.
version 5.1.4
199
protected against ambient conditions influence with inspection holes providing easy access for service
and maintenance.
dimensions.
Straight duct
PS air damper
Mounting
plate
Seal
Inspection
hole
Actuator
Belimo BLE24
Junction box
Cable
gland
Sheet
metal section
Size
Fig. 26.
PS air damper size
Dual Air Intake System (DAIS) Module
®
iSWAY-FCD unit identification
Type
S/N
Year

V

P
200
–
–
–
–
–
defines technical specification of the device e.g. FCD 1.20
serial number
year of manufacture
3
capacity of Air Supply Module (ASM) at given pressure Δp, m /h
electric power of Air Supply Module (ASM), kW
version 5.1.4
iSWAY - <F>-<W>.<V>-<X><M><A>-<P.><RAL
Key:
<F>
<W>
–
–
unit type: FCD
unit size: 0, 1 or 2
<V>
3
3 fan capacity 3000 m /h
3
3
3
3
3
3
47 fan capacity 47000 m3/h
<X>
R
right side
L
left side
<M>
– unit location:
none inside the building (internal assembly)
O
<A>
– control system:
C
modified to control Dual Air Intake System (DAIS)
Y
Z
S

– finish: *
none finish
SL
painted steel
<RAL>
®
Ordering iSWAY-FCD unit it is required to give code symbol in accordance with above instruction.
Additionally:
– nominal pressure difference between pressurized space and the reference shall be defined
– exact location of the unit taking into consideration local on-site assembly requirements.
Order example:
iSWAY FCD 1.20 – L - O - Z – SL9010
nominal pressure difference 50 Pa , 5 pressurized lobbies,
electronically controlled air transfer flat roof bearer frame assembly
NOTE: In case of more than four units pressure differential system suggests application of Operating Conditions Monitoring
Device (MSPU) connected with Control Panel (TSS) to provide components integration and monitoring.
version 5.1.4
201
202
version 5.1.4
Compact pressurization device
with reversible axial flow fans intended for high-rise building application
®
iSWAY-FCR
of Applied Sciences (I.F.I.) in accordance with latest version
of prEN 12101-6 European Standard testing procedure.
iSWAY-FCR® - compact pressurization device with reversible axial flow fans
intended for high-rise building application
Principles of SAFETY WAY® system operation
Forced airflow system SAFETY WAY® is intended to protect staircases of tall, high-rise and industrial buildings
against smoke and fire gases infiltration by achieving and maintaining fixed value of overpressure in reference
to the fire floor.
In case of high-rise buildings system consists of at least two iSWAY-FCR® units located at top and bottom floors
if such locations are not available it is possible to assembly iSWAY-FCR® units on the roof and provide ductwork
and air inlet/exhaust points at top and bottom floors.
®
Principle of operation of SAFETY WAY system is to generate maintain directed and controlled airflow inside the
staircase by means of axial reversible flow fans equipped with frequency inverters and motorized multiblade air
dampers equipped with fast-acting Belimo actuators operating as a pressure controllers. Stabilization of static
pressure distribution is achieved by controlling intensity of an airflow inside the staircase corresponding to the
airflow resistance which shall be proportional to the actual natural pressure gradient resulting from stack
effect.
Airflow directions depend on the actual pressure distribution corresponding to the temperature difference
between internal air and the ambient.
For a conventional winter period system shall provide:
– upward airflow – air supplied to the low pressure zone at the bottom floors and exhausted from the high
pressure zone at the top floors;
Please find Fig. 1.
For a conventional summer period system shall provide:
– upward airflow – air supplied to the low pressure zone at the top floors and exhausted from the high
pressure zone at the bottom floors;
Please find Fig. 2.
Required airflow direction is determined automatically on the basis of actual temperature difference between
internal and the ambient air. To calculate actual average temperature difference additional Control Module (MS)
is applied. Since airflow direction changes depending on the current temperature difference it is necessary to
apply reversible flow fans.
SAFETY WAY® system operates in two modes:
– pressure mode – all evacuation doors closed – air supply and exhaust rates are determined depending
on actual temperature difference, staircase geometry and building total height;
– airflow mode – one or mode evacuation doors open – air supply rate is determined depending on the required
air velocity at the open evacuation door, door size and staircase total air leakage rate. Air exhaust is shut off
due to the pressure drop resulting from opening evacuation door.
®
®
Complete SAFETY WAY system can be built with a use of iSWAY-FCR series pressurization units and simple
control system. Number and operating parameters of all components is determined by SMAY company
depending on building total height, pressure differential system nominal parameters and additional
requirements. By default total wiring length as well as number of sensors and electronic devices is reduced
to the necessary minimum.
®
Additional advantage of SAFETY WAY system application is possibility of staircase ventilation in day-to-day
operation mode e.g. industrial buildings with increased heat gains.
The SAFETY WAY® system, as the only one in Europe, literally complies with all the requirements of this
Standard as regards of high-rise buildings and polish winter ambient conditions.
Estimated air supply rate for simultaneous pressurization and pressure distribution can be calculated with
following formula:
V1 (V2) = VC + VN
where:
V1, V2
– air supply rates, m3/h
VC
– air supply rate required to reduce or eliminate stack effect pressure gradient
VN
– air supply rate required to achieve and maintain nominal pressure difference
204
version 5.1.4
Principles of SAFETY WAY® system operation - continuation
iSWAY-FC®
iSWAY-FCR®
iSWAY-FCD
Fig. 1.
®
Pressure distribution stabilization inside heated high-rise building staircase during winter period with application
®
of forced airflow SAFETY WAY system
iSWAY-FC®
Fig. 2.
iSWAY-FCD®
iSWAY-FCR®
iSWAY-FCD®
Pressure distribution stabilization inside air conditioned high-rise building staircase during winter period
with application of forced airflow SAFETY WAY® system
version 5.1.4
205
Principles of SAFETY WAY® system operation - continuation
iSWAY-FC®
iSWAY-FCR®
iSWAY-FCD
Fig. 3.
iSWAY-FCD®
®
Nominal airflow at evacuation door on fire floor with application of forced airflow SAFETY WAY® system
NOTE:
In order to determine detailed operating parameters of SAFETY WAY® system by default CFD simulations
of heat and mass transfer are carried out e.g. total fans capacities, locations of air inlet/outlet points.
For standard staircase geometry where which total height exceeds 35 m it is assumed to provide additional air
®
supply point per each ten floors. Additional air volume is supplied with standard iSWAY-FC unit calibrated
to maintain 30 – 35 Pa of pressure difference between protected space and the fire floor. Pressure drop after
opening evacuation door results in supplying fixed airflow rate through additional air inlet points.
Application
®
®
iSAFETY WAY-FCR (iSWAY-FCR ) compact pressurization unit is a part of SMAY company offer as regards
smoke and heat control systems. iSWAY-FCR® can be applied to vertical escape routes such as tall and high-rise
building staircases keeping them free of smoke and ensuring safe evacuation from the building in case of fire.
Moreover application of iSWAY-FCR® ensures obtaining stable pressure distribution, normative pressure
gradient and directed airflow between escape route and fire floor in wide range of buildings regardless
of ambient conditions during the fire. Due to a simple structure iSWAY-FCR® can be located almost anywhere
in the building additionally active control system allows to monitor actual value of pressure difference and
failure detection as well as to reduce total time required to perform acceptance and maintenance tests.
Application of Belimo Smay Control Devices (URBS) controlling operation of frequency inverter and pressure
controller actuator allows to eliminate mechanical barometric dampers used to control pressure in protected
space. It is particularly important in case of pressurization systems with large air supply rates required where
due to the considerable dimensions of overpressure dampers location and assembly of such devices may by
hindered or impossible.
206
version 5.1.4
Fire-fighting lobby
measurement point inside air supply duct
Corridor
Staircase
Static pressure
Static pressure
Staircase
Fire-fighting lobby
Corridor
Due to the compact structure and relatively small dimensions iSWAY-FCR® units may be located in almost any
®
Fire-fighting lobby
Staircase
Static pressure
Corridor
Staircase
Fire-fighting lobby
Static pressure
Corridor
Simultaneous pressurization of fire-fighting lobby and staircase with iSWAY-FCR units application
Fig. 4.
Fig. 5.
Simultaneous pressurization of fire-fighting lobby and staircase with iSWAY-FCR® units application and additional
air supply unit iSWAY-FC®
version 5.1.4
207
supply, Fire Alarm Signal (FAS)
Staircase
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
pressurized space
iSWAY-FC® with Control Panel (TSS)
Static pressure
measurement
point inside
pressurized space
Ambient pressure
measurement point
(reference pressure)
supply, Fire Alarm Signal (FAS)
Fig. 6.
®
iSWAY-FCR with Control Panel (TSS)
Fire brigades
access level
European Standard it is required to apply
twin air intakes system.
Example of iSWAY-FCR® units locations in forced airflow SAFETY WAY® system
By default iSWAY-FCR® series units is supplied together with Control Panel (TSS). It is required to provide
®
If pressure differential system consists of more than one iSWAY-FCR units it is possible to connect up to four
NOTE:
At the design stage it is required to explicitly
define locations of static pressure measurement
points in the pressurized space and the reference
and ensure air release path from the fire floor
sized on the basis of design air supply and exhaust
rates.
measurement point
208
Photo. 2. Structure of static
pressure measurement point
version 5.1.4
Structure
®
All components iSWAY-FCR units are placed inside the modular housing made of aluminum square hollow
interiors. Depending on inspection doors location iSWAY-FCR® units are manufactured in two versions:
®
left or right access side. iSWAY-FCR unit consists of two combined modules:
Fan Module (MW);
Control Module (MR).
Separated with sheet pile and based on the joint frame bearer.
Fan located in Fan Module (MW) is powered and controlled with frequency inverter and supplies air to the
Control Module (MR). Device interior is protected against chilling and dust infiltration with thermally insulated
shut off damper. Shut off damper opens immediately after receiving Fire Alarm Signal (SAP).
pressurization of protected spaces. All iSWAY-FCR® series units are by default equipped with smoke detector
Control Module (MR) is responsible for pressure difference regulation between protected space and the
reference by means of multiblade air damper with fast-acting Belimo actuators NMQ24A-SRV-ST operating as
a pressure controller. Such solution enables precise and automatic pressure difference control and protects
whole system against oscillations.
Both frequency inverter and air damper actuator are controlled by means of automatic Control Panels in URBS
influence of wind forces. For iSWAY-FCR® units located at the roof two independent pressure measurement
point are provided located at the opposite sides of the housing. In case of locating the unit inside the building one
of pressure measurement points is blanked. Due to the variable wind speed and direction resulting in a variety
of pressure distribution patterns in the vicinity of the building for each high-rise building simple CFD analysis
of possible wind influence is performed.
At the housing main power switch is located which enables power switch off for servicing or manual emergency
switch off of the unit. Additionally to reduce time required to connect unit connecting boxes are provided.
version 5.1.4
209
Removed damper view
Schematic diagram of key components of iSWAY-FCR® unit
Fig. 7.
Key:
MW – Fan Module
MR – Control Module
1 – Housing
2 – Fan
3 – Frame bearer
4 – Shut off air damper
5 – Pressure control damper
7 – Breaking resistor
8 – Automatic control board (SA)
9 – URBS
11 – Smoke detector
12 – Main power switch
13 – Connection point of static pressure
measurement inside protected space
14 – Connection point of reference
Key:
1 – Housing IP66
2 – VRP-M Belimo controller
3 – Pressure sensor VFP Belimo
4 – Mounting plate
5 – Cable gland
Fig. 8.
Idea of operation
1
2
3
7
4
6
5
8
Fig. 9.
210
9
10
Key:
1 – URBS 1
2 – URBS 2
3 – URBS 3
4 – URBS 4
5, 6 – Merawex power supply unit
8 – Air damper with fast acting Belimo actuator 1
9 – Air damper with fast acting Belimo actuator 2
10 – Fan
®
Schematic diagram of iSWAY-FCR unit
version 5.1.4
Idea of operation - continuation
®
Idea of operation of iSWAY-FCR unit is based on application of Control Panels URBS in order to control
operating parameters of frequency inverter and the actuator.
control signal which is transmitted to the actuator of control air damper. Control air damper is opened or closed
in order to achieve set value of overpressure inside the protected space. Two stage regulation, rough by means
of frequency inverter and precise one by means of motorized air damper ensures accurate control of pressure
difference and additionally protects pressure differential system against oscillations.
Application of iSWAY-FCR® series device enables automatic adaptation of pressure differential system to the
changes during evacuation with simultaneous reduction of energy consumption due to the temporary reduction
of fan rotational speed (capacity). Additionally iSWAY-FCR® units may be used in continuous operation mode
to ventilate industrial buildings staircases e.g. heat gains removal.
®
iSWAY-FCR unit switches to the operation mode after receiving Fire Alarm Signal from fire alarm control and
indicating equipment (CSAP). Air supply fan is activated with a time delay required to open the shut off damper
located in the Fan Module (MW). Opening of shut off damper is realized by means of the return spring after
cutting off power supply of an actuator. By the time the air supply fan is activated shut off air damper shall be
open. In operation mode (pressurization) pressure difference is continuously controlled by means of air supply
rotational speed and damper position regulation.
System (DAIS) Module. Smoke detection alarm is indicated at the Control Panel (TSS) of iSWAY-FC® unit.
Operating modes
power supply of shut off damper actuator is decayed and damper is opened by means of the return spring, air
supply fan is activated with set time delay, two stage automatic pressure regulation is carried out by means
of frequency inverter and motorized air damper operating as a pressure controller.
version 5.1.4
211
®
Fig. 10.
External dimensions of iSWAY-FCR series units
Table 1.
Specification of iSWAY-FCR® series dimensions and weights
iSWAY-FCR® series dimensions and weights
Size
1
2
A
B
C
D
E
F
H
H1
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[kg]
2300
2600
1400
1700
1300
1500
1200
1400
1100
1200
1200
1400
1100
1300
1000
1300
Operating parameters
Table 2.
®
Specification of iSWAY-FCR series units operating parameters
iSWAY-FCR® series units operating parameters
Type
Static pressure
Supply
voltage
Active
power
Apparent
power
[ m /h ]
[Pa]
[V]
[kW]
[kVA]
21 000
23 000
27 000
33 000
43 000
54 000
250
250
250
250
250
250
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
3x400
5,4
7,3
9,6
9,6
14
18,7
6
8,1
10,7
10,7
15,6
20,7
Capacity
3
1.21
1.23
1.27
2.33
2.43
2.54
Current unit
protection
Suggested
protection
Weight
FWC-16A10F
FWC-16A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-20A10F
FWC-32A10F
FWC-40A14F
gG 20 A
gG 20 A
gG 25 A
gG 25 A
gG 40 A
gG 50 A
[kg]
670
680
685
930
955
970
212
version 5.1.4
Characteristics
iSWAY-FCR® unit with ARC/4-800-400 fan
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 11.
®
iSWAY-FCR 1.21 characteristics
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 12.
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 13.
®
version 5.1.4
213
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 14.
®
3
airflow [m /h]
Fig. 15.
®
airflow [m3/h]
Fig. 16.
214
®
version 5.1.4
Housing versions
Left access side
Right access side
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Air outlet
Air inlet
Air outlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Left access side
Right access side
Air intake turn
Elastic connector
Roof panel
Roof panel
Air outlet
Air outlet
Air inlet
Air inlet
Elastic connector
Elastic connector
Fig. 17.
iSWAY-FCR® unit housing versions
WIRING
Schematic
mark
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FC ® unit
Table 2
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FC ® unit)
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Control leads
Table 2
Unit
Monitoring room
Cable A1
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Fig. 18.
Block diagram of electrical connections between single iSWAY-FCR® unit and Control Panel (TSS)
version 5.1.4
215
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
of iSWAY-FCR ® unit
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
(twin air intake, doubled iSWAY-FCR ®)
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 19.
Block diagram of electrical connections between two iSWAY-FCR® units and Control Panel (TSS-2)
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 20.
216
Block diagram of electrical connections between three iSWAY-FCR® units and Control Panel (TSS-3)
version 5.1.4
Key:
Control Panel (TSS)
tubing Ø6mm
Monitoring room
WIRING
Schematic
mark
Table 2
connections
Cable
type
Table 2
Unit
Cable A1
Cables:
Unit operation (NO)
Failure (NC)
Fig. 21.
®
Block diagram of electrical connections between four iSWAY-FCR units and Control Panel (TSS-4)
®
®
NOTE: It is possible to connect iSWAY-FC®, iSWAY-FCD and iSWAY-FCR within one pressure differential
system.
Assembly on-site
iSWAY-FCR® units can be located at concrete floors (internal or external assembly) on the frame bearer with
Fig. 22. Rooftop assembly
with Big Foot support system
version 5.1.4
Fig. 23 Internal assembly
on concrete floor
217
®
By default each iSWAY-FCR unit is equipped with Control Panel (TSS) enabling change of operational
-
®
iSWAY-FCR unit and ductworks connections assembly;
Control Panel (TSS) assembly on the fire brigades access level e.g. monitoring room;
Guaranteed power connections 3x400V;
®
electrical connections between iSWAY-FCR unit and the Control Panel (TSS) in accordance with SMAY
company guidelines;
- pressure measurement points location in the pressurized, reference space, optionally in air supply duct and
connections to the appropriate pressure sensors.
system if substantial quantities of smoke are present in the supply. An override switch shall be provided for the
fire brigade purposes in accordance with 11.4.2.5
by an independently operated smoke control damper system in such a way that if one damper closes due
to a smoke contamination, the other inlet will supply the air requirements of the system without interruption.
If iSWAY-FCD® device is located at the roof level inside the housing smoke detector is provided. After smoke
®
detection in supply air pressurization device is automatically shut down. iSWAY-FCD device is also equipped
with an override switch pursuant to listed standard requirements.
218
version 5.1.4
protected against ambient conditions influence with inspection holes providing easy access for service
and maintenance.
dimensions.
Straight duct
PS air damper
Mounting
plate
Seal
Inspection
hole
Actuator
Belimo BLE24
Junction box
Cable
gland
Sheet
metal section
Size
Fig. 24.
PS air damper size
Dual Air Intake System (DAIS) Module
iSWAY-FCD® unit identification
Type –
S/N –
Year–
V –
P –
defines technical specification of the device e.g. FCR 1.21
serial number
year of manufacture
capacity of Air Supply Module (ASM) at given pressure Δp,
electric power of Air Supply Module (ASM), kW
version 5.1.4
219
iSWAY - <F>-<W>.<V>-<X><M><A>-<RAL>
Key:
<F>
<W>
–
–
unit type: FCR
unit size: 1 or 2
<V>
3
3
3
<X>
R
right side
L
left side
<M>
– unit location:
none inside the building (internal assembly)
O
<A>
– control system:
C
modified to control Dual Air Intake System (DAIS)
Y
Z
S

– finish: *
none finish
SL
painted steel
<RAL>
®
Ordering iSWAY-FCR unit it is required to give code symbol in accordance with above instruction.
Additionally:
– nominal pressure difference between pressurized space and the reference shall be defined
– exact location of the unit taking into consideration local on-site assembly requirements.
Order example:
iSWAY FCR 1.21 – L – O – SL9010
nominal pressure difference 50 Pa , 5 pressurized lobbies,
electronically controlled air transfer flat roof bearer frame assembly
NOTE: In case of more than four units pressure differential system suggests application of Operating Conditions
Monitoring Device (MSPU) connected with Control Panel (TSS) to provide components integration and monitoring.
220
version 5.1.4
VAV regulators
Air pressure and VAV regulators
SMAY offers several types of VAV regulators. Principle of the VAV operation relies on reading the actual air flow
and accordingly adjusting it within the set values from VMIN to VMAX. Control signal (2…10V; 0…10V) is provided from
a room sensor or from a different building automation point. In the flow sensing compartment of the VAV there
is read pressure differential value which depends of the actual air flow through the VAV, the ΔP
is transmitted to the pressure transducer. Actual air flow is compared with the set values. If the measured value
is different from the set value, the actuator adjusts the position of the damper blade, so the difference between
the measured value and the set value is balanced out.
In the offer there must be marked out air flow regulators, pressure regulators and VAV induction regulators,
which main advantage is to maintain almost constant air flow at the discharge and possibilities to lower the
supply air temperature of the primary air supplied from the air handling unit.
VAV regulators similar to dampers in standard versions are made of galvanized sheet metal with single and multi
blade dampers with opposite blade damper configuration. They are produced as round and rectangular with and
without acoustic insulation. VAV regulators regarding its sizes are located in air tightness class 2-4 according
to EN-1751.
VAV regulators before they are shipped out to the construction site are calibrated by the producer and also the
design values VMIN and VMAX are set individually for each regulator. Quite important attribute and advantage is
possibility to change (in any time after installation) the set values VMIN and VMAX by authorized service – new values
must correspond with working range of a particular VAV.
We also offer devices which integrate cut-off fire damper function with typical VAV regulator; KTM-ME-VAV
(round) and KWP-OM-E-VAV (rectangular). Cut off fire damper with VAV function is designed for use in general
ventilation systems as well as for industrial technological use. The main function of the device is to avoid
spreading of fire, temperature and smoke through the ventilation ducts in case of fire.
Thanks to use especially designed flow sensing and adjusting compartment the unit can perform VAV air
regulation work during its regular operation. Such combination undoubtedly reduces the initial cost of the
ventilation system as well as the building automation system.
version 5.2.1
221
Index
VAV regulators
3. Air pressure, VAV and CAV regulators
a) Air pressure and VAV regulators introduction
b) Variable air volume regulators VAV
RVP-R for round ventilation ducts
RVP-P for rectangle ventilation ducts
c) Flow regulators VAV for explosion-proof zones
RVP-R-Ex for round ventilation ducts
RVP-P-Ex for rectangle ventilation ducts
d) Air pressure regulators
RPP-R for round ventilation ducts
RPP-P for rectangle ventilation ducts
e) Constant air volume regulators CAV
KVR for round ventilation ducts
V
 RS for round ventilation ducts
V
 RRK for rectangle ventilation ducts
222
221
223
234
245
253
263
275
289
293
297
version 5.2.1
VAV regulators
RVP-R
Application
VAV regulators are used for automatic airflow regulation in the ventilation and air conditioning systems.
They adjust the amount of supply/exhaust air to control the climate individually for every room/zone served.
By using the control elements they can adjust accordingly to different heat gain/loses in the zones served with
respect to amount of people gathered in the zone and also other factors such as heat gains and loses through the
windows.
RVP-R regulators may be produced in two types with respect to the acting time. In the standard version time
necessary for the full cycle (open to close) is 150 seconds, while the fast acting drive can do that in 3 seconds.
In the special type RVP-R regulators may also be applicable to work with contaminated air with light corrosive
gases (according to Classification of Corrosive Environments ISO 12944 max. class C3)
Material
The casing and air damper blade are made of galvanized steel sheet or on special orders it they can be made
of stainless steel 1.4306. The damper blade has a rubber gasket, which assures air tightness at the fully closed
position. The damper blade shaft is working on plastic or brass bearings. The measuring probe is an orifice
or a linear. The orifice is made of galvanized steel sheet. On both sides tube nozzles are installed
to measure differential pressure. The linear is made of aluminum profile with proper impulse holes distributed
on it.
As an option RVP-R is made with thermal-acoustic insulation RVP-Rt.
The control driving mechanism of the air flow regulator is a compact unit consisting of static pressure differential
sensor, digital controller PID and the actuator.
The working principle depends on measuring air volume flowing through the regulator.
In the regulators with orifices reading is made by measuring probes located on both sides of the orifice.
In the regulators with linears, reading is made on impulse holes located on both sides of the linear.
When the air is flowing through the measuring probe on both sides is created pressure difference which
corresponds to the actual air volume. Then the pneumatic signal is transmitted by plastic tubes to the pressure
sensor.
Pressure differential value is sent to the controller, where it is transduced to the air volume value and compared
with the set point value. If the measured value is different that the set point, the actuator adjusts the air damper
to the required position to eliminate the differences between measured and set point values.
Fig. 1.
measuring
probes
damper
actuator
pressure
transducer
set point
value
224
damper blade
controller
measured
value
Notice:
The device is programmed
by the manufacturer and the parameters
can not be changed by unauthorized people.
version 5.2.1
RVP-R
Fig. 2.
Dimensions
VAV regulator type: RVP-R
VAV regulator type: RVP-Rt
(insulated)
blade
casing
insulation
controller
Typical dimensions and working range of the particular regulator sizes
Table 1.
L
[mm]
Air stream
Dn
[mm]
Di
[mm]
Lc
[mm]
125
225
265
365
90 - 445
160
260
280
380
145 - 725
200
300
300
400
225 - 1130
250
350
350
450
350 - 1770
315
415
415
515
560 - 2800
400
500
500
600
900 - 4540
500
600
600
700
1400 - 7100
[m3/h]
Instalation guidelines
For the proper performance of the device the following rules should be maintained:
keep the straight piece of ductwork on the regulator intake 2D
keep the straight piece of ductwork on the regulator discharge 1D
Electrical wiring of the measuring-control-driving units should be done according to the supplied schematic with
the device and it should be done by a professional.
Air pressure drop on the RVP-R regulator (air damper blade fully open)
Pressure drop [Pa]
Draw 1.
Air stream [m3/h]
version 5.2.1
225
Technical data
Table 2.
Table 3.
Sound power level on the discharge of RVP-R regulator
LWA [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
42
43
42
44
41
45
44
49
53
52
55
56
54
56
58
60
59
61
62
60
61
63
65
63
66
71
70
72
55
54
55
55
57
58
58
63
64
60
62
62
64
63
65
67
65
66
67
69
68
69
72
71
72
75
75
73
60
62
62
62
61
64
63
66
66
65
62
61
64
63
70
71
70
70
73
75
74
71
72
73
74
78
79
78
Sound power level emitted by RVP-R with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator without acoustic insulation.
LWA [dB(A)]
Table 4.
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
24
24
25
30
33
36
35
29
32
31
41
46
49
50
36
38
42
44
47
50
51
43
45
48
49
53
53
53
32
33
36
39
45
48
47
38
40
44
46
51
55
55
43
44
47
47
53
56
57
51
53
52
55
55
58
59
33
41
42
48
49
54
53
39
44
46
51
56
56
55
47
48
52
54
57
61
61
53
55
54
59
59
64
63
Sound power level emitted by RVP-R with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator with acoustic insulation.
LWA [dB(A)]
226
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
20
20
22
23
23
25
25
23
25
25
30
35
39
40
31
32
34
36
39
44
44
38
40
42
44
46
50
51
30
30
29
37
40
43
44
31
32
34
39
44
48
49
36
37
39
42
46
49
50
41
44
42
47
49
50
52
29
35
33
38
44
44
44
30
38
38
42
46
51
51
36
39
40
44
47
53
54
46
44
45
48
51
54
55
version 5.2.1
RVP-R
Control and driving compartment
Standard performance - standard version of RVP-R (for regulation of clean air with full control timing cycle
open/close of 150 seconds).
VAV – Compact
In this variant control and driving compartment consists of dynamic differential pressure sensor, controller and
damper actuator integrated as one compact unit with NMV-D2-MP or LMV-D2-MP symbols and they are
attached to the RVP regulator respectively to its nominal diameters Dn.
This unit has the following control sequences possible:
– control - signal in the range between 2 ... 10V, 0 ... 10V - regulator controls the flow of air in the duct between
the desired or capacities, Vmin, Vmax, as the continuous signal from the lead in terms of programmed control
voltage (0 ... 10V, 2 ... 10V)
– control - fixed signal :
·
“Close” – the air damper fully closed – closing the air damper on air supply or air exhaust ducts
to unoccupied rooms let to conserve energy.
·
“Open” – the air damper fully open – it is used to help in smoke evacuation from the rooms (heavy ventilating)
or quite often as a safe position.
·
Vmin – min. air volume – regarding the actual needs or during the unoccupied time particular building zones
may be switched to stand by mode and system is providing only minimum required air for ventilation
purposes and in such layout it gives additional energy savings.
·
Vmid – indirect air damper position – possible position of the air damper based on mathematical load
calculations for the room/zone served.
·
Vmax – max. air volume – single room or a group of rooms must temporarily receive maximum air volume – this
sequence lets to ventilate, evening cooling or morning warm up of the rooms.
– control through the digital communication protocol – possibility to integrate with:
DDC controller with the MP interface
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
with fan speed optimizer systems
Wiring diagram
With relay contacts
Connecting via safety
isolating transformer
With rotary switch
from controller
Zakres roboczy / Funkcja
MP/ sygnał
pomiarowy/PP
variable
MP/ measuring
signal/PP
* only at 24V
Function "CLOSE", "OPEN": air volume control is inoperative in this case
version 5.2.1
227
Technical data:
LMV-D2-MP (NMV-D2-MP)
Nominal voltage
24 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power suply range
19,2…28,8 V DC
21,6…28,8 V DC
For wire sizing
5 VA max. 5A@5ms (5,5 VA max. 5A@5ms)
Power
consumption
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
3 W (3,5 W)
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
Torque (nominal torque)
5 Nm (10 Nm)
Direction of rotation
Can be selected with 0/1 switch
Angle of rotation
Max.95°, can be limited at both ends with adjustable mechanical end stops
Protection class
III ( safety extra - low voltage)
Sound power level
Max. 35dB
Degree of protection
IP54
Ambient temperature range
0…+50[°C]
Non-operating temperature range
-20…+80[°C]
Ambient humidity range
5…95 rH. non-condensating
Maintenance
Maintenance-free
Weight
500g (700g)
Classic control
Mode for reference value input w
(connection 3)
- 2…10VDC / 4…20mA with 500Ω resistance - input resistance min. 100kΩ
- 0…10VDC , adjustable
- input resistance min. 100kΩ
Mode for actual value signal U5
(connection 5)
- 2…10VDC – maks.05mA
- 0…10VDC – maks.05mA
- Nastawialny: przepływ objętościowy lub położenie przepustnicy – maks.05mA
Operating modes for constant air
volume
CLOSE / Vmin / Vmid / Vmax / OPEN (only with AC 24V supply)
MP-BUS function
228
Address in bus operation
MP 1 … 8 / classic control: PP
LonWorks®/ EIB Konnex
With BELIMO UK24LON / UK24EIB interface,
1…8 BELIMP MP devices (VAV / damper actuator / valve)
DCC Controller
DDC Controller / PLC, with integrated MP interface
Fan optimiser
Optimiser Belimo COU24-A-MP
version 5.2.1
RVP-R
B) Special enforcement – quick version of RVP-R (with full control timing cycle open/close of 3 seconds)
applicable for use in environments with light chemical contaminations
Control driving compartment of the vav regulator is the Belimo device which consists of static pressure
differential sensor, digital controller PID VAV and actuator.
In the control and driving compartment there are the following items:
1.
Controller PID VAV with the following options control:
- control - signal in the range between 2…10V, 0…10V
- control - fixed signal : „Close” , „Open”, Vmin , Vmid Vmax
- control through the digital communication protocol – possibility to integrate with:
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
Fan optimiser systems
2. Static pressure differentia sensor – is applicable for pressure differential readings in air ducts
or in rooms. They are adapted to work with contaminated air with light chemical aggressive gases.
Solid design makes them available for use in laboratories, GMP rooms and in the industry.
3.
Type
Reading
ranges
Protection
against high
presures
Temperature
dependance
Weight
VFP-300
0…300[Pa]
Max. 5000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
Actuator:
NM24A-V-ST – 10[Nm] - standard application
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Power
consumption
24[V] AC/DC (from VRP-… controller)
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
3,5[W]
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
Min. 10[Nm] at nominal voltage
Angle of rotation
Max.95°, can be limited at both ends with
Adjustable mechanical end stops
Running time
Protection class
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
150[s]
III (safety extra - low voltage)
Max. 35[dB]
IP54
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
710[g]
version 5.2.1
229
LMQ24A-SRV-ST – 4[Nm] - application for fast acting devices
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
24[V] AC/DC ( from VRP-… controller)
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Max.95°, can be limited at both ends
with adjustable mechanical end stops
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions :
Weight
III ( safety extra - low voltage )
2,5[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
810[g]
· NMQ24A-SRV-ST – 8[Nm] - application for fast acting devices
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
4[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
156/88/77[mm]
930[g]
Notice:
Any orders regarding regulators with fast acting drives must be discussed with
and accepted by Smay technical department.
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the
customer must bring the power supply and do the control wiring himself. Electrical
wiring of the VRP-M unit should be done according to the supplied schematic
and it should be done by a professional.
230
version 5.2.1
RVP-R
Wiring diagram
VAV with analogue reference signal
Notice
- Supply via safety isolation tranfsormer!
- Connection 1, 2 (AC/DC 24V) and 5
(MP signal) must be routed to accessible
terminals (room temperature controller, floor
distribution, control cabinet, etc.) in order
to simplify access with the PC-Tool for
diagnostic and service work.
reference value input w
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
PP/MP communication
volume flow actual value U5
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
control input z
Override control
Function
Connection
Close
1
7
Open
2
6
Vmin
2
7
Vmax
2
7
Vmid
2
7
Product symbolic description - how to order
RVP-Rt-1300/1100/700-Q-MP BUS-7
RVP-R
version 5.2.1
I - D -
nom
/
max
/
min
- Ts - K - N - S - P
231
Notes
232
version 5.2.1
VAV regulators
RVP-P
Application
VAV regulators are used for automatic airflow regulation in the ventilation systems for both supply and
exhaust/return. They adjust the amount of supply/exhaust air to control the climate individually for every
room/zone served. By using the control elements they can adjust accordingly to different heat gain / loses
in the zones served with respect to amount of people gathered in the zone and also other factors such as heat
gains and loses through the windows (sun loads).
RVP-P regulators may be produced in two types. In the standard version the regulator is applicable for use with
clean filtered air and in the special type, regulators may also be applicable to work with contaminated air with
light corrosive gases (according to Classification of Corrosive Environments ISO 12944
max. class C3).
Material
Regulator's body and air damper blade is made of galvanized steel sheet. Damper blades have plasticized PVC
seals which assure air tightness at the fully closed position. The damper blade driving mechanism
is made of plastic. The orifice is made of galvanized steel sheet. On both sides tube nozzles are installed
to measure differential pressure. The control driving mechanism of the air flow regulator is a compact unit
consisting of static pressure differential sensor, digital controller PID and the actuator.
Workin principle
The working principle depends on measuring air volume flowing through the regulator. The reading is made
on four pairs of probes located on both sides of the orifice. When the air is flowing through the measuring probe
on both sides of it pressure difference is created which corresponds to the actual air volume.
Then the pneumatic signal is transmitted by plastic tubes to the pressure sensor.
Pressure differential value is send to the controller, where it is transduced to the air volume value
and compared with the set point value. If the measured value is different that the set point, the actuator adjusts
the air damper to the required position to eliminate the differences between measured and set point values.
measuring
probes
damper
actuator
pressure
transducer
set point
value
234
damper blade
controller
measured
value
Notice:
The device is programmed
by the manufacturer and the parameters
can not be changed by unauthorized people.
version 5.2.1
RVP-P
A
550
A
30
Dimensions
[m 3/h]
Adjusted air stream
H
[mm]
B [mm]
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
1000
150 - 950
290 - 1810
440 - 2670
580 - 3540
720 - 4400
180 - 1180
360 - 2270
540 - 3340
720 - 4430
900 - 5500
330 - 1490
460 - 2860
690 - 4210
910 - 5580
1140 - 6940
x
590 - 3620
870 - 5350
1160 - 7090
1450 - 8810
x
730 - 4530
1090 - 6690
1450 - 8860
1810 - 11010
x
920 - 5710
1380 - 8430
1830 - 11160
2290 - 13880
x
x
1750 - 10710
2330 - 14170
2900 - 17620
x
x
2190 - 13390
2910 - 17710
3630 - 20000
Installation guidelines
The regulator should not be installed close to elbows, take offs and diffusers. Minimum recommended
distances 2B or 3H should be maintained from any elbows and 1B or 1,5H from any elbows but perforated
steel plate must be added to rectify the air stream.
Air pressure drop on the RVP-P regulator (air damper blade fully open)
version 5.2.1
235
Sound power level
Table 1.
Sound power level on the discharge of RVP-P regulator
LWA [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
39
48
66
61
50
55
61
67
55
60
65
68
250 x 105
40
49
57
62
51
56
61
68
56
61
66
69
315 x 105
44
53
61
66
55
60
66
72
60
65
70
73
200 x 205
39
51
57
66
51
55
60
70
56
61
68
73
250 x 205
40
52
58
67
52
56
61
71
57
61
69
74
315 x 205
42
54
60
69
54
58
63
73
59
64
71
76
400 x 205
43
55
61
70
55
59
64
74
60
65
72
77
500 x 205
44
56
62
71
56
60
65
75
61
66
73
78
630 x 205
45
57
63
72
57
61
66
76
62
67
74
79
200 x 305
39
51
57
65
51
58
64
70
59
65
70
74
250 x 305
40
51
58
61
52
59
62
71
60
66
71
75
315 x 305
42
54
60
68
54
61
67
73
62
68
73
77
400 x 305
43
55
61
69
55
62
68
74
63
69
74
78
500 x 305
44
56
62
70
56
63
69
75
64
70
75
79
630 x 305
45
57
63
71
57
54
70
74
65
71
76
80
800 x 305
46
58
64
72
58
55
71
75
66
72
77
81
1000 x 305
47
59
65
73
59
56
72
76
67
73
78
82
200 x 405
40
51
56
65
53
60
65
71
59
65
70
75
250 x 405
41
52
57
66
54
61
66
72
60
66
71
76
315 x 405
42
53
58
67
55
62
67
73
61
67
72
77
400 x 405
43
54
59
67
56
63
68
74
62
68
73
78
500 x 405
44
55
60
68
57
64
69
75
63
69
74
79
630 x 405
45
56
61
69
58
65
70
76
64
70
75
80
800 x 405
46
57
62
70
59
66
71
77
65
71
76
81
1000 x 405
47
58
63
71
60
66
72
78
66
72
77
82
200 x 505
40
54
49
66
55
60
65
72
61
66
71
77
250 x 505
41
55
50
67
56
61
66
73
62
67
72
78
315 x 505
42
56
51
68
57
62
67
74
63
68
73
79
400 x 505
43
57
52
69
58
63
69
75
64
69
74
80
500 x 505
44
58
63
70
59
64
70
76
65
70
75
81
630 x 505
45
59
64
71
60
65
71
77
66
71
76
82
800 x 505
46
60
65
72
61
66
72
78 |
67
72
77
83
1000 x 505
47
61
66
73
62
67
73
79
68
73
78
84
236
version 5.2.1
RVP-P
Table 2.
Sound power level
Sound power level emitted by RVP-P with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator without acoustic insulation.
LWA [dB(A)]
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
29
37
43
47
32
42
46
54
47
47
52
57
250 x 105
30
38
44
49
33
43
47
55
48
48
53
59
315 x 105
31
39
45
50
34
44
48
56
49
49
54
60
200 x 205
30
40
43
50
42
47
48
52
45
51
53
56
250 x 205
31
41
44
51
43
48
49
53
46
52
54
57
315 x 205
32
42
45
52
44
49
50
54
47
53
55
58
400 x 205
33
43
46
53
45
50
51
55
48
54
56
59
500 x 205
34
44
47
54
46
51
52
56
49
55
57
60
630 x 205
35
45
48
55
47
52
53
57
50
56
58
61
200 x 305
33
44
46
50
45
50
52
55
51
52
55
51
250 x 305
34
45
47
51
46
51
53
56
52
53
56
52
315 x 305
35
46
48
52
47
52
54
57
53
54
57
53
400 x 305
36
47
49
53
48
53
55
58
54
55
58
64
500 x 305
37
48
50
54
49
54
56
59
55
56
59
65
630 x 305
38
49
51
55
50
55
57
60
56
57
60
66
800 x 305
39
50
52
56
51
56
58
61
57
58
61
67
1000 x 305
40
51
53
57
52
57
59
62
58
59
62
68
200 x 405
33
45
47
50
46
50
52
56
51
54
58
60
250 x 405
34
46
48
51
47
51
53
57
52
55
59
61
315 x 405
35
47
49
52
48
52
54
58
53
56
60
62
400 x 405
36
48
50
53
49
53
55
59
54
57
61
64
500 x 405
37
49
51
54
50
54
56
60
55
58
62
65
630 x 405
38
50
52
55
51
55
57
61
56
59
62
66
800 x 405
39
51
53
56
52
56
58
62
57
60
63
67
1000 x 405
40
52
54
57
53
57
59
63
58
61
64
68
200 x 505
34
46
47
61
46
52
53
56
51
55
58
62
250 x 505
35
47
48
62
47
53
54
57
52
56
59
63
315 x 505
36
48
49
63
48
54
55
58
53
57
60
64
400 x 505
37
49
50
64
49
55
56
59
54
58
61
65
500 x 505
38
50
51
65
50
56
57
60
55
59
62
66
630 x 505
39
51
52
66
51
57
58
61
56
60
63
67
800 x 505
40
52
53
67
52
58
59
62
57
61
64
65
1000 x 505
41
53
54
68
53
59
60
63
58
62
65
66
version 5.2.1
237
Sound power level
Table 3.
Sound power level emitted by RVP-P with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator with acoustic insulation.
LWA [dB(A)]
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
21
26
35
43
37
38
41
46
36
40
42
47
250 x 105
22
27
36
44
38
39
42
47
37
41
43
48
315 x 105
23
28
37
45
39
40
42
48
38
42
44
49
200 x 205
20
29
36
43
37
40
41
46
41
43
44
48
250 x 205
21
30
37
44
38
41
42
47
42
44
45
49
315 x 205
22
31
38
45
39
42
43
48
43
45
46
50
400 x 205
23
32
39
46
40
43
44
49
44
46
47
51
500 x 205
24
33
40
47
41
44
45
50
45
47
48
52
630 x 205
25
32
41
48
42
45
46
51
46
48
49
53
200 x 305
22
34
40
47
40
43
44
47
41
48
50
48
250 x 305
23
35
41
48
41
44
45
48
42
49
51
49
315 x 305
24
36
42
49
42
45
46
49
43
50
52
50
400 x 305
25
37
43
50
43
46
47
50
44
51
53
51
500 x 305
26
38
44
51
44
47
48
51
45
52
54
52
630 x 305
27
39
45
52
45
48
49
52
46
53
55
53
800 x 305
28
40
46
53
46
49
50
51
47
54
56
54
1000 x 305
29
41
47
54
47
50
51
52
48
55
57
55
200 x 405
23
37
39
47
40
44
45
48
42
48
50
51
250 x 405
24
38
40
48
41
45
46
49
43
49
51
52
315 x 405
25
39
41
49
42
46
47
50
44
50
52
53
400 x 405
26
40
42
50
43
47
48
51
45
51
53
54
500 x 405
27
41
43
51
44
48
49
52
46
52
54
55
630 x 405
28
42
44
52
45
49
50
53
47
53
55
56
800 x 405
29
43
45
53
46
50
51
54
48
54
56
57
1000 x 405
30
44
46
54
47
51
52
55
49
55
57
58
200 x 505
24
37
39
48
41
46
48
49
43
48
51
52
250 x 505
25
38
40
49
42
47
49
50
44
49
52
53
315 x 505
26
39
41
50
43
48
50
51
45
50
53
54
400 x 505
27
40
42
51
44
49
51
52
46
51
54
55
500 x 505
28
41
43
52
45
50
52
53
47
52
55
56
630 x 505
29
42
44
53
46
51
53
54
48
53
56
57
800 x 505
30
43
45
54
47
52
54
55
49
54
57
58
1000 x 505
31
44
46
55
48
53
55
56
50
55
58
58
238
version 5.2.1
RVP-P
Standard performance - standard version of RVP-R (for regulation of clean air with full control timing cycle
open/close of 150 seconds).
VAV – Compact
In this variant control and driving compartment consists of dynamic differential pressure sensor, controller
and damper actuator integrated as one compact unit with NMV-D2-MP or LMV-D2-MP symbols and they are
attached to the RVP regulator respectively to its nominal dimensions BxH.
This unit has the following control sequences possible:
- control - signal in the range between 2 ... 10V, 0 ... 10V - regulator controls the flow of air in the duct
between the desired or capacities, Vmin, Vmax, as the continuous signal from the lead in terms of
programmed control voltage (0 ... 10V, 2 ... 10V)
- control - fixed signal :
·
“Close” – the air damper fully closed – closing the air damper on air supply or air exhaust ducts
to unoccupied rooms let to conserve energy.
·
“Open” – the air damper fully open – it is used to help in smoke evacuation from the rooms (heavy
ventilating) or quite often as a safe position.
·
Vmin – min. air volume – regarding the actual needs or during the unoccupied time particular building
zones may be switched to stand by mode and system is providing only minimum required air for
ventilation purposes and in such layout it gives additional energy savings.
·
Vmid – indirect air damper position – possible position of the air damper based on mathematical load
calculations for the room/zone served.
·
Vmax – max. air volume – single room or a group of rooms must temporarily receive maximum air volume –
this sequence lets to ventilate, evening cooling or morning warm up of the rooms.
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
with fan speed optimizer systems
Wiring diagram
With relay contacts
Connecting via safety
With rotary switch
from controller
Working range / Function
MP/ sygnał
pomiarowy/PP
variable
MP/ measuring
signal/PP
* only at 24V
Function "CLOSE", "OPEN": air volume control is inoperative in this case
version 5.2.1
239
Technical data:
LMV-D2-MP (NMV-D2-MP)
Nominal voltage
24 V AC, 50/60 Hz
Power suply range
19,2…28,8 V DC
21,6…28,8 V DC
For wire sizing
5 VA max. 5A@5ms (5,5 VA max. 5A@5ms)
Power
consumption
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
3 W (3,5 W)
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
5 Nm (10 Nm)
Angle of rotation
Max.95°, can be limited at both ends with adjustable mechanical end stops
Protection class
III ( safety extra - low voltage)
Sound power level
Max. 35dB
IP54
0…+50[°C]
-20…+80[°C]
Ambient humidity range
5…95 rH. non-condensating
Maintenance
Maintenance-free
Weight
500g (700g)
Classic control
Mode for reference value input w
(connection 3)
- 0…10VDC , adjustable
- input resistance min. 100kΩ
Mode for actual value signal U5
(connection 5)
- 2…10VDC – max. 0.5mA
- 0…10VDC – max. 0.5mA
- Adjustable: air volume or damper position
Operating modes for constant air
volume
CLOSE / Vmin / Vmid / Vmax / OPEN (only with AC 24V supply)
MP-BUS function
240
Address in bus operation
MP 1 … 8 / classic control: PP
LonWorks®/ EIB Konnex
With BELIMO UK24LON / UK24EIB interface,
1…8 BELIMP MP devices (VAV / damper actuator / valve)
DCC Controller
DDC Controller / PLC, with integrated MP interface
Fan optimizer
Optimizer Belimo COU24-A-MP
version 5.2.1
RVP-P
Special enforcement – quick version of RVP-R (with full control timing cycle open/close of 3 seconds)
applicable for use in environments with light chemical contaminations
Control driving compartment of the vav regulator is the Belimo device which consists of static pressure
differential sensor, digital controller PID VAV and actuator.
1.
Controller PID VAV with the following options control:
- control - signal in the range between 2…10V, 0…10V
- control - fixed signal : „Close” , „Open”, Vmin , Vmid Vmax
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
Fan optimiser systems
2. Static pressure differentia sensor – is applicable for pressure differential readings in air ducts
or in rooms. They are adapted to work with contaminated air with light chemical aggressive gases. Solid
design makes them available for use in laboratories, GMP rooms and in the industry.
3.
Type
Reading
ranges
Protection
against high
presures
Temperature
dependance
Weight
VFP-300
0…300[Pa]
Max. 5000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
Actuator:
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Power
consumption
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
3,5[W]
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
Angle of rotation
Running time
Protection class
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
150[s]
Max. 35[dB]
IP54
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
710[g]
version 5.2.1
241
LMQ24A-SRV-ST – 4[Nm] - fast running damper actuator
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions :
Weight
2,5[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
810[g]
· NMQ24A-SRV-ST – 8[Nm] - fast running damper actuator
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
4[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
156/88/77[mm]
930[g]
Notice:
Any orders regarding regulators with fast acting drives must be discussed with
and accepted by Smay technical department.
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the
customer must bring the power supply and do the control wiring himself. Electrical
wiring of the VRP-M unit should be done according to the supplied schematic
and it should be done by a professional.
242
version 5.2.1
RVP-P
Wiring diagram
Notice
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
PP/MP communication
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
control input z
Override control
Function
Connection
Close
1
7
Open
2
6
Vmin
2
7
Vmax
2
7
Vmid
2
7
RVP-P-500x305-1300/1100/700-Q-MP BUS-7
RVP-P
version 5.2.1
I - A x B -
nom
/
max
/
min
- Ts - K - N - S - P
243
Notes
244
version 5.2.1
Flow regulators VAV
in explosion-proof execution*
RVP-R-
* purchasable at the end of the second quarter of 2012
Application
Flow regulators are used for automatic regulation of the stream flowing through the air ventilation ductsboth
in the supply and exhaust part of the system. By changing the air consumption, they enable to create the
individual climate for each of the rooms in the building, considering the occurrence of non-uniform loads in those
rooms, depending on the number of people present in the room, as well as on variable external factors such as:
heat gains through non-transparent and transparent partitions as a result of sun exposure.
Relative to the work environment, the regulators RVP-R-Ex may be executed in two versions.
In the standard explosion-proof version, the regulator is designed for the adjustment of clean stream of filtered
air, whereas in special version also with application for transporting the contaminated air or slightly aggressive
air (pursuant to Corrosive Environment Classification in compliance with ISO 12944 max. class C3).
The devices RVP-R-Ex provide the high safety level and are designed to be used in the places, in which the
explosive atmospheres are likely to occur, caused by gases, vapours, mist or air-dust mixtures.
The regulators RVP-R-Ex are designed in compliance with the directive ATEX 94/9/EC as the devices of group II
category 2 and designed for using in the explosion-hazard zones 1,2,21 and 22.
The producer's ATEX certificate is available for the electric components.
Material
The casing and the volume control damper diaphragm are made out of the galvanised steel sheet or at special
request out of the stainless steel 1.4301. The damper division is equipped with the rubber seal, thank to which
it obtains the tightness at the division complete closing.
The damper division axis is placed in the bearing made out of the anti-static plastics or brass.
The piling-up and measuring element is an orifice or a measuring strip. The orifice is made out of the galvanised
steel sheet. At its both sides there are built-in connector pipes for the pressure measurement. The strip is made
out of the aluminum profile with the impulse holes accordingly arranged within its precincts.
The adjustment-driving system of the flow regulator is the system consisting of the static sensor for differential
pressure, the actuator and the controller (the controller is placed beyond the explosion-hazard zone
in compliance with the scheme no. 5)
Principles of operation
The principle of operation is based on the measurement of the air stream flowing through the regulator.
In the regulators, where the measuring orifice is used, the measurement is conducted by means of the
measuring probes. In the regulators, where the measuring strip is used, the measurement is conducted
by means of the impulse holes. Both the probes and the impulse holes are placed at both sides of the piling-up
element.
While the air is flowing through the measuring instrument, the pressure difference is formed at its both sides,
dependent on the flow stream. The signal from the piling-up elements is transmitted to the pressure sensor
by means of the flexible impulse tubes. The pressure value on the piling-up element is transmitted to the
regulator, where it is processed into the flow value and compared with the set value. If the measured value is
different than the set value, the volume control diaphragm actuator adjusts it into such position, so that the
difference between the measured value and the set value would not occur.
Fig. 1.
measuring
probes
damper
actuator
pressure
difference transducer
input
value
246
damper
regulator
measured
value
Note:
the set parameters of the flow
are set in the factory by the producer
and must not be modified by unauthorised persons.
version 5.2.1
RVP-R-Ex
Dimensions
Fig. 2. Flow regulator VAV type: RVP-R-Ex
division
casing
measuring
orifice
Typical dimensions and the application range
Table 1.
Dn
[mm]
L
[mm]
Air consumption
Lc
[mm]
[m3/h]
125
265
365
90 - 445
160
280
380
145 - 725
200
300
400
225 - 1130
250
350
450
350 - 1770
315
415
515
560 - 2800
400
500
600
900 - 4540
500
600
700
1400 - 7100
To ensure the proper operation of the device it is recommended while assembling the regulators
to keep the following principles:
– length of the straight section in front of the regulator
2D
– length of the straight section behind the regulator
1D
The electric connection of the measuring-controlling-executing unit should be made according to the diagram
given in the documentation enclosed to the device by properly qualified person.
Pressure drop in the regulator RVP-R-Ex (damper full opening)
The regulators RVP-R underwent the
analytical tests of the measuring elements
arrangements in order to reduce the limit
of calibration error of the adjusted air
stream, which was confirmed in the
master's thesis asserted in 2005 at AGH
[University of Science and Technology]
in Cracow
Pressure drop [Pa]
Draw 1.
Air stream [m3/h]
version 5.2.1
247
Technical specification
Table 2.
Sound power level at the outlet of the regulator RVP-R-Ex
LWA [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
42
43
42
44
41
45
44
49
53
52
55
56
54
56
58
60
59
61
62
60
61
63
65
63
66
71
70
72
55
54
55
55
57
58
58
63
64
60
62
62
64
63
65
67
65
66
67
69
68
69
72
71
72
75
75
73
60
62
62
62
61
64
63
66
66
65
62
61
64
63
70
71
70
70
73
75
74
71
72
73
74
78
79
78
Table 3.
Sound power level emitted to the surroundings of the regulator RVP-R-Ex
LWA [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
24
24
25
30
33
36
35
29
32
31
41
46
49
50
36
38
42
44
47
50
51
43
45
48
49
53
53
53
32
33
36
39
45
48
47
38
40
44
46
51
55
55
43
44
47
47
53
56
57
51
53
52
55
55
58
59
33
41
42
48
49
54
53
39
44
46
51
56
56
55
47
48
52
54
57
61
61
53
55
54
59
59
64
63
Control and drive system
The unit has the following control possibilities:
– control – constant setting: 2…10, 0…10 [V] – the regulator controls the air flow in the duct between the given
settings Vmin, Vmax, depending on the continuous leading signal, within the range of programmed control
voltage (0…10, 2…10 [V]);
– control – forced setting:
„Close” – the damper diaphragm is in complete closed position – the damper closing at air supply or air
exhaust to the unused rooms enables to save the energy,
„Open” – the damper diaphragm is in complete open position – it is used for supporting the room
smoke-removal (intensive aeration) or the most frequently as the safe position,
Vmin –
minimum volume flow – depending on the needs or if there are no operators for the room, the
particular zones are shifted into the readiness and therefore the significant reduction
of energy consumption is possible,
Vmid –
position – possible position for operation at the calculated air demand in the room,
Vmax –
maximum volume flow – single room or group of rooms must be supplied with maximum air stream
for short time – it enables to aerate the room, to cool it in the evening or to warm it quickly
in the morning;
®
– control by means of LonWorks system.
248
version 5.2.1
RVP-R-Ex
Scheme 1: The operation mode change scheme of the regulator VAV-Ex by means of the rotational switch
from the regulator: a - close, b - open, c - Vmin, d - Vmid, e - Vmax, f - no forcing
placed beyond the explosion-hazard zone
Scheme 2: The general connection diagram for the actuator ExMax
Technical specification for the actuator ExMax-5.10-Y:
Power supply: 24[V] AC/DC
Torque: 5 Nm / 10 Nm
Time of movement: 7,5/15/30/60/120 [s] (from 0 to 90º)
Direction of rotation: chosen by the switch
Conformity certificates:
Angle of rotation: 0…95°
Protection class I (earthed)
According to the directive ATEX:
Casing protection category IP66
Approved for gases:
Ambient temperature range: -40…+40 [°C]
Approved for dust:
Storage temperature range: -40…+70 [°C]
Identification:
Humidity: in compliance with EN 60335-1
EMC:
Maintenance: service-free
Low voltage:
Dimensions: 210x95x80 mm
Type of protection:
Weight: 3,5 [kg]
Potential compensation:
PTB 04 ATEX 1028X
94/9/EC (ATEX)
II2G EEx d [ia] IIC T6/T5 for zones 1, 2
II2D IP66 T80°C for zones 21, 22
CE Nr 0158
89/336/EC directive EMC
72/23/EC low-voltage directive
IP 66 in compliance with EN 60529
External terminal PA, 4 mm2
The parameter selection for the power supply sources in the facility depends on the selected time of rotation
and the supply voltage rate. The connected current rates are the approximate values, because due to the unit
construction the power dissipation within the electronics may occur. The power input in the lockout position,
regardless of the time, amounts max. 20 W. The power consumption, because of the heater, fluctuates within
the range from 5 to 12 W. The heater is switched on when the engine does not work. At the time of starting up,
the current value taken by the actuator amounts ca. 4,5A for 1sec (please take it into account while choosing
the cables and power supply).
Table 4. The current input depending on the set time for the actuator rotation
7,5s
24 V
version 5.2.1
4,7 A
15s
30s
1,45 A 0,52 A
60s
120s
0,4 A
0,4 A
249
Technical specification of the pressure transducer ExCos - P:
Power supply:
24 VAC/DC ± 20% (19,2...28,8 VAC/DC) 50... 60 Hz
Intensity, power consumption: 150 mA, - 4 W, internal fuse 500 mA, with no clamp, irremovable
Electric isolation:
Power supply - analogue output 1,5 kV (Ex 60 V)
Electric connection:
Terminals 0,14... 2,5 mm2 in the integrated switchbox Ex
Protection class:
Class I (earthed)
Display:
2 x 16 digits, dot matrix with highlighting
Casing protection:
IP66 in compliance with IEC 60529
Casing material:
Aluminum casting, coated
Sensor:
Piezoelectric pressure transducer
Sensor reaction time:
T90 / 5 sec.
Sensor accuracy:
± 2% value +/- 1 Pa
Non-linearity and hysteresis:
Usually ± 0,05 %, max. 0,25% value
Output:
Voltage U(V) or intensity I (mA) to be selected in menu in situ
Voltage U at output:
From 0...10 V DC adjustable, reversible, load <1kO, influence <0,05 % /100 O
Intensity I at output:
From 0...20 mA adjustable, reversible, load <500 O, influence <0,1 % /100 O,
open circuit < 24V
Tested in PTB:
PTB 04 ATEX 1028X
According to the directive ATEX: 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Approved for gases:
II2(1)G Ex e ma [ia] IIC T6 for zones 1, 2
Approved for dust:
II2(1)D Ex tD A21 [iaD] IP66 T80°C for zones 21,22
Identification:
CE Nr 0158
EMC:
Low voltage:
Type of protection:
Table 5. Technical specification for the pressure transducer ExCos-P
ExCos-P100
ExCos-P200
Pressure/ pressure difference
Power supply
24 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
Scope
+/- 100 Pa
+/- 250 Pa
Sensor
Scope min
Pressure max
Output
250
20 Pa
50 Pa
25000 Pa
25000 Pa
(0) 4..20 m / 0..10V
(0) 4..20 m / 0..10V
Scheme 3: The general connection diagram
for the pressure transducer ExCos-P
version 5.2.1
RVP-R-Ex
Scheme 4. The operation mode change scheme for the actuator ExMax by means of the rotational switch
from the regulator a - I direction of rotation, b - II direction of rotation, c – no operation
Scheme 5. The general connection diagram for the automatics VAV Ex
General connection diagram VAV Ex
Explosion-hazard zone
version 5.2.1
251
RVP-R-Ex-315-1300/1100/700
RVP-R-Ex - D -
252
max
/
min
- K - S - P
version 5.2.1
Flow regulators VAV
in explosion-proof execution*
RVP-P-
* purchasable at the end of the second quarter of 2012
Application
Flow regulators are used for automatic regulation of the stream flowing through the air ventilation ducts both
in the supply and exhaust part of the system. By changing the air consumption, they enable to create the
individual climate for each of the rooms in the building, considering the occurrence of non-uniform loads in those
rooms, depending on the number of people present in the room, as well as on variable external factors such
as: heat gains through non-transparent and transparent partitions as a result of sun exposure.
Relative to the work environment, the regulators RVP-P-Ex may be executed in two versions.
In the standard explosion-proof version, the regulator is designed for the adjustment of clean stream of filtered
air, whereas in special version also with application for transporting the contaminated air or slightly aggressive
air (pursuant to Corrosive Environment Classification in compliance with ISO 12944 max. class C3).
The devices RVP-P-Ex provide the high safety level and are designed to be used in the places,
in which the explosive atmospheres are likely to occur, caused by gases, vapours, mist or air-dust mixtures.
The regulators RVP-P-Ex are designed in compliance with the directive ATEX 94/9/EC as the devices of group II
category 2 and designed for using in the explosion-hazard zones 1,2,21 and 22.
The producer's ATEX certificate is available for the electric components.
Material
The casing and the multi-plane control damper are made out of the galvanised steel sheet.
The multi-plane damper lamellas are equipped with the igielite sealing thank to which the tightness is obtained
at the division complete closing.
The damper drive elements are made out of plastics with surface resistance below 1GΩ.
The measuring orifice is made out of the galvanised steel sheet, at its both sides there are built-in connector
pipes for the pressure measurement. The control and drive system of the flow regulator is the system consisting
of the static sensor of the differential pressure, the actuator and the controller (the controller is placed beyond
the explosion-hazard zone in compliance with the scheme no. 5)
Principles of operation
The principle of operation is based on the measurement of the air stream flowing through the regulator.
This measurement is done by means of the measuring probes (4 pairs), situated at the both side of the piling-up
element in the form of the measuring orifice. While the air is flowing through the measuring instrument,
the pressure difference is created at its both sides, which depends on the flow rate.
The rate is measured by the pressure sensor. The values are compared with the set value in the regulator.
If the measured value is different than the set value, the volume control diaphragm actuator adjusts it into such
position, so that the difference between the measured value and the set value would not occur.
Fig. 1.
measuring
probes
damper
actuator
pressure
difference transducer
input
value
254
damper
regulator
measured
value
Note:
the set parameters of the flow
are set in the factory by the producer
and must not be modified by unauthorised persons.
version 5.2.1
RVP-P-Ex
Dimensions
Fig. 2. Flow regulator VAV type: RVP-P-Ex
Typical dimensions and the application range
Regulated flow [m3/h]
Table 1.
A [mm]
B
[mm]
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
1000
150 - 950
290 - 1810
440 - 2670
580 - 3540
720 - 4400
180 - 1180
360 - 2270
540 - 3340
720 - 4430
900 - 5500
330 - 1490
460 - 2860
690 - 4210
910 - 5580
1140 - 6940
x
590 - 3620
870 - 5350
1160 - 7090
1450 - 8810
x
730 - 4530
1090 - 6690
1450 - 8860
1810 - 11010
x
920 - 5710
1380 - 8430
1830 - 11160
2290 - 13880
x
x
1750 - 10710
2330 - 14170
2900 - 17620
x
x
2190 - 13390
2910 - 17710
3630 - 20000
To ensure the proper operation of the device, it is recommended while assembling the regulators to keep the
following principles:
1)
The regulator should not be mounted directly behind the turns, the T-pipe branching, the diffuser nor
confusor with the apex angle greater than 15°.
2)
The minimum distances should be: 2A or 3B from the arches, turns and T-pipes 1A or 1,5B from the arches,
turns and T-pipes with application of the perforated sheet of free section 50% as the stream straightener.
The electric connection of the measuring-controlling-executing device unit should be made according
to the diagram given in the documentation enclosed to the device by properly qualified person
Pressure drop in the regulator RVP-P-Ex (damper full opening)
p
Fig. 3.
version 5.2.1
255
Sound power level
Table 2.
Sound power level at the outlet of the regulator RVP-P-Ex
LWA [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
39
48
66
61
50
55
61
67
55
60
65
68
250 x 105
40
49
57
62
51
56
61
68
56
61
66
69
315 x 105
44
53
61
66
55
60
66
72
60
65
70
73
200 x 205
39
51
57
66
51
55
60
70
56
61
68
73
250 x 205
40
52
58
67
52
56
61
71
57
61
69
74
315 x 205
42
54
60
69
54
58
63
73
59
64
71
76
400 x 205
43
55
61
70
55
59
64
74
60
65
72
77
500 x 205
44
56
62
71
56
60
65
75
61
66
73
78
630 x 205
45
57
63
72
57
61
66
76
62
67
74
79
200 x 305
39
51
57
65
51
58
64
70
59
65
70
74
250 x 305
40
51
58
61
52
59
62
71
60
66
71
75
315 x 305
42
54
60
68
54
61
67
73
62
68
73
77
400 x 305
43
55
61
69
55
62
68
74
63
69
74
78
500 x 305
44
56
62
70
56
63
69
75
64
70
75
79
630 x 305
45
57
63
71
57
54
70
74
65
71
76
80
800 x 305
46
58
64
72
58
55
71
75
66
72
77
81
1000 x 305
47
59
65
73
59
56
72
76
67
73
78
82
200 x 405
40
51
56
65
53
60
65
71
59
65
70
75
250 x 405
41
52
57
66
54
61
66
72
60
66
71
76
315 x 405
42
53
58
67
55
62
67
73
61
67
72
77
400 x 405
43
54
59
67
56
63
68
74
62
68
73
78
500 x 405
44
55
60
68
57
64
69
75
63
69
74
79
630 x 405
45
56
61
69
58
65
70
76
64
70
75
80
800 x 405
46
57
62
70
59
66
71
77
65
71
76
81
1000 x 405
47
58
63
71
60
66
72
78
66
72
77
82
200 x 505
40
54
49
66
55
60
65
72
61
66
71
77
250 x 505
41
55
50
67
56
61
66
73
62
67
72
78
315 x 505
42
56
51
68
57
62
67
74
63
68
73
79
400 x 505
43
57
52
69
58
63
69
75
64
69
74
80
500 x 505
44
58
63
70
59
64
70
76
65
70
75
81
630 x 505
45
59
64
71
60
65
71
77
66
71
76
82
800 x 505
46
60
65
72
61
66
72
78 |
67
72
77
83
1000 x 505
47
61
66
73
62
67
73
79
68
73
78
84
256
version 5.2.1
RVP-P-Ex
Table 3.
Sound power level
Sound power level emitted to the surroundings of the regulator RVP-P-Ex
LWA [dB(A)]
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
29
37
43
47
32
42
46
54
47
47
52
57
250 x 105
49
33
43
47
55
48
48
53
59
30
38
44
315 x 105
31
39
45
50
34
44
48
56
49
49
54
60
200 x 205
30
40
43
50
42
47
48
52
45
51
53
56
250 x 205
31
41
44
51
43
48
49
53
46
52
54
57
315 x 205
32
42
45
52
44
49
50
54
47
53
55
58
400 x 205
33
43
46
53
45
50
51
55
48
54
56
59
500 x 205
34
44
47
54
46
51
52
56
49
55
57
60
630 x 205
35
45
48
55
47
52
53
57
50
56
58
61
200 x 305
33
44
46
50
45
50
52
55
51
52
55
51
250 x 305
34
45
47
51
46
51
53
56
52
53
56
52
315 x 305
35
46
48
52
47
52
54
57
53
54
57
53
400 x 305
36
47
49
53
48
53
55
58
54
55
58
64
500 x 305
37
48
50
54
49
54
56
59
55
56
59
65
630 x 305
38
49
51
55
50
55
57
60
56
57
60
66
800 x 305
39
50
52
56
51
56
58
61
57
58
61
67
1000 x 305
40
51
53
57
52
57
59
62
58
59
62
68
200 x 405
33
45
47
50
46
50
52
56
51
54
58
60
250 x 405
34
46
48
51
47
51
53
57
52
55
59
61
315 x 405
35
47
49
52
48
52
54
58
53
56
60
62
400 x 405
36
48
50
53
49
53
55
59
54
57
61
64
500 x 405
37
49
51
54
50
54
56
60
55
58
62
65
630 x 405
38
50
52
55
51
55
57
61
56
59
62
66
800 x 405
39
51
53
56
52
56
58
62
57
60
63
67
1000 x 405
40
52
54
57
53
57
59
63
58
61
64
68
200 x 505
34
46
47
61
46
52
53
56
51
55
58
62
250 x 505
35
47
48
62
47
53
54
57
52
56
59
63
315 x 505
36
48
49
63
48
54
55
58
53
57
60
64
400 x 505
37
49
50
64
49
55
56
59
54
58
61
65
500 x 505
38
50
51
65
50
56
57
60
55
59
62
66
630 x 505
39
51
52
66
51
57
58
61
56
60
63
67
800 x 505
40
52
53
67
52
58
59
62
57
61
64
65
1000 x 505
41
53
54
68
53
59
60
63
58
62
65
66
version 5.2.1
257
The unit has the following control possibilities:
– control – constant setting: 2…10, 0…10 [V] – the regulator controls the air flow in the duct between the given
settings Vmin, Vmax, depending on the continuous leading signal, within the range of programmed control
voltage (0…10, 2…10 [V]);
– control – forced setting:
„Close” – the damper diaphragm is in complete closed position – the damper closing at air supply or air
exhaust to the unused rooms enables to save the energy,
„Open” – the damper diaphragm is in complete open position – it is used for supporting the room
smoke-removal (intensive aeration) or the most frequently as the safe position,
Vmin –
minimum volume flow – depending on the needs or if there are no operators for the room, the
particular zones are shifted into the readiness and therefore the significant reduction
of energy consumption is possible,
Vmid –
position – possible position for operation at the calculated air demand in the room,
Vmax –
maximum volume flow – single room or group of rooms must be supplied with maximum air stream
for short time – it enables to aerate the room, to cool it in the evening or to warm it quickly
in the morning;
®
– control by means of LonWorks system.
258
version 5.2.1
RVP-P-Ex
Scheme 1: The operation mode change scheme of the regulator VAV-Ex by means of the rotational switch
from the regulator: a - close, b - open, c - Vmin, d - Vmid, e - Vmax, f - no forcing
Scheme 2: The general connection diagram for the actuator ExMax
Technical specification for the actuator ExMax-5.10-Y:
Power supply: 24[V] AC/DC
Torque: 5 Nm / 10 Nm
Time of movement: 7,5/15/30/60/120 [s] (from 0 to 90º)
Direction of rotation: chosen by the switch
Angle of rotation: 0…95°
Protection class I (earthed)
According to the directive ATEX:
Casing protection category IP66
Approved for gases:
Ambient temperature range: -40…+40 [°C]
Approved for dust:
Storage temperature range: -40…+70 [°C]
Identification:
Humidity: in compliance with EN 60335-1
EMC:
Maintenance: service-free
Low voltage:
Dimensions: 210x95x80 mm
Type of protection:
Weight: 3,5 [kg]
PTB 04 ATEX 1028X
94/9/EC (ATEX)
II2G EEx d [ia] IIC T6/T5 for zones 1, 2
II2D IP66 T80°C for zones 21, 22
CE Nr 0158
The parameter selection for the power supply sources in the facility depends on the selected time of rotation
and the supply voltage rate. The connected current rates are the approximate values, because due to the unit
construction the power dissipation within the electronics may occur. The power input in the lockout position,
regardless of the time, amounts max. 20 W. The power consumption, because of the heater, fluctuates within
the range from 5 to 12 W. The heater is switched on when the engine does not work. At the time of starting up,
the current value taken by the actuator amounts ca. 4,5A for 1sec (please take it into account while choosing
the cables and power supply).
Table 4. The current input depending on the set time for the actuator rotation
7,5s
24 V
version 5.2.1
4,7 A
15s
30s
1,45 A 0,52 A
60s
120s
0,4 A
0,4 A
259
Technical specification of the pressure transducer ExCos - P:
Power supply:
24 VAC/DC ± 20% (19,2...28,8 VAC/DC) 50... 60 Hz
Intensity, power consumption: 150 mA, - 4 W, internal fuse 500 mA, with no clamp, irremovable
Electric isolation:
Power supply - analogue output 1,5 kV (Ex 60 V)
Electric connection:
Terminals 0,14... 2,5 mm2 in the integrated switchbox Ex
Protection class:
Class I (earthed)
Display:
2 x 16 digits, dot matrix with highlighting
Casing protection:
IP66 in compliance with IEC 60529
Casing material:
Aluminum casting, coated
Sensor:
Piezoelectric pressure transducer
Sensor reaction time:
T90 / 5 sec.
Sensor accuracy:
± 2% value +/- 1 Pa
Non-linearity and hysteresis:
Usually ± 0,05 %, max. 0,25% value
Output:
Voltage U(V) or intensity I (mA) to be selected in menu in situ
Voltage U at output:
From 0...10 V DC adjustable, reversible, load <1kO, influence <0,05 % /100 O
Intensity I at output:
From 0...20 mA adjustable, reversible, load <500 O, influence <0,1 % /100 O,
open circuit < 24V
Tested in PTB:
PTB 04 ATEX 1028X
According to the directive ATEX: 94/9/EC (ATEX)
Approved for gases:
II2(1)G Ex e ma [ia] IIC T6 for zones 1, 2
Approved for dust:
II2(1)D Ex tD A21 [iaD] IP66 T80°C for zones 21,22
Identification:
CE Nr 0158
EMC:
Low voltage:
Type of protection:
Table 5. Technical specification for the pressure transducer ExCos-P
ExCos-P100
ExCos-P200
Power supply
24 VAC/DC
24 VAC/DC
Scope
+/- 100 Pa
+/- 250 Pa
Sensor
Scope min
Pressure max
Output
260
20 Pa
50 Pa
25000 Pa
25000 Pa
(0) 4..20 m / 0..10V
(0) 4..20 m / 0..10V
Scheme 3: The general connection diagram
for the pressure transducer ExCos-P
version 5.2.1
RVP-P-Ex
Scheme 4. The operation mode change scheme for the actuator ExMax by means of the rotational switch
from the regulator a - I direction of rotation, b - II direction of rotation, c – no operation
Scheme 5. The general connection diagram for the automatics VAV Ex
General connection diagram VAV Ex
Explosion-hazard zone
version 5.2.1
261
RVP-P-Ex-500x305-1300/1100/700
RVP-P-Ex - A x B -
max
/
min
- K - S - P
A
B
262
version 5.2.1
Air pressure VAV regulators
RPP-R
Application
Air pressure regulator RPP-R is applicable for pressure regulation in airtight rooms and also in the ventilation
ducts to maintain required pressure difference between the zones. They should be used everywhere where
it is necessary to provide linear characteristic of pressure regulation, despite of air volume.
According to the application the device can maintain constant or variable pressure difference depending on the
sequence of control. Thanks to using a static pressure sensor the regulator can work in environments with low
and medium contamination levels including aggressive chemicals. In case of lack to determine how much
chemically aggressive the gases are, it is recommended to test the device prior to the installation.
Material
RPP-R regulator is made of casings and there is a multi-blade air damper inside with the driving mechanism.
The air damper has a gasket seal which increases additionally the air tightness at the fully closed position.
Damper shaft is made of galvanized steel and works on plastic bearings. Optionally RPP-R regulators may come
with thermo-acoustic insulation - RPP-Rt.
Pressure differential signal is transmitted to the pressure transducer by plastic tubes with diam. 6[mm].
The tubes are ending with special nozzles ready to be installed in the ductwork or in the room wall. The length
of the plastic tubes should not exceeds 10 [mb].
Working principle
The working principle of the regulator depends on measuring pressure difference between two different zones by
the measuring nozzles (not included). Pressure sensor is changing the pneumatic signal into electric which is a
linear function of the pressure difference. Electric signal is send to the controller where
is compared with the reference signal and then the controller sends the electric impulse to the actuator
to modulate the air damper if there is a difference between the measured and reference values.
area 2
area 1
pressure
transducer
set point value
controller
damper
actuator
measured value
Notice:
The device is programmed by the manufacturer and the parameters can not be changed by unauthorized
people.
264
version 5.2.1
RPP-R
Dimensions
Air pressure regulators VAV type RPP-R
450
casing
350
blade
115
Dn
52.5
drive-controlling
assembly
area 1
drive-controlling
assembly
area 2
340
155
Air pressure regulator VAV type RPP-Rt (insulated)
450
350
casing
52.5
115
Di
Dn
blade
drive-controlling
assembly
area 1
drive-controlling
assembly
area 2
340
155
Working range of pressure regulation with respect to used in the device
pressure transducer is maintained between 2 to 600 [Pa].
The diameter of the device RPP-R must be selected for air velocities not
exceeding 12 [m/s], to prevent high pressure drop on the unit and limit the
noise.
Dn
[mm]
Di
[mm]
125
225
160
260
200
300
250
350
315
415
400
500
500
600
L
[mm]
Lc
[mm]
350
450
-
install the device in such a way to have access to all of its components
-
install the device in position according to markings – for proper pressure transducer work
pay attention to keep straight piece of ductwork on the regulator inlet (2D) and outlet (1D, this is
important to limit any air flow turbulences affecting accuracy and increasing noise.
Electrical wiring of the VRP-STP or VRP-M units should be done according to the supplied information and it
should be done by a professional.
version 5.2.1
265
Air pressure regulation in the ductwork – possible configurations
Plastic pneumatic tubes ending with connection nozzles must be installed in proper locations in the zones (it may
be a duct and a room, room and room or two ducts) according to further schematics. Points where the measuring
nozzles will be installed must be carefully selected to be referential for the whole zone and what is most
important free of any disadvantageous influences of dynamic pressure. For the round regulators the straight
distance should be maintained of 2 diameters – after single blade air dampers, elbows, reductions and diffusers.
Positive tube on the regulator outlet
Positive tube on the regulator inlet
supply air
supply air
reference
area
reference
area
Negative tube on the regulator inlet
Negative tube on the regulator outlet
air exhaust
air exhaust
reference
area
reference
area
Air pressure regulation in the room – possible configurations
Plastic pneumatic tubes ending with connection nozzles must be installed in proper locations in the zones.
Points where the measuring nozzles will be installed must be carefully selected to be referential for the whole
zone and what is the most important free of any disadvantageous influences of dynamic pressure.
Supply air / positive pressure
area I
negative
pressure
Supply air / negative pressure
area I
positive
pressure
area II
positive pressure
supply air
air exhaust
Air exhaust / positive pressure
area I
positive pressure
supply air
266
area II
negative pressure
supply air
air exhaust
Air exhaust / negative pressure
area II
negative
pressure
air exhaust
area I
negative pressure
supply air
area II
positive
pressure
air exhaust
version 5.2.1
RPP-R
Pressure drop on the RPP-P regulator (air damper fully open)
Pressure drop ΔP [Pa]
Pressure drop on the RPP-R regulator
for Dn125 i Dn160
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2
4
6
8
Air stream [m/s]
10
12
10
12
10
12
for Dn200, Dn250 i Dn315
30
25
20
15
10
5
0
2
4
6
8
Air stream [m/s]
for Dn400 i Dn500
25
20
15
10
5
0
2
version 5.2.1
4
6
8
Air stream [m/s]
267
Sound power level
Sound power level on the discharge of RPP-R regulator
Lwa [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
41
42
41
43
40
44
42
47
51
51
54
55
54
55
57
59
58
61
62
60
61
62
64
62
66
71
70
71
54
53
55
55
57
58
58
63
64
60
62
62
64
63
65
67
65
66
67
69
68
69
72
71
72
75
75
73
60
62
62
62
61
64
63
66
66
65
67
68
70
70
70
71
70
70
73
75
74
71
72
73
74
78
79
78
Sound power level emitted by RPP-R with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator without acoustic insulation
Lwa [dB(A)]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
22
23
24
29
32
35
34
28
31
30
40
45
48
50
35
37
41
43
47
50
51
42
44
47
48
53
53
53
31
32
35
39
45
48
47
38
40
44
46
51
55
55
43
44
47
47
53
56
57
51
53
52
55
55
58
59
33
41
42
48
49
54
53
39
44
46
51
56
56
55
47
48
52
54
57
61
61
53
55
54
59
59
64
63
Sound power level emitted by RPP-R with respect to air pressure and air velocity.
Regulator with acoustic insulation
Lwa [dB(A)]
268
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
19
19
21
21
22
24
24
21
24
24
29
35
39
40
29
31
33
35
38
44
44
37
39
41
43
46
50
51
29
29
28
37
40
43
44
31
32
34
38
44
48
49
36
37
39
42
47
49
50
41
44
42
47
49
50
52
29
35
33
38
44
44
44
30
38
38
42
46
51
51
36
39
40
44
47
53
54
46
44
45
48
51
54
55
version 5.2.1
RPP-R
Control driving compartment of the pressure regulator is the Belimo device which consists of static pressure
differential sensor, digital controller PID VAV and actuator. This is the solution, which besides pressure regulation
between thetwo zones can be also used in:
- VAV and CAV systems with air flow independent of the pressure for example in laboratories,
- fast acting VAV and CAV systems for example in fermentation chambers,
- applicable for use in environments with light chemical contaminations.
I. Controller PID VAV
1. VRP-STP – (analog controller) which has possibilities for manual setting with potentiometer of the
max. pressure difference ∆pmax from 30 to 100% ∆pnom(25-100% ∆pVFP) and auxiliary control signal 0(2) –
10[V] in the range of 0(3%∆pnom )-∆pmax
Technical data:
Power supply
Power consupmtion
AC 24[V] 50/60[Hz]
1,3[W](including sensor VFP without
actuator)
2,6[VA] (including sensor VFP without
actuator)
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
(max.0,5mA – linear signal 0-100%? P)
III (safety extra – low voltage)
IP40
0…+50[°C]
-20…80[°C]
153/88/54[mm]
For wire sizing
Reference signal
Actual value signal
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions
Wiring diagram
AC 24V
Connect via safety
!
~
T
w1 DC 0...10V
U5 DC 2...10V
2
3
4
5
6
7
w1 w2 U5 yz
~
T
...24-V
*
Regulation in the ductwork
Supply air - Positive tube on the regulator inlet
Air exhaust - Negative tube on the regulator outlet
*
1
Override control
Rregulation in the room
Bridge 2-4 is factory-fitted. Remove
when DC 0...10 V input w1 is used!
The device contains no
components which the user
can replace or repair.
VRP-STP
VFP-...
Function
Connection
CLOSE
1
7
OPEN
2
6
Function
OPEN
Connection
2
1
Connection
2
6
OPEN
1
7
Supply air - Positive tube on the regulator outlet
Air exhaust - Negative tube on the regulator inlet
CLOSE
Function
CLOSE
6
7
Function
Connection
CLOSE
1
7
OPEN
2
6
Notice:
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the customer must bring
the power supply and do the control wiring himself.
version 5.2.1
269
1.
VRP-M – – (analog-digital controller) has the possibility to be auxiliary controlled within the range
∆Pmin -∆Pmax of the cooperating pressure transducer and to set a constant pressure values.
- direct digital control – possibility to integrate to
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
Technical data:
Power supply
AC 24[V] 50/60[Hz]
DC 24[V]
1,1[W] (incl. Sensor VFP – without actuator)
2,6VA (incl. Sensor VFP – without actuator)
Entering impedancja >200?
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
0-20[mA] (resistance 500? )
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V] (max.0,5mA)
III (safety extra low voltage)
IP40
0…+50[°C]
-20…80[°C]
153/88/54[mm]
Power consupmtion
For wire sizing
Reference signal
Actual value signal
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions
Wiring diagram
Notice
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
PP/MP communication
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
control input z
Override control
Air pressure regulation in the room
Function
Air pressure regulation in the ductwork
Connection
Function
Connection
Function
Connection
Function
Connection
Close
1
7
Zamknięcie
2
6
Zamknięcie
2
6
Zamknięcie
1
7
Open
2
6
Otwarcie
1
7
Otwarcie
1
7
Otwarcie
2
6
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Notice:
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the customer must bring
the power supply and do the control wiring itself.
270
version 5.2.1
RPP-R
II. Static pressure differentia sensor
Static pressure differential sensor is applicable for pressure differential readings in air ducts or in rooms.
They are adapted to work with contaminated air with light chemical aggressive gases. Solid design makes
them available for use in laboratories, GMP rooms and in the industry.
Review of types:
Type
Reading
ranges
Protection
against high
pressures
Temperature
dependance
Weight
VFP-100
0…100[Pa]
Max. 500[Pa]
±0,1%/K
Approx. 500g
VFP-300
0…300[Pa]
Max. 5000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
VFP-600
0…600[Pa]
Max. 3000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Measuring principle
Linearity
Hysteresis
Pressure connection
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions:
VFP-100
VFP-300, VFP-600
15 V DC (from the controller VRP-M)
1m length of the wire with 4 contactor plug
(good for VRP-M controller)
Measurement of differential pressure by
membrane (inductive)
±1% of end value
Max. 0,1% typical
Connection nozzles for pipe with internal
diameter 4…6[mm]
IP42
0…+50[°C]
-10…70[°C]
150/80/58[mm]
90/51/49[mm]
Impulse signal to the pressure transducer is transmitted by plastic tubes and one end
is installed in a reference place of the zone and the other one directly to pressure
transducer according to the configuration the device is set for.
version 5.2.1
271
III. Actuator
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Power
consumption
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
Angle of rotation
Running time
Protection class
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
150[s]
Max. 35[dB]
IP54
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
710[g]
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
272
3,5[W]
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions :
Weight
2,5[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
810[g]
version 5.2.1
RPP-R
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
4[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
156/88/77[mm]
930[g]
Notice:
Any orders regarding regulators with fast acting drives must be discussed with and
accepted by Smay technical department.
RPP-Rt-200-VRP-M-60/30/20-Q-MP BUS-7-WN
RPP-R
version 5.2.1
I - D - R -
nom
/
max
/
min
- Ts - K - N - U
273
Notes
274
version 5.2.1
Air pressure VAV regulators
RPP-P
Application
Air pressure regulator RPP-P is applicable for pressure regulation in airtight rooms and also in the ventilation
ducts to maintain required pressure difference between the zones. They should be used everywhere where it is
necessary to provide linear characteristic of pressure regulation, despite of air volume.
According to the application the device can maintain constant or variable pressure difference depending on the
sequence of control. Thanks to using a static pressure sensor the regulator can work in environments with low
and medium contamination levels including aggressive chemicals. In case of lack to determine how much
chemically aggressive the gases are, it is recommended to test the device prior to the installation.
Material and construction
RPP-P regulator is made of two casings and there is a multi-blade air damper inside with the driving
mechanism.
The casing is made from the galvanized steel sheet. Damper blades are made of aluminum and additionally they
come with PVC seal, which ensures air-tightness in the fully closed position.
Optionally RPP-P regulators may come with thermo-acoustic insulation - RPP-Pt.
Working principle
The working principle of the regulator depends on measuring pressure difference between two different zones
by the measuring nozzles (not included). Pressure sensor is changing the pneumatic signal into electric which is
a linear function of the pressure difference. Electric signal is send to the controller where
is compared with the reference signal and then the controller sends the electric impulse to the actuator
to modulate the air damper if there is a difference between the measured and reference values.
area 2
area 1
pressure
transducer
set point value
controller
damper
actuator
measured value
Notice:
The device is programmed by the manufacturer and the parameters can not be changed by unauthorized
people.
276
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
Variants of performance and dimensions
Regulators RPP-P by Smay are produced in two types:
1.
RPP-P-S – standard version – short – it is applicable to regulate air pressure in ductwork and in rooms.
Pressure differential signal is transmitted to the pressure transducer by plastic tubes with diam. 6[mm]. Tube
ends are applicable for installation in the ductwork and in the room walls. The length of the pneumatic plastic
tubes should not be exceeding in total 10 [m].
30
B
30
350
B
area 2
VFP ...
BELIMO
NMV-D2
30
area 1
VRP- ...
30
B/2 + 130
2. RPP-P-L – long version – it is applicable to regulate air pressure in the ductwork
Pressure differential signal is transmitted to the pressure transducer by plastic tubes with diam. 6[mm].
One of the tubes is permanently connected to the RPP controller and the other one is ready to be installed in the
ductwork or in the room wall.
B
350
30
30
30
reference
area
BELIMO
NMV-D2
B
H+120
VFP ...
30
VRP- ...
B/2 + 130
version 5.2.1
B/2 + 60
277
Typical dimensions
H
[mm]
B [mm]
200
250
315
400
500
630
800
1000
Working range of pressure regulation with respect to used in the device pressure transducer is maintained
between 2 to 600 [Pa]. The diameter of the device RPP-P must be selected for air velocities not exceeding 12
[m/s], to prevent high pressure drop on the unit and limit the noise.
-
install the device in such a way to have access to all of its components
-
install the device in position according to markings – for proper pressure transducer work
(the
regulator must be installed with the air damper blade working in the horizontal layout)
-
the regulator should not be installed close to elbows, take offs, diffusers which may cause air flow
turbulences and that can affect regulation accuracy and increase noise.
-
minimum recommended distances are;
2B or 3H off elbows
1B or 1,5H off elbows with perforated plates to rectify the air stream.
Electrical wiring of the VRP-M unit should be done according to the supplied information and it should
be done by a professional.
Pressure drop on the RPP-P regulator (air damper fully open)
Pressure drop ?P [Pa]
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
2
278
4
6
8
Air stream [m/s]
10
12
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
Plastic pneumatic tubes ending with connection nozzles must be installed in proper locations in the zones (it may
be a duct and a room, room and room or two ducts) according to further schematics. Points where the measuring
nozzles will be installed must be carefully selected to be referential for the whole zone and what is most
important free of any disadvantageous influences of dynamic pressure. For the round regulators the straight
distance should be maintained of 2 diameters – after single blade air dampers, elbows, reductions and diffusers.
Positive tube on the regulator outlet
Positive tube on the regulator inlet
supply air
supply air
reference
area
reference
area
Negative tube on the regulator inlet
Negative tube on the regulator outlet
air exhaust
air exhaust
reference
area
reference
area
Plastic pneumatic tubes ending with connection nozzles must be installed in proper locations in the zones.
Points where the measuring nozzles will be installed must be carefully selected to be referential for the whole
zone and what is the most important free of any disadvantageous influences of dynamic pressure.
area I
negative
pressure
area I
positive
pressure
area II
positive pressure
supply air
air exhaust
area I
positive pressure
supply air
version 5.2.1
area II
negative pressure
supply air
air exhaust
area II
negative
pressure
air exhaust
area I
negative pressure
supply air
area II
positive
pressure
air exhaust
279
Sound power level
Sound power level on the discharge of RPP-P regulator
LWA [dB (A) ]
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
38
47
65
60
49
54
60
68
54
59
64
67
250 x 105
39
48
56
61
50
55
60
67
55
60
65
68
315 x 105
43
52
60
65
54
59
65
71
59
64
69
72
200 x 205
38
50
56
66
50
54
59
70
58
60
67
73
250 x 205
39
51
58
67
51
55
61
71
56
60
69
74
315 x 205
41
54
60
69
53
58
63
73
58
64
71
76
400 x 205
43
55
61
70
55
59
64
74
60
65
72
77
500 x 205
44
56
62
71
56
60
65
75
61
66
73
78
630 x 205
45
57
63
72
57
61
66
76
62
67
74
79
200 x 305
39
51
57
65
51
58
64
70
59
65
70
74
250 x 305
40
51
58
61
52
59
62
71
60
66
71
75
315 x 305
42
54
60
68
54
61
67
73
62
68
73
77
400 x 305
43
55
61
69
55
62
68
74
63
69
74
78
500 x 305
44
56
62
70
56
63
69
75
64
70
75
79
630 x 305
45
57
63
71
57
54
70
74
65
71
76
80
800 x 305
46
58
64
72
58
55
71
75
66
72
77
81
1000 x 305
47
59
65
73
59
56
72
76
67
73
78
82
200 x 405
40
51
56
65
53
60
65
71
59
65
70
75
250 x 405
41
52
57
66
54
61
66
72
60
66
71
76
315 x 405
42
53
58
67
55
62
67
73
61
67
72
77
400 x 405
43
54
59
67
56
63
68
74
62
68
73
78
500 x 405
44
55
60
68
57
64
69
75
63
69
74
79
630 x 405
45
56
61
69
58
65
70
76
64
70
75
80
800 x 405
46
57
62
70
59
66
71
77
65
71
76
81
1000 x 405
47
58
63
71
60
66
72
78
66
72
77
82
200 x 505
40
54
49
66
55
60
65
72
61
66
71
77
250 x 505
41
55
50
67
56
61
66
73
62
67
72
78
315 x 505
42
56
51
68
57
62
67
74
63
68
73
79
400 x 505
43
57
52
69
58
63
69
75
64
69
74
80
500 x 505
44
58
63
70
59
64
70
76
65
70
75
81
630 x 505
45
59
64
71
60
65
71
77
66
71
76
82
800 x 505
46
60
65
72
61
66
72
78
67
72
77
83
1000 x 505
47
61
66
73
62
67
73
79
68
73
78
84
280
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
Sound power level
Sound power level emitted by RPP-P
Regulator without sound insulation
LWA [dB (A) ]
100 [Pa]
version 5.2.1
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
200 x 105
28
36
42
46
31
41
45
53
46
46
51
56
250 x 105
29
37
43
47
32
42
46
54
47
47
52
58
315 x 105
30
38
44
49
33
43
47
56
48
48
53
60
200 x 205
29
39
42
50
41
46
47
52
44
50
53
55
250 x 205
30
40
43
51
42
48
49
53
45
52
54
57
315 x 205
31
42
45
52
44
49
50
54
47
53
55
58
400 x 205
33
43
46
53
45
50
51
55
48
54
56
59
500 x 205
34
44
47
54
46
51
52
56
49
55
57
60
630 x 205
35
45
48
55
47
52
53
57
50
56
58
61
200 x 305
33
44
46
50
45
50
52
55
51
52
55
51
250 x 305
34
45
47
51
46
51
53
56
52
53
56
52
315 x 305
35
46
48
52
47
52
54
57
53
54
57
53
400 x 305
36
47
49
53
48
53
55
58
54
55
58
64
500 x 305
37
48
50
54
49
54
56
59
55
56
59
65
630 x 305
38
49
51
55
50
55
57
60
56
57
60
66
800 x 305
39
50
52
56
51
56
58
61
57
58
61
67
1000 x 305
40
51
53
57
52
57
59
62
58
59
62
68
200 x 405
33
45
47
50
46
50
52
56
51
54
58
60
250 x 405
34
46
48
51
47
51
53
57
52
55
59
61
315 x 405
35
47
49
52
48
52
54
58
53
56
60
62
400 x 405
36
48
50
53
49
53
55
59
54
57
61
64
500 x 405
37
49
51
54
50
54
56
60
55
58
62
65
630 x 405
38
50
52
55
51
55
57
61
56
59
62
66
800 x 405
39
51
53
56
52
56
58
62
57
60
63
67
1000 x 405
40
52
54
57
53
57
59
63
58
61
64
68
200 x 505
34
46
47
61
46
52
53
56
51
55
58
62
250 x 505
35
47
48
62
47
53
54
57
52
56
59
63
315 x 505
36
48
49
63
48
54
55
58
53
57
60
64
400 x 505
37
49
50
64
49
55
56
59
54
58
61
65
500 x 505
38
50
51
65
50
56
57
60
55
59
62
66
630 x 505
39
51
52
66
51
57
58
61
56
60
63
67
800 x 505
40
52
53
67
52
58
59
62
57
61
64
65
1000 x 505
41
53
54
68
53
59
60
63
58
62
65
66
281
Sound power level
Sound power level emitted by RPP-P
Regulator with sound insulation
LWA [dB (A) ]
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
3
6
9
12
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
m/s
20
25
34
42
31
37
40
45
35
39
41
46
250 x 105
21
26
35
43
32
38
41
46
36
40
42
47
315 x 105
22
27
36
44
33
39
41
47
37
41
43
48
200 x 205
19
28
35
42
36
39
40
45
40
42
43
47
250 x 205
20
29
36
43
37
40
41
46
41
43
44
48
315 x 205
21
30
37
44
38
41
42
47
42
44
45
49
400 x 205
22
31
38
45
39
42
43
48
43
45
46
50
500 x 205
23
32
39
46
40
43
44
49
44
46
47
51
630 x 205
24
31
40
47
41
44
45
50
45
47
48
52
200 x 305
21
33
39
46
39
42
43
46
40
47
49
47
250 x 305
22
34
40
47
40
43
44
47
41
48
50
48
200 x 105
315 x 305
23
35
41
48
41
44
45
48
42
49
51
49
400 x 305
24
36
42
49
42
45
46
49
43
50
52
50
500 x 305
25
37
43
50
43
46
47
50
44
51
53
52
630 x 305
27
39
45
52
45
48
49
52
46
53
55
53
800 x 305
28
40
46
53
46
49
50
51
47
54
56
54
1000 x 305
29
41
47
54
47
50
51
52
48
55
57
55
200 x 405
22
36
38
46
39
43
44
47
41
47
49
50
250 x 405
23
37
39
47
40
44
45
48
42
48
50
51
315 x 405
24
38
40
48
41
45
46
49
43
49
51
52
400 x 405
25
39
41
49
42
46
47
50
44
50
52
53
500 x 405
26
40
42
50
43
47
48
51
45
51
53
54
630 x 405
28
42
44
52
45
49
50
53
47
53
55
56
800 x 405
29
43
45
53
46
50
51
54
48
54
56
57
1000 x 405
30
44
46
54
47
51
52
55
49
55
57
58
200 x 505
23
36
38
47
40
45
47
48
42
47
50
51
250 x 505
24
37
39
48
41
46
48
49
43
48
51
52
315 x 505
25
38
40
49
42
47
49
50
44
49
52
53
400 x 505
26
39
41
50
43
49
50
51
45
50
53
54
500 x 505
28
41
43
52
45
50
52
53
47
52
55
56
630 x 505
29
42
44
53
46
51
53
54
48
53
56
57
800 x 505
30
43
45
54
47
52
54
55
49
54
57
58
1000 x 505
31
44
46
55
48
53
55
56
50
55
58
58
282
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
Control driving compartment of the pressure regulator is the Belimo device which consists of static pressure
differential sensor, digital controller PID VAV and actuator. This is the solution, which besides pressure regulation
between thetwo zones can be also used in:
- VAV and CAV systems with air flow independent of the pressure for example in laboratories,
- fast acting VAV and CAV systems for example in fermentation chambers,
- applicable for use in environments with light chemical contaminations.
I. Controller PID VAV
1. VRP-STP – (analog controller) which has possibilities for manual setting with potentiometer of the
max. pressure difference ∆pmax from 30 to 100% ∆pnom(25-100% ∆pVFP) and auxiliary control signal 0(2) –
10[V] in the range of 0(3%∆pnom )-∆pmax
Technical data:
Power supply
Power consupmtion
AC 24[V] 50/60[Hz]
1,3[W](including sensor VFP without
actuator)
2,6[VA] (including sensor VFP without
actuator)
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
(max.0,5mA – linear signal 0-100%? P)
III (safety extra – low voltage)
IP40
0…+50[°C]
-20…80[°C]
153/88/54[mm]
For wire sizing
Reference signal
Actual value signal
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions
Wiring diagram
AC 24V
Connect via safety
!
~
T
w1 DC 0...10V
U5 DC 2...10V
2
3
4
5
6
7
w1 w2 U5 yz
~
T
...24-V
*
Regulation in the ductwork
*
1
Override control
Rregulation in the room
Bridge 2-4 is factory-fitted. Remove
when DC 0...10 V input w1 is used!
The device contains no
components which the user
can replace or repair.
VRP-STP
VFP-...
Function
Connection
CLOSE
1
7
OPEN
2
6
Function
OPEN
Connection
2
1
Connection
2
6
OPEN
1
7
CLOSE
Function
CLOSE
6
7
Function
Connection
CLOSE
1
7
OPEN
2
6
Notice:
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the customer must bring the
power supply and do the control wiring himself.
version 5.2.1
283
1.
VRP-M – – (analog-digital controller) has the possibility to be auxiliary controlled within the range
∆Pmin -∆Pmax of the cooperating pressure transducer and to set a constant pressure values.
- direct digital control – possibility to integrate to
EIB Konnex systems
LonWorks® systems
Technical data:
Power supply
AC 24[V] 50/60[Hz]
DC 24[V]
1,1[W] (incl. Sensor VFP – without actuator)
2,6VA (incl. Sensor VFP – without actuator)
Entering impedancja >200?
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V]
0-20[mA] (resistance 500? )
DC 0-10[V]/2-10[V] (max.0,5mA)
IP40
0…+50[°C]
-20…80[°C]
153/88/54[mm]
Power consupmtion
For wire sizing
Reference signal
Actual value signal
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions
Wiring diagram
Notice
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
PP/MP communication
0 ... 10 / 2 ... 10 / adjustable
control input z
Override control
Air pressure regulation in the room
Funkcja
Funkcja
Połączenie
Air pressure regulation in the ductwork
Funkcja
Połączenie
Funkcja
Połączenie
Połączenie
Zamknięcie
1
7
Zamknięcie
2
6
Zamknięcie
2
6
Zamknięcie
1
7
Otwarcie
2
6
Otwarcie
1
7
Otwarcie
1
7
Otwarcie
2
6
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmin
2
7
Pmax
2
7
Notice:
The control and driving compartment is all connected by the manufacturer, but the customer must bring the
power supply and do the control wiring itself.
284
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
II. Static pressure differentia sensor
Static pressure differential sensor is applicable for pressure differential readings in air ducts or in rooms.
They are adapted to work with contaminated air with light chemical aggressive gases. Solid design makes them
available for use in laboratories, GMP rooms and in the industry.
Review of types:
Type
Reading
ranges
Protection
against high
pressures
Temperature
dependance
Weight
VFP-100
0…100[Pa]
Max. 500[Pa]
±0,1%/K
Approx. 500g
VFP-300
0…300[Pa]
Max. 5000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
VFP-600
0…600[Pa]
Max. 3000[Pa]
±0,05%/K
Approx. 280g
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Measuring principle
Linearity
Hysteresis
Pressure connection
Protection class
Ambient temperature
Storage temperature
Dimensions:
VFP-100
VFP-300, VFP-600
15 V DC (from the controller VRP-M)
1m length of the wire with 4 contactor plug
(good for VRP-M controller)
Measurement of differential pressure by
membrane (inductive)
±1% of end value
Max. 0,1% typical
Connection nozzles for pipe with internal
diameter 4…6[mm]
IP42
0…+50[°C]
-10…70[°C]
150/80/58[mm]
90/51/49[mm]
Impulse signal to the pressure transducer is transmitted by plastic tubes and one
end is installed in a reference place of the zone and the other one directly to pressure
transducer according to the configuration the device is set for.
version 5.2.1
285
III. Actuator
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
Power
consumption
In operation
At rest
For wire sizing
Angle of rotation
Running time
Protection class
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
150[s]
Max. 35[dB]
IP54
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
710[g]
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
286
3,5[W]
1,25[W]
5,5[VA]
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions :
Weight
2,5[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
146/80/75[mm]
810[g]
version 5.2.1
RPP-P
Technical data:
Nominal voltage
In operation
Power
At rest
consumption
For wire sizing
12[W]
1,5[W]
18[VA]
Angle of rotation
Protection class
Running time
Sound power level
Maintenance
Dimensions
Weight
4[s]/90°
IP54
52[dB] (A)
-30…+50[°C]
-40…+80[°C]
Maintenance-free
156/88/77[mm]
930[g]
Notice:
Any orders regarding regulators with fast acting drives must be discussed with and
accepted by Smay technical department.
version 5.2.1
287
RPP-Pt-S-200x305-VRP-M-60/30/20-Q-MP BUS-7-WN
RPP-P I - W - A x B - R - Pnom / Pmax / Pmin - Ts - K - N - U
W
S
L
288
version 5.2.1
Constant Air Volume Regulators
KVR
Application
KVR devices are the constant air volume regulators. The air damper opens according to the changes in the
referential pressure. Increase in the pressure causes the air damper closing movement and at the same time it
maintains the required constant air volume. Application of the KVR regulator eliminates the need
to measure and air balance the air systems at the time of commissioning.
There are the following types according to the referential (work) pressure ranges:
KVR-N - working in the range 50 to 200Pa
KVR-HP - working in the range 150 to 600 Pa.
Material
KVR regulators are made of PCV class A1 according to DIN 4102 standard (incombustible)
Working temperature up to +600 C.
Dimensions
C
A
B
L
Size
A [mm]
B [mm]
C [mm]
L [mm]
80
78
15
13
90
100
95
15
13
90
125
119
15
13
90
160
154
15
18
120
200
194
15
18
120
250
244
15
20
120
Regular air flows
type KVR-N
Vt
[m3/h]
290
type KVR-HP
Size
80
100
125
160
200
250
Vt
[m3/h]
Size
80
100
125
160
200
250
version 5.2.1
KVR
Installation
KVR regulators can be used in the air supply and air return/exhaust systems both vertical and horizontal
ductwork layouts.
Installation procedure relies on installing the regulator inside the air ductwork with corresponding size
according to its air flow direction mark. The air tightness is secured by the rubber gasket.
Air supply
Air exhaust
Sound power level
Vt
[m3/h]
Sound power level emitted by KVR Regulator
Lwa [dB(A)]
25
version 5.2.1
29
32
35
26
31
35
38
27
33
36
39
32
37
39
42
32
37
40
42
32
38
41
44
30
34
39
42
33
37
41
45
34
40
44
47
34
40
42
44
35
41
44
47
37
43
45
49
33
37
42
45
35
40
44
47
37
42
45
50
38
44
46
51
39
46
48
53
291
Technical data of regulators KVR-N type
Performance characteristics
740
depending on the pressure level
720
700 m3/h
700
650 m3/h
340
680
300 m3/h
320
660
300
3
270 m /h
640
280
650 m3/h
620
260
600
240 m3/h
240
650 m3/h
580
210 m3/h
220
200
560
3
180 m /h
650 m3/h
540
180
520
160
150 m3/h
500
140
650 m3/h
480
120 m3/h
120
460
3
100
100 m /h
90 m3/h
440
80
75 m3/h
420
60 m /h
50 m3/h
3
45 m /h
40
30 m3/h
20
0
50
15 m3/h
400
Vt [m3/h]
Vt [m3/h]
60
3
650 m3/h
380
650 m3/h
360
340
p [Pa]
100
150
200
50
p [Pa]
100
150
200
Notice:
The diagrams are showing average values, which can differ from the actual ones ±10%
Product symbolic description – how to order
KVR-160-350
-
292
version 5.2.1
VRS
Application
The regulator of the permanent air flow VRS constitute an independent regulation element, working without
an external energy supply. It provides steady, desired volume of air, irrespectively of the changes of the pressures
in the system, thanks to which it eliminates the need of counterbalancing the system.
It can be used in inflow and outflow systems, high or low pressure in the vertical or horizontal position.
The regulator works reliably from the minimum difference of pressures, which depends on the velocity of the air
(which is defined by the diagram), to the maximum difference of pressures equal to 1000[Pa].
Minimum difference of statistical pressures on the regulator:
Example
Diameter:
size 160
Velocity of the air:
4,5 [m/s]
Intensity of the air flow:
325 [m³/h]
Sought difference of statistical pressures:
- from the diagram
50[Pa]
Recommended velocity of the air amounts
to about 4,5 [m/s] and should not be lower than 2,7
[m/s]. The work temperature amounts to -30ºC to
100ºC. Upon the special order, the version
resistant to temperature can be performed up to
250ºC.
Corpus and regulation damper:
galvanized steel
Bearings:
PTFE (Teflon)
- galvanized steel
Corpus:
- galvanized steel, lacquered
- insulated (25mm)
The generator's corpus laser welded has calibrated endings connected with
gum gaskets. The regulation damper, mounted on the Teflon bearings is
precisely counterbalanced and equipped with a silencing element, which
prevents from trembling. The regulator has the device of manual setting,
thanks to which you can select any size of the flow within its working scope.
manual control
Non-standard version foresees to perform:
max
min
Tolerance of the regulation precision
The tolerance of correctness of the air stream intensity setting amounts to ±10%. However, if the velocity of the
air is smaller than 4 [m/s] or the regulator is mounted in the horizontal position, the changes can be higher. It can
happen also when there are disturbances in the form of the cold intersection of the flow, arcs, sharp edges or
narrowing.
Note
The flow parameters can be set of a factory to the required flow intensity. If need be, they can be easily
changed by the user in the working area of the controler.
294
version 5.2.1
VRS
Typical dimensions
Version 1
Mechanical regulator, without external power. Changes of the default settings – manually.
Version 2
Mechanical regulator, with the possibility to set of a factory by means of a pneumatic actuator.
Regulation pressure: from 0,2 to 1,0 [bar]
Maximum pressure: 1,3 [bar]
Version 3
Mechanical regulator, with the possibility to set of a factory by means
3. Two settings – supply voltage 230V.
4. As above, but with an additional switch
which allows for supplementing launching.
5. As (3) or
- supply voltage 24V
6. As (5) or
- but with a constant regulation
with a line signal 2-10V
ØD
[mm]
80
100
125
140
160
200
250
315
400
version 5.2.1
Vt [m3/h]
Dimensions [mm]
min
max
L1
L2
L3
A1
B1
A2
B2
40
125
120
40
200
155
105
225
100
70
200
170
40
250
155
105
225
100
100
280
170
40
250
155
105
225
100
140
400
170
40
250
155
105
225
100
180
500
240
40
320
155
105
225
100
100
250
900
240
40
320
155
105
225
500
1500
240
40
320
155
105
225
100
600
2200
220
60
340
155
105
300
150
1000
3800
295
60
415
230
160
300
150
295
Sound power level
ØD
[mm]
3
[m /h]
80
Lwa [dB(A)]
100
125
140
160
200
250
315
400
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
40
83
125
40
83
125
40
83
125
38
45
49
50
54
58
57
61
65
70
135
200
70
135
200
70
135
200
41
46
51
53
55
59
60
63
66
100
190
280
100
190
280
100
190
280
41
46
50
54
56
59
60
63
67
140
270
400
140
270
400
140
270
400
42
48
52
55
57
61
62
65
68
180
340
500
180
340
500
180
340
500
43
48
52
56
57
61
63
65
68
250
575
900
250
575
900
250
575
900
43
50
-
56
59
64
63
67
70
500
1000
1500
500
1000
1500
500
1000
1500
47
52
-
60
61
65
66
69
72
600
1400
2200
600
1400
2200
600
1400
2200
44
51
-
58
60
65
65
69
72
1000
2400
3800
1000
2400
3800
1000
2400
3800
46
52
-
59
61
67
66
70
74
The information provided, calculated on the basis of the laboratory tests are only of informative nature.
The noise of the flow depends to a large extent on the local conditions. In practice, additional silencing takes
place resulting from the silencing at the outlet of the duct and silencing the room, the effect of which is the
lowering of the sound's level. Silencing the room and the outlet can be to a large extent adopted on the level
of about 8 dB. The application of the silencer in the system, will result in lowering the noise level by other
up to a dozen or so dB, mainly depending on the type and the length of the silencer.
S
P
S
1
2
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
version*
no external power supply
with pneumatic actuator
with electric actuator 230 - two settings
with electric actuator 230V - Two sets of additional switch
with electric actuator 24V - two settings
with electric actuator 24V with continuous analog control 2..10V
P
SN
SL
material*
galvanized sheet
stainless steel sheet
coated sheet steel
296
version 5.2.1
VRRK
Application
The regulator of the permanent air stream VRRK constitute an independent regulation element, working without
an external energy supply. It provides steady, desired volume of air, irrespectively of the changes of the pressures
in the system, thanks to which it eliminates the need of counterbalancing the system.
It can be used in inflow and outflow systems, high or low pressure in the vertical
or horizontal position. The regulator works reliably from the minimum difference of pressures, which depends
on the velocity of the air (which is defined by the diagram), to the maximum difference of pressures equal
to 1000[Pa].
Minimum difference of statistical pressures on the regulator:
Example
Diameter:
250 [mm]
Height:
200 [mm]
Velocity of the air:
4,5 [m/s]
Intensity of the air flow:
810 [m³/h0
Sought difference of statistical pressures:
- from the diagram
80[Pa]
Recommended velocity of the air in the ducktwork
cannot be lower than 3,0 [m/s] and higher than 10,0
[m/s] (recommended velocity is 6,5 [m/s]).
The work temperature amounts to -30ºC to 100ºC.
Upon the special order, the version resistant to temperature can be performed up to 250ºC.
galvanized steel
Bearings:
PTFE (Teflon)
- galvanized steel
Corpus:
- galvanized steel, lacquered
- insulated (30mm)
The generator's corpus laser welded has calibrated endings connected
with gum gaskets. The regulation damper, mounted on the Teflon bearings
is precisely counterbalanced and equipped with a silencing element, which
prevents from trembling. The regulator has the device of manual setting,
thanks to which you can select any size of the flow within its working scope.
manual control
Non-standard version foresees to perform:
max
min
Tolerance of the regulation precision
The tolerance of correctness of the air stream intensity setting amounts to ±10%. However, if the velocity of
the air is smaller than 4 [m/s] or the regulator is mounted in the horizontal position, the changes can be
higher. It can happen also when there are disturbances in the form of the cold intersection of the flow, arcs,
sharp edges or narrowing.
Note
The flow parameters can be set of a factory to the required flow intensity. If need be, they can be easily
298
version 5.2.1
VRRK
Typical dimensions
Version 1
Mechanical regulator, without the external power.
air flow
direction
- value of the flow set of a factory according to the specification of the client
– manual setting of the intensity of the flow by means of the regulatory device
- connection: periphery 30[mm]
Version 2
Mechanical regulator, initially set of a factory,
with the possibility to change the default settings
by means of a pneumatic actuator.
air flow
direction
Width
[mm]
Height
[mm]
Length
[mm]
150 - 200
150 - 200
220
210 - 250
150 - 200
201 - 250
220
385
251 - 300
150 - 200
201 - 300
220
385
301 - 350
150 - 200
201 - 300
220
385
351 - 400
150 - 200
201 - 300
220
385
401 - 500
200 - 300
385
501 - 600
200 - 300
385
Regulation pressure
Maximum pressure
0,2 to 1,0 [bar]
1,3 [bar]
Version 3
Mechanical regulator, initially set of a factory, with the possible of changing
the default settings by means of an electrical actuator.
air flow
direction
version 5.2.1
3. Two settings – supply voltage 230V.
4. As above, but with an additional switch
which allows for supplementing launching.
5. As (3) or
- supply voltage 24V
6. As (5) or
- but with a constant regulation
with a line signal 2-10V
299
The scope of efficiency depending on the intersection of the controler:
Example:
Volume flow [m³/h]
Data:
Width: 400 [mm]
Height: 200 [mm]
The area of the channel's intersection:
0,08 [m²]
It results from the diagram:
for 3 [m/s] Vt = 865 [m³/h]
for 10 [m/s] Vt = 2880 [m³/h]
Ductwork intersection [m²]
Sound power level
The level of the acoustic power emitted into the environment through the regulator VRS 233
for the frequency Lwa [dB (A)] depending on the volume air flow and pressure.
The level of the acoustic power at the outlet of the regulator.
AxB
Vt [m3/h]
Lwa [dB(A)]
150 x 150
300 x 150
200 x 200
300 x 200
400 x 200
300 x 300
450 x 300
600 x 300
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
243
486
729
243
486
729
243
486
729
49
55
58
57
63
66
63
69
72
486
972
1458
486
972
1458
486
972
1458
50
57
60
58
65
68
64
71
74
432
864
1296
432
864
1296
432
864
1296
50
57
60
58
65
68
64
71
74
648
1296
1944
648
1296
1944
648
1296
1944
51
58
61
59
66
69
65
72
75
864
1728
2592
864
1728
2592
864
1728
2592
52
58
62
60
66
70
66
72
76
972
1944
2916
972
1944
2916
972
1944
2916
53
59
63
61
67
71
67
73
77
1458
2916
4374
1458
2916
4374
1458
2916
4374
54
60
64
62
68
72
68
74
78
1944
3888
5832
1944
3888
5832
1944
3888
5832
54
61
64
62
69
72
68
75
78
The information provided, calculated on the basis of the laboratory tests is only of informative nature.
The noise of the flow depends to a large extent on the local conditions.
In practice, additional silencing takes place resulting from the silencing at the outlet of the duct and silencing
the room, the effect of which is the lowering of the sound's level.
Silencing the room and the outlet can be to a large extent adopted on the level of about 8dB.
The application of the silencer in the system, will result in lowering the noise level by other up to a dozen or so
dB, mainly depending on the type and the length of the silencer.
If there is an additional source of the noise nearby (e.g. ventilator) or there are unfavorable conditions of the
air flow, the level of the noise can increase. The effect of the increased noise will not occur, if the intensity of
the noise coming from the additional source does not exceed 10 dB.
300
version 5.2.1
VRRK
Special finishing
Regulators with the height exceeding 300 [mm],
All double regulators are equipped with two regulation dampers, each with its own setting device, with the
flow scale. While summing these values on both scales, we have a result in the form of a total volume
intensity of the flow.
Sound power level
The level of the acoustic power emitted into the environment by the regulator VRRK
for the frequency Lwa [dB(A) depending on the volume flow of air and pressure.
Level of the acoustic power at the outlet of the regulator
AxB
3
Vt [m /h]
Lwa [dB(A)]
version 5.2.1
100 [Pa]
250 [Pa]
500 [Pa]
400 x 400
L = 385
1728
54
61
-
62
69
72
68
75
78
500 x 400
L = 385
21260
4320
6480
21260
4320
6480
21260
4320
6480
55
61
-
63
69
73
69
75
79
600 x 400
L = 385
2592
5184
7776
2592
5184
7776
2592
5184
7776
55
62
-
63
69
73
69
76
79
500 x 500
L = 425
2700
5400
8100
2700
5400
8100
2700
5400
8100
55
62
-
63
70
73
69
76
79
600 x 500
L = 425
3240
6480
9720
3240
6480
9720
3240
6480
9720
56
62
-
64
70
74
70
76
80
600 x 600
L = 470
3888
7776
11664
3888
7776
11664
3888
7776
11664
56
63
-
64
71
74
70
77
80
486
5184
1728
486
5184
1728
486
5184
301
S
S
1
2
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
version*
no external power supply
with pneumatic actuator
with electric actuator 230 - two settings
with electric actuator 230V - Two sets of additional switch
with electric actuator 24V - two settings
with electric actuator 24V with continuous analog control 2..10V
P
SN
SL
material*
galvanized sheet
stainless steel sheet
coated sheet steel
302
P
version 5.2.1
air dampers
Air dampers
Air dampers are one of the main devices that are used in almost every ventilation system.
They are installed wherever is needed to regulate the air volume and also where is a need to shut-off the air flow.
By adjusting the damper blade we change the air flow and it causes the changes of the air volume in other parts
of the ventilation system.
At the selection there must be several criteria considered as; purpose, air velocity and volume and also its
chemical composition, flow restrictions, noise, methods of control, damper life time expectancy, hygienic
certificates and price.
SMAY offers single and multi-blade dampers with opposite and parallel blades produced in standard version
from the galvanized sheet metal or stainless steel, aluminum and also special versions are available. There are
round dampers available including aperture air dampers, rectangular and angle dampers. Dampers may be
equipped with gaskets and by combining this with special design of the blades it can assure high air tightness
which provides possibility to work well as a shut-off dampers.
According to design and purpose position of the blades can be adjusted by links and/or gears. The damper can
be set manually or automatically (electrical actuators). Electrical actuators with power supply of 230V or 24V let
to integrate ventilation systems into BMS (Building Management Systems).
Dampers according to the order can be equipped with spring return actuators and in case of power decay it will
drive the damper to the fully closed position. Also, the damper blades can be produced with foam in between,
which is critical in dividing zones of warm and cold air – it avoids water condensation by eliminating possible
heat channels.
In the offer there are also special use dampers designed for instance for possible explosion zones. A good
example is blast proof cut-off damper PWII-EX. The damper can be adjusted manually or by an actuator with EX
certificate. The damper is used everywhere, where possibilities of explosion were determined, and also for any
environments with explosion gases, vapors and dust.
Other special use damper is PW350, which its design assures that in case of short time temperature increase
up to +3500C the damper will function properly. All parts from which it is made are high temperature resistant
and they can be resistant to different chemicals too. The damper is installed in places where there is a need
to operate at an occasional temperature increase (for instance smoke evacuation systems).
version 5.2.1
303
Index
air dampers
4. Air dampers
a) Aid dampers introduction
b) Air dampers for rectangle ventilation ducts
PS multi-layered
ALM aluminum multi-layered
PW multi-layered
PWW/PWO multi-layered
PWS special multi-layered
PWIIS-EX cut-off explosion-proof, multi-layered
PW350 special multi-layered to the instantaneous heat load
c) Air dampers for round ventilation ducts
PWR mult-layered
d) Comparative table of the damper types
e) Actuators for the dampers – specification
304
303
305
309
311
315
319
323
327
331
333
334
version 5.2.1
Multi-blade dampers
PS
Application
SMAY mutli-blade dampers with the backward blades
are designed for use in ventilation and air conditioning
systems. They can be mounted in the air-conditioning
centers, in the walls or in the channels in order to
adjust precisely the air flow. Due to the construction,
which allows for high tightness, the dampers are
perfect as closing devices.
The dampers meets the requirements of protection
class 2 according to EN-1751.
They can be used in the systems with special
requirements: cooperation with the recuperators,
(multi-section dampers), protecting the heaters in the
centre against frost, smoke during the fire.
Work temperature (-40ºC to +90ºC).
The PS dampers is recommended especially
for the air-conditioning centrals.
Hygienic Certificate no. HK/B/1121/01/2007.
PS
Dimensions
Typical dimensions
A width [mm]
B height
[mm]
Approximate weight [kg]
Damper in larger sizes are made with the division into smaller fields
Material
The shutter dampers is made of 4 types of profiles of the hardened aluminum extrusions: vertical frame,
horizontal frame, blades, and an actuator brackets. The blades are joined with polypropylene bearings and
gears. The drive mechanism is built into the profile (vertical frame). The plasticized PVC seals provide an airtight
joint between blades. All the damper parts meet environmental class requirements. The materials from which
the damper is constructed can be separated for recycling.
Finishing
Aluminum extrusions makes it possible to achieve a high level of precision workmanship and assembly, thus
ensuring good air tightness in the fully closed position and a small resistance to flow in the open position.
The built-in drive system enables the damper to be completely isolated. In addition, a dedicated aluminum
bracket allows a manual control mechanism or an actuator to be mounted. Thanks to the specia AL profile the
damper can be divided into vertical sections and extended horizontally up to the following dimensions:
A - max. 3000 mm; B - max. 2510 mm.
General Information
Allowable differential pressure
Symbols
V [m/s]
P [Pa]
α [º]
airflow velocity
air pressure
opening angle
Statistical differential pressures [Pa]
Required working momentum
Drive
1 – damper with an actuator
2 – damper with manual
control mechanism
3 – damper adapted for use
with an actuator
Other sizes as well as multisection units are available on
request, which has to be
indicated in your order.
Note:
The design of the aluminum
blades was registered as
a property of SMAY at the Polish
Patent Office in 1995.
B (width) [mm]
Non-permissible scope
A (width) [mm]
We can make each dimension
A in the range 200 - 2000 [mm].
Due to the width of the blade
100 [mm] recommended height is:
B = n × 100 + 10 [mm].
306
version 5.2.1
Technical information
Air leakage through closed damper
Exemplary data
damper 800x800
damper 500x500
damper 300x300
Pressure [Pa]
damper 1200x1200
* refers tto the angle of the lamels
opening (shutters) in the throttling valve
Air leakage [l/s x m²]
Airflow velocity [m/s]
Pressure loss vs. airflow velocity
at an angle of 75º
Pressure loss [Pa]
at an angle of 90º
Pressure loss [Pa]
at an angle of 60º
Pressure loss [Pa]
at an angle of 45º
Pressure loss [Pa]
at an angle of 30º
Pressure loss [Pa]
Pressure loss [Pa]
Pressure loss vs. auirflow velocity
at an angle of 15º
PS
version 5.2.1
PS-400x410-T2-W0
A x B - W
-T N
307
Notes
308
version 5.2.1
Aluminum multi-layer dampers
ALM
Application
ALM multi-blade air dampers are a miniature version
of SMAY multi-blade louvered air dampers. They are
designed for fitting in ventilation and air conditioning
systems, especially in air handling units and
automation systems for precision control
of airflow.
ALM dampers are excellent closing devices. They can
be used in systems that have special requirements
such as heat recovery systems (multi-section
dampers),or to protect air heaters from the effects of
frost, and to release smoke during a fire.
Working temperature (-40°C to +90°C).
Hygienic Certificate no. HK/B/1121/01/2007.
Dimensions
ALM
Typical dimensions
A szerokość [mm]
B wysokość
[mm]
Orientacyjna masa [kg]
Ze względu na zbieżność rozwiązań konstrukcyjnych, dla określenia
parametrów technicznych przepustnic ALM w zakresie zależności V / Δp
wykorzystuje się nomogramy i wykresy wynikające z badań przeprowadzonych
dla przepustnic żaluzjowych PS.
Material
The louvered damper is made with 4 types of hardened aluminum extrusions: vertical frame, horizontal frame,
blades and an actuator bracket. The blades of the damper are joined with bearings and gears made of PP
polypropylene with glass fibre content. The drive mechanism is built into the frame section (vertical frame). The
plasticized PVC seals provide an airtight joint between the blades. All the damper parts meet environmental
class requirements. The material from which the damper is constructed can be separated for recycling.
Finishing
The construction of the dampers using aluminum extrusions makes it possible to achieve a high level
of precision workmanship and assembly, thus ensuring a good air tightness in the fully closed position and
a small resistance to flow in the open position. The built-in drive system enables the damper to be completely
isolated.In addition, a dedicated aluminum bracket facilitates the mounting of an actuator
or a manual control quadrant
Drive
2 – damper with manual
control mechanism
3 – throttling valve
with an extended axis.
Note:
The design of the aluminum blades was
registered as a property of SMAY at the
Polish Patent Office in 1995.
Due to the width of the blade 50 [mm]
recommended height is:
B = n × 50 + 5 [mm].
310
version 5.2.1
Multi-blade dampers
PW
Application
PW multi-blade dampers are used for airflow control
or shutoff in rectangular ventilation ductwork.
These opposed blade dampers can also be wallmounted or installed in airhandling units.
Working temperature(-20°C to +80°C).
Hygienic Certificate No. HK/B/1121/03/2007.
Finishing
The damper design ensures a very good air tightness
in the fully closed position and a small pressure loss in
the open position. Here are the standard A x B
dimensions (up to 1000 x 1010 mm) for PW dampers:
A – one dimension;
B – a multiple of 100mm + 10 mm.
The dampers are available with several drive options
(external or internal gears) and in standard and
airtight models. The latter differ in the type of blades
and mechanism parts used. Each damper can be
adapted to manual or automatic control (actuator).
The frame can be made of galvanized steel sheet,
stainless steel or powder painted.
Dimensions
PW
Material
The versatile design allows to the variety of
selection of materials for their execution.
Standard dampers are PWx-A casing made of
galvanized steel sheet and aperture (blades) of
aluminum (no seal). Dampers PWx-U casing
made of galvanized steel sheet and aperture
(blades) of aluminum, with a sealing edge.
Dampers PWx-O, PWx-G have casing and
screen (blades) made of galvanized steel
profile, with the blades type G are formed seal
edge.
Dampers PWx-N,-M PWx casing and screens
are made of stainless steel sheet, with the
blades type M are formed seal edge. Butterfly
PWx-U, PWx PWx-G and-M can be used as
controls and valves, while the other primarily
in control functions.
IPR damper housings are armed with the rim
profile P20, P30, P40 with corners S20, S30,
S40 (according to the size), and the dampers
PWII, PWIII are formed in a body curled flange.
In all listed aperture embodiments are
combined bearings and gears made from
polypropylene PP.
Drive type
2 – damper with a manual control
mechanism
3 – damper with an extended shaft
Special options include:
- dampers with dimension B other than
a multiple of 100 mm + 10 mm
(up to 2005)
312
Types and characteristics of the dampers PW
Casing for:
PWI-O, PWI-A, PWI-U, PWI-G:
dla PWI-N, PWI-M:
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- profiled hollow flanges and corners
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
PWI-U:
PWI-G:
PWI-M
PWI-A:
PWI-O:
PWI-N:
Casing for:
PWII-O, PWII-A, PWII-U, PWII-G:
dla PWII-N, PWII-M:
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- airtight aluminum blades
- airtight galvanized steel blades
- airtight stainless steel blades
- aluminum blades
- galvanized steel blades
- stainless steel blades
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
PWII-U:
PWII-G:
PWII-M:
PWII-A:
PWII-O:
PWII-N:
Casing for:
PWIII-O, PWIII-A, PWIII-U, PWIII-G:
dla PWIII-N, PWIII-M:
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- aluminum blades
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
PWIII-U:
PWII-G:
PWII-M:
PWIII-A:
PWIII-O:
PWIII-N:
- aluminum blades
version 5.2.1
Dimensions
PWxU; PWx-G; PWx-M
Typical dimensions
a – applies to PW II; and PW III dampers.
b – applies to PW I dampers.
Dampers of larger size are divided into
smaller sections.
When ordering non-standard dampers,
it is necessary to specify the AxB
dimensions, type of fitting, type of blade
and control mechanism according to the
order code.
A width [mm]
B height
[mm]
Note:
Maximum dimensions:
A ื 2500 mm
B ื 2005 [mm].
B = n × 100+5 [mm].
General information
Symbols:
V [m/s]
Δp [Pa]
mΑ [º]
LWA [dB(A)]
Damper opening angle
Pressure loss Δp [Pa]
A [²]
Nomogramme I
Effect of airflow velocity V and the damper opening angle
on pressure loss Δp.
airflow velocity
total pressure lost
blade opening angle
sound intensity level
for A = 0,1 [m²]
cross-section area
(blade surface area)
intersection of the
throttling valve
V [m/s]
version 5.2.1
313
Technical data
PW
Allowable differential pressure
Pressure [Pa]
Damper area A [m²]
Statistical differential of pressure [Pa]
Nomogramme II
Air leakage through closed damper.
A (width) mm
Air leakage [l/s m²]
forbidden range
Note:
Chart II applies to PWI airtight and PWII airtight dampers (option 1).
For other damper types the values derived from the diagrams
should be multiplied by a factor specified below:
Required torque
PWII-A-400x405-T2-W0
W - P - A x B -W W - T N
B (height) mm
Damper type
A (width) mm
G
314
version 5.2.1
Multi-blade dampers
PWW/PWO
Application
Ty p e P W W m u l t i - b l a d e d a m p e rs ( p a ra l le l
or opposed blade dampers) are used for airflow control
or shutoff in rectangular ventilation ductwork. They
may be mounted in air handling units or walls.
Working temperature -40°C to +100°C, PWO damper
up to +150°C.
Hygienic Certificate No. HK/P/0888/01/2002.
Finishing
The construction of the dampers ensures very good air
tightness characteristics in the closed position and
a low airflow resistance when they are open.
The standard for the A x B dimensions, not exceeding
1000 x 1005 mm, is set by dampers with the following
dimensions:
A – any dimensions;
B – a multiple of 100 + 5[mm].
Dimensions
PWWx-I
PWW/PWO
PWWx-II
Drive type
2 – damper with a manual control
mechanism
Note:
The design of the aluminum blades
was registered as a property
of SMAY at the Polish Patent Office
in 1995.
Material
Types and characteristics of the throttling valves PW
A universal design of the PWW damper
allows a great variety of materials to be
used. The PWW Isz, PWW IIsz. and the
standard versions of PWW I and PWW II
dampers have a galvanized steel oc
casing and extruded aluminum airfoils
(option 1, 2 al.).
PWWx I-x
We also manufacture PWW I and PWW IItype dampers whose casings and blades
are made entirely of galvanized (option 2
oc) or stainless (option 2 nr) steel sheet.
The PW I damper frames are fitted with
P20, P30 and P40 hollow flanges and S20,
S30 and S40 corner clips (depending on
size) whereas PW II dampers have a
flanged casing. In all the models
mentioned above although diversified
materials are used the drive is
transmitted via polypropylene shafts and
bearings.
A lever train made of galvanized steel
profiles is used to couple the blades, in
opposed PWWp or parallel blade PWWw
arrangement. The seals used between
the PWW Isz and PWW IIsz damper
blades are made of plasticized PVC. This
type of damper may be manufactured
without plastic parts (adapted to work at
a temperature of +120°C).
Casing for
PWWI-O, PWWI-A, PWWI-U, PWWI-G:
PWWI-N, PWWI-M:
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
- aluminum blades
PWWI-U:
PWWI-G:
PWWI-M
PWWI-A:
PWWI-O:
PWWI-N:
PWWx II-x
Casing for
PWWII-O, PWWII-A, PWWII-U, PWWII-G:
PWWII-N, PWWII-M:
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- flanged frames
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
PWWII-U:
PWWII-G:
PWWII-M:
PWWII-A:
PWWII-O:
PWWII-N:
- aluminum blades
PWO-x
Casing for
PWO-A; PWO-O:
PWO-N
Fitting:
Mechanism:
- galvanized steel
- stainless steel
- flanged frames
- external gears
- PP bearings
Variant:
In the construction of PWO dampers do not
apply any plastic parts. No sealing edge,
and therefore are used primarily as
a function of flow rate control.
316
PWO-A:
PWO-O:
PWO-N:
- aluminum blades
version 5.2.1
Dimensions
PWWxU; PWWx-G; PWWx-M
PWWx-II-X-A
PWWx-II-X-O, PWWx-II-X-O
Typical dimensions
a – applies to PWW II; and PWW III
dampers.
b – applies to PWW I dampers.
A width [mm]
B height
[mm]
Dampers of larger size are divided
into smaller sections.
When ordering non-standard
dampers, it is necessary to specify
the AxB dimensions, type of fitting,
type of blade and control
mechanism according to the order
code.
Note:
Maximum dimensions:
A ื 2500 mm
B ื 2005 [mm].
B = n × 100+5 [mm].
Technical data
Symbols:
V [m/s]
Δp [Pa]
mΑ [º]
LWA [dB(A)]
Nomogramme I
Effect of airflow velocity V and the damper opening angle
on pressure loss Δp.
Damper opening angle
Pressure loss Δp [Pa]
A [²]
airflow velocity
total pressure lost
blade opening angle
for A = 0,1 [m²]
cross-section area
(blade surface area)
intersection of the
throttling valve
(surface of the shield).
V [m/s]
version 5.2.1
317
Technical data
PWW/PWO
Nomogramme II
Air leakage through closed damper (does not apply to PWO).
Pressure [Pa]
Damper area A [m²]
Damper type
Other PWW models
Note:
Chart II applies to airtight dampers PWWI-U,
PWWI-G, PWWI-MPWWII-U, PWWII-G and PWWII-M.
For other damper types the values derived from the diagrams
should be multiplied by a factor specified below:
PWWpII-A-400x405-T2-W0
PWO-A-400x405-W0-T2
PWW K
318
W - P - A x B - W W -T N
version 5.2.1
Special multi-blade dampers
PWS
Application
Type PWS multi-blade dampers (parallel or opposed
blade dampers) are used for airflow control or shutoff
in rectangular ventilation ductwork. They may be
mounted in air handling units or walls. The design
of the damper ensures class 3÷4 air tightness
in accordance with EN-1751. The blades are 165 mm
wide and constructed so that a damper with
dimensions of 2000 by 2000 [mm] can withstand
a pressure of 2500 [Pa]. Special sealing inserts
mounted on the blade tips ensure a very good
tightness.
Working temperature: -20°C to +90°C,
(+50°C with actuator).
Material
The casing of the PWS damper is made of galvanized
steel sheet, and its blades are made of aluminum
profiles. Special inserts with a slide seal are mounted
on the blade tips. The blades are supported by ball
bearings mounted in the damper frame.
Dimensions
PWS
Typical dimensions
A
width [mm]
height
[mm]
Effective outflow area [m²]
wieght [kg]
We can supply any damper whose dimension B is in the 330 ÷ 2000 mm range.
Because the blade is 165 mm wide, recommended dimension B = n . 165 mm.
When ordering non-standard dampers, it is necessary to specify the AxB dimensions, type
of fitting , type of blade and control mechanism according to the order code.
Note:
In the case of operation with the GM220 and GM24 actuators, maximum total damper area at a pressure
of up to 1000 Pa cannot exceed 4 m².
For larger surface areas, two actuators should be installed.
SMAY certifies that at the date of publication PWS dampers are the only dampers in the European market that
fulfill the requirements for class 4 air tightness in accordance with EN-1751.
A report of research studies conducted at the Cracow University of Technology can be obtained from SMAY.
Finishing
The damper blades are mounted in rolling bearings that are covered on both
sides and ensure a long failure-free operation. The damper can work in very
difficult environmental conditions (dust, humidity). The blades are driven via a
train of levers and flexible connectors, in opposed PWSp or parallel blade
PWSw arrangement.
Drive type
2 – damper with a manual
control mechanism
Note:
The above characteristics make the PWS damper particularly suitable for use The design of the aluminum blades
in air handling units whose horizontal and vertical dimensions exceed 1400 was registered as a property of SMAY
at the Polish Patent Office in 2003.
mm and 1000 mm respectively.
Maximum dimensions of the damper:
- A = 3000 [mm]; B = 2850 [mm]
for non-pressure systems
- A = 2400 [mm]; B = 2000 [mm]
at a pressure not exceeding 1000 [Pa]
- A = 2000 [mm]; B = 2000 [mm]
at a pressure not exceeding 2500 [Pa]
Maximum working temperature allowable (-40 to +90°C).
Hygienic certificate no. HK/B/1121/03/2007.
320
version 5.2.1
General information
Nomogramme I
Effect of airflow velocity V and the damper opening angle on pressure drop Δp.
Pressure loss Δp[Pa]
Symbols:
V [m/s] airflow velocity
P.. [Pa] air pressure
Δp [Pa] total pressure loss
α [º]
opening angle
A [m²] damper cross-section
area
Airflow velocity V [m/s]
Differential pressure Δp [Pa]
Damper area [m²]
Class 4
Nomogramme II
Relation qVLBA (Δp) for dampers with HB
Air stream qVLBA[l/s m²]
version 5.2.1
321
PWS
PWSp-A-400x405-T2-W0
PWS K - A x B
322
version 5.2.1
Cut-off explosion-proof dampers
PWIIS-
Application
PWIIS-EX
Multi-layer dampers PWIIS-EX with backward- or concurrent blades are designed for air flow adjustment or air
flow closure in the ventilation systems used in the explosion hazard zone. Such hazards occur in chemical plants,
wood-working shops and varnish manufactures, gas production plants etc. – i.e. wherever the explosion hazard
zone is outlined, where the explosive mixtures of gases, mists and dust with air may occur.
The damper PWIIS-EX was tested and classified to II group 2 category according to PN-EN 13463-1:2003;
PN-EN 13463-5:2005, which means that it is proper for using in zones 1 and 2 as well as 21 and 22.
The certificate no. KDB08ATEX218 was issued by Central Mining Institute in Katowice.
The damper construction provides tightness within the range 2 class according to EN-1751, thank to special
sealing inserts mounted at the end of blades. The drive of individual blades is realised by means of levers and
tendons system, under backward arrangement PWIISp-EX or concurrent arrangement PWIlSw-EX.
The working temperature is within the limits from -20°C to +90°C (+50°C in version with actuator).
The casing, blades and driving levers and tendons system of the damper PWIIS-EX are made out of galvanised
steel sheet.
The blades along their entire length are equipped with the seals of PVC, and the seal between the end and the
casing is provided by special inserts made out of polypropylene. At one side of the blade in the inserts there are
fastened the steel axles connected with the blade by mans of steel rivet. The blades are mounted by means of the
slide bearings, also polypropylene ones, embedded in the casing.
One axle is the driving axle, whereas the drive transmission onto the other blades is done by means of the levers
and tendons system. The dampers are equipped with additional springy steel slides fastened to the tendons of
drive mechanism providing their full electrical connection with the casing as well as the grounding terminals on
the casing. Through this solution the occurrence possibility of potential difference between the individual
elements of the damper and between the damper and earth while working is avoided.
Special notes
The damper in one of the execution variant enables to use the electric actuator for driving the damper. The
actuator is mounted to the shelf located on the side of the damper. In such case, one should remember, however,
that such unit as the functional whole is qualified according to the same group of which the device with the
poorest parameters is classified. Hence, if e.g. the actuator does not meet the requirements made for the goods
classified as the devices of EX type i.e. the devices admitted for work in the explosion hazard zones, then the
whole damper-actuator unit does not meet the applicable requirements for this type of devices either. While
designing the ventilation system based on such solution, one should always keep in mind to provide the actuator
with the same or higher group as the damper PWIIS-EX.
The producer does not take any responsibility for using the device against the above-mentioned rules and the
actions contrary to the applicable standards concerning the devices admitted for work under the described
conditions.
Smay company offers the actuators from the proper EX group, adjusted for cooperation with the damper. While
making the order for the damper PWIIS-EX in the version with actuator, we issue the testing certificate of EX type
for both devices.
324
version 5.2.1
Dimensions typowe
A
width [mm]
B
height
[mm]
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
1100
1200 1300
1400
0,25
8,0
0,33
9,6
0,41
11,2
0,49
12,8
0,57
14,4
0,66
16,0
0,74
17,6
0,82
19,2
0,90
20,7
0,98
22,3
1,07
23,9
1,15
25,5
0,27
8,7
0,36
10,4
0,45
12,1
0,54
13,8
0,63
15,5
0,72
17,2
0,81
18,9
0,90
20,6
0,99
22,3
1,08
24,0
1,17
25,7
1,26
27,4
0,30
9,4
0,39
11,2
0,49
13,0
0,59
14,8
0,69
16,6
0,79
18,4
0,89
20,2
0,98
22,0
1,08
23,8
1,18
25,6
1,28
27,4
1,38
29,2
0,34
10,7
0,46
12,7
0,57
14,7
0,69
16,7
0,80
18,8
0,92
20,8
1,03
22,8
1,15
24,8
1,26
26,9
1,38
28,9
1,49
30,9
1,61
32,9
2
305
405
505
605
705
805
905
1005
1105
1205
1305
1405
0,07
3,5
0,10
4,3
0,12
5,1
0,15
5,9
0,17
6,8
0,20
7,6
0,22
8,4
0,25
9,2
0,27
10,1
0,30
10,9
0,32
11,7
0,34
12,5
0,10
4,1
0,13
5,0
0,16
6,0
0,20
6,9
0,23
7,9
0,26
8,8
0,30
9,7
0,33
10,7
0,36
11,6
0,39
12,5
0,43
13,5
0,46
14,4
0,12
4,8
0,16
5,8
0,21
6,9
0,25
7,9
0,29
8,9
0,33
10,0
0,37
11,0
0,41
12,1
0,45
13,1
0,49
14,2
0,53
15,2
0,57
16,2
Outflow useful surface [m ]
0,15 0,17 0,20 0,22
5,4
6,1
6,7
7,4
0,20 0,23 0,26 0,30
6,6
7,3
8,1
8,9
0,25 0,29 0,33 0,37
7,7
8,6
9,5
10,3
0,30 0,34 0,39 0,44
8,9
9,9
10,8 11,8
0,34 0,40 0,46 0,52
10,0 11,1 12,2 13,3
0,39 0,46 0,52 0,59
11,2 12,4 13,6 14,8
0,44 0,52 0,59 0,66
12,3 13,6 15,0 16,3
0,49 0,57 0,66 0,74
13,5 14,9 16,3 17,7
0,54 0,63 0,72 0,81
14,6 16,2 17,7 19,2
0,59 0,69 0,79 0,89
15,8 17,4 19,1 20,7
0,64 0,75 0,85 0,96
16,9 18,7 20,4 22,2
0,69 0,80 0,92 1,03
18,1 20,0 21,8 23,7
0,32
10,0
0,43
11,9
0,53
13,8
0,64
15,8
0,75
17,7
0,85
19,6
0,96
21,5
1,07
23,4
1,17
25,3
1,28
27,2
1,39
29,2
1,49
31,1
We produce every dimension A within the range of 200 ÷ 1405 [mm].
Standard for dimensions A×B is the damper of dimensions:
Amax = 1400 [mm]; Bmax = 1405 [mm]
Because of the blade width 100 [mm] , the recommended dimension B = n × 100 + 5 [mm]
Above the dimension 1400 x 1405 the dampers are produced in the batteries.
In case of making orders for the dampers other than the serial ones, it is necessary to determine the dimensions
of the damper A×B and the type of mechanism pursuant to the product designation principle.
kinematics*
backward blades
concurrent blades
width of the damper inside diameter [mm]
height of the damper inside diameter [mm]
type of drive*
with actuator
manual mechanism
optional values – if there are none given, the default values shall apply
version 5.2.1
325
PWIIS-EX
General information
Designations:
V [m/s]
air flow speed
Δp [Pa]
total pressure loss
α [º]
vane-angle setting
Pressure drop Δp [Pa]
Nomogram I:
Influence of speed V and the opening degree of the damper on the pressure drop Δp
Air flow speed V [m/s]
Nomogram II
The air escape amount through closed damper.
Pressure [Pa]
Damper surface A [m²]
Air escape amount [l/s m²]
326
version 5.2.1
Special multi-blade dampers
PW350
Application
PW 350 opposed blade dampers are used for hot air
and gas flow control and shutoff. Maximum
momentary temperature of 350°C allows the
dampers to be used for shutting off the airflow
in fire emergency in multi-story buildings, office
buildings and parking garages.
Working temperature:
-20 to +350°C,
(50°C with actuator)
Hygenic certificate no. HK/B/1121/03/2007.
PW350
Dimensions
Dimensions typowe
A width [mm]
B height
[mm]
approximate weight [kg]
When ordering other than standard damper is required to determine the
dimensions of the damper A × B and the nature of the mechanism according
to the principle of the product designation.
Material
The frame of the standard PW 350 damperis made of galvanized steel sheet, and the blades are made of extruded
aluminum al. PW 350 dampers whose frame and blades are made entirely of galvanizedoc or stainless steel
sheet nr are also available. The frame of the PW 350 damper has flanged edges. The blades are joined with
aluminum gears and bearings. The damper is fitted with a bracket for mounting an actuator or a manual control
mechanism. All parts of the PW 350 damper are heat resistant and meet environmental requirements.
Wykończenie
The damper design ensures a very good air tightness in the fully closed position and a small pressure loss in the
open position. The standard sizes are (A x B) up to 1000 x 1005 mm, where
A – any dimension;
B – a multiple of 100 mm + 10 mm.
Drive
2 – damper with a manual
control mechanism
3 – damper with an extended
shaft
The dampers can be adapted
to manual or automatic control
(an actuator with a safety
function).
Special options include:
- dampers with dimension
B different than a multiple
of 100 mm (up to 2000);
- dampers with dimension
A > 1000 mm (up to 1400)
328
version 5.2.1
General information
Symbols:
V
[m/s]
P
[Pa]
Δp
[Pa]
[º]
[m²]
Nomogramme I
Effect of airflow velocity V on pressure loss Δp.
Pressure loss Δp[Pa]
α
A
airflow velocity
air pressure
total pressure
loss
opening angle
damper crosssection area
Airflow velocity V [m/s]
Nomogramme II
Air leakage through closed damper.
Pressure [Pa]
Damper area [m²]
Allowable differential pressures
B (height) mm
Statistical differential pressure [Pa]
Required torque
A (width) mm
version 5.2.1
A (width) mm
329
Notes
330
version 5.2.1
Round transition multi-blade dampers
PWR
Application
PWR round transition multi-blade dampers are
used for airflow control and shutoff in rectangular
air ductwork.
They offer a much finer control of airflow than the
previously used single-blade round dampers.
Working temperature:
-20 to +90°C,
(50°C with actuator)
Material
PWR dampers are based on the PW damper, therefore
standard designs of the PWR damper correspond to
those of the PW damper. The square damper is
equipped with round transitions that are suitable for
connecting to a SPIRO system.
Finishing
The construction of the dampers ensures very good
air tightness characteristics in the closed position
and a low airflow resistance when they are open.
Hygenic certificate no. HK/B/1121/03/2007.
Dimensions
PWR
Typical dimensions
size
weight
[kg]
Technical data
Because the construction of the PWR damper is based on the PW
damper, its technical parameters are described using the charts and
nomograms that represent the data for the PW damper.
Drive
2 – damper with manual control
mechanism
332
version 5.2.1
version 5.2.1
A; O; N
Casing frame (30mm)
Casing frame (30mm)
O; N
O; N
PWS
PW IIS
PW 350
Aluminum
Galvanized steel
Stainless steel
Aluminum with a seal
Galvanized steel with a seal
Stainless steel with a seal
U
Casing frame (40mm)
O; N
PW III
PWW
A
O
N
U
G
M
U
U
A; U; O; N
A; U; O; N
A; U; O; N
A; U; O; N
Casing frame (30mm)
Casing frame (20mm)
Flange profile*
Casing frame (30mm)
Casing frame (30mm)
Casing frame (30mm)
A
A
O; N
O; N
O; N
O; N
PS
ALM
PW I
PW II
U
O; N
O; N
O; N
Flange profile*
Nypel, flange
Nypel, flange with
an additional seal
Material
O; N
O; N
O; N
Connection
PZp
Pza
PC
100
100
165
100
50
100
100
100
100
Drive
Single blade
PZa outside casing
PC outside casing
PC outside casing
Pzp inside profile
PZp inside profile
PZp outside casing
PZp outside casing
PZp inside casing
PC outside casing
Multi blade
Direct
Direct
Direct
Type
Plastic toothed gear
Aluminum toothed gear
String steel gear
Width of the
feather
Partition according
to EN 1751
PJA
PJB
PJB-U
Material
Casing
2
3;4 **
3;4 **
2
2
2
2
1
2
Regulation
Regulation
2
Partition
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
Casing
Thickness
nx100+5
nx100+5
nx165
nx100+10
nx50+5
nx100+5
nx100+5
nx100+5
nx100+5
115
115
180
115
70
175
115
115
115
According to the catalogue card
B Height
Typical dimensions
* Dimension dependent on the A, B dimensions
** Class dependent on the dimension A, B
Backward
Backward
Backward
Backward
Backward
Backward,
Concurent
Backward,
Concurent
Backward,
Concurent
Backward
Axial rotation
Axial rotation
Axial rotation
Kinematics
Tightness Class
Comparative table of the damper types
333
Actuators for the dampers – Specification
Actuators without the return springs
Function
Rotation
momentum
[Nm]
close/open
3-points
5
analogical
5
close/open
3 - points
5
analogical
5
close/open
3-points
10
analogical
10
close/open
3-points
20
analogical
20
close/open
3-points
30
GM24-SR
analogical
30
AC/DC
24V
GM24A
close/open
3-poinbts
40
AC/DC
24V
Type
LM24A
LM24A-S
LM27A
LM230A
LM230A-S
LM24A-SR
LM72A-SR
LM230A-SR
LM24A
LM24A-S
LM72A
LM230A
LM230A-S
LM230A-SR
LM72A-SR
LM230A-SR
NM24A
NM24A-S
NM230A
NM230A-S
NM24A-SR
NM230A-SR
SM24A
SM24A-S
SM230A
SM230A-S
SM24A-SR
SM230-SR
GM24
GM220
Power
AC/DC
24V
DC
48…110V
AC
230V
AC/DC
24V
DC
48…110V
AC
230 V
AC/DC
24 V
DC
48..110V
AC
230V
AC/DC
24V
DC
48…110V
AC
230V
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
AC/DC
24 V
AC
230 V
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
AC/DC
24A
AC
230V
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
Steering
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
Rotatio
n angle
[*]
Connection
Movement
time [s]
Direction
of torque
Protection
degree of
the casing
Approximat
e area of the
damper [m²]
95
Clamp
6…20 mm
150
selectable
IP 54
1
95
Clamp
6…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
1
95
Clamp
6…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
1
95
Clamp
6…20 mm
150
selectable
IP 54
1
95
Clamp
8…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
2
95
Clamp
8…20 mm
150
IP54
2
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
4
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
4
95
Clamp
12…20 mm
180
selectable
IP54
6
95
Clamp
12…20 mm
150
selectable
IP54
6
95
Clamp
14…26 mm
150
selectable
IP54
8
Rotatio
n angle
[*]
Connection
Engine /
spring
movemen
t time [s]
Direction
of torque
Protection
degree of
the casing
Approximat
e area of the
damper [m²]
95
Clamp
8…16 mm
75/20
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP 54
0,8
95
Clamp
8…16 mm
<150/<16
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
selectable
Actuators with the return springs
Function
Rotation
momentum
[Nm]
Power
LF24
LF24-S
LF230
LF230-S
close/open
4
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
LF24A-SR
analogical
4
AC/DC
24V
close/open
2
AC/DC
24 V
AC
230V
95
Clamp
6…12 mm
<75/<75
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
0,4
3 points
2
AC/DC
24V
95
Clamp
6…12 mm
150/<25
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP 54
0,4
AF24A
AF24A-S
AF230A
AF230A-S
close/open
15
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150/<16
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
3
AF24-SR
analogical
15
AC/DC
24 V
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150/ ab.16
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
3
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150/<16
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
3
95
Clamp
10…20 mm
150/ab.16
Dependent
on the
assembly
IP54
3
Type
TF24A
TF24A-S
TF230-S
TF24-3
AF24A
AF24A-S
AF230A
AF230A-S
close/open
15
AC/DC
24V
AC
230V
AFR24A-SR
analogical
15
AC/DC
24A
...-S
Steering
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
DC
2…10V
0,8
means auxiliary contact
Note: with the selection of the actuators, the recommendation included in the catalogue card
should be taken into account with reference to a given product!
334
version 5.2.1
Comprehensive Air Flow
Control Solution for Laboratories
®
SMAYLAB
SMAYLAB®
Application
SMAYLAB universal air ventilation solution is suitable for all kinds of rooms where there are requirements
to maintain proper room pressure regimes (positive or negative room pressures). Thanks to combining SMAY
products for air flow controls and implementing proven technologies that are used in modern laboratory
ventilation systems, a solution has been developed that is applicable to any air-flow control concept adopted by
the designing engineer.
In particular, these solutions are used in the following types of premises:
– lab rooms,
– isolation rooms in hospitals, operating rooms,
– production facilities, where according to the technological process used there must be
acontrolled level of air contamination (GMP areas).
Construction
A component part of the solution is a system for controlling air flow in the fume cupboard fully compliant with PNEN-14175 providing a high level of safety and comfort for the user. The system ensures the maintenance of the
designed air velocity on the open fume cupboard sash regardless of the degree of its opening.
Additionally, by using different shapes of the control panels it makes easy to install into the framework of most
fume cupboards available on the market. The system consists of a stainless steel or PPs VAV box with a fastacting actuator, an air flow sensor, high precision fume cupboard sash opening potentiometer, a microcontroller,
and a static pressure differential transducer as well as the monitoring and control panel. Proposed systems are
suitable for all types of laboratory exhausts and they can be easily installed in new or existing fume cupboard
exhaust.
Function
The basic functions of the air flow control system in the fume cupboards are:
– signaling operating modes of the fume cupboards (audible and visual alarms),
– the ability to mute audible alarm by the operator,
– ON/OFF additional pushbutton switch for lights in the fume cupboard,
–

the pushbutton bypassing the air flow control on the fume cupboard,
–

sash open too high - warning visual signal,
–

maximum and minimum air flow control bypass pushbutton switch,
–

a serial port for easy system air flow calibration,
–

an air flow or air velocity on the open sash display,
–

a seamless communication with the central facility management system (BMS).
Special execution
In custom build option with the use of an automated fume cupboard sash the operator can close or open the sash
remotely. In addition, the system is equipped with a foot switch for easy raising a sash without using hands.
After defined period of time on fume cupboards not being used with sashes open the system in combination with
BMS can remotely bring them to minimum position thus generating additional energy savings while ensuring
a high level of safety and comfort.
The SmayLab system can be used in explosive proof areas according to ATEX 94/9/EC group II, zones 1 and 2
and 21 and 22.
336
version 5.2.1
SMAYLAB®
BMS
Another very important aspect is the condition for the comprehensive air flow management in the area served
to maintain the designed room pressures (positive or negative room pressures). The proposed SMAYLAB
solutions can intelligently manage air flows in order to maintain designed parameters - to maintain pressure
regimes in the rooms served, and to monitor and control temperature and humidity, and also they can monitor
other components of the system such as filter loads, room lighting, alarming, etc.
Simplyfy
SMAYLAB laboratory systems are designed for rooms where there must be maintained positive pressures
(clean rooms) and negative pressures (contaminated rooms), in which there is a risk of migrating biological,
chemical or mechanical (germs, dust, vapors, gas mixtures, etc) contaminants outside of the controlled zones.
Positive pressure rooms (clean rooms) are used to secure the premises against migration of mechanical,
biological or chemical agents to maintain their cleanliness requirements. Typically, such systems are used in
hospitals (isolation rooms, operating and surgical rooms), in laboratories and production plants
(such as pharmaceutical plants, cosmetics factories and various scientific research facilities).
Negative room pressure is an isolation technique used in hospitals and medical centers to prevent crosscontaminations from room to room.
Modular and Complementarity
SMAYLAB system due to its modular construction is a flexible solution that can be used in any solution proposed
by the HVAC system designer. In addition, our company provides a full cooperation from the very beginning, i.e.
selection of the system concept, its development as well as start-up and calibration on site and training of final
users and maintenance staff. We provide a full warranty service on our solution.
Below on the schematic there is an example system architecture showing a laboratory maintained at negative
room pressure. The solution includes the air flow control systems on fume cupboards, local technology
exhausts, chemical storage cabinets under the assumption of any number of these units. In order to maintain the
designed negative room pressure value the room controller summarizes all the air volume exhausted from the
room, and based on that controls the air supply flow through VAV boxes to maintain the room pressure thus
ensuring a high level of safety and comfort for users.
Additionally, the system can monitor the pressure in the room, temperature, humidity and the number of air
changes as well. The system has got an option to monitor other room devices if necessary. This solution can
operate autonomously or can be integrated with the BMS. SMAYLAB solutions due to its simple and user-friendly
method of control can be quickly adapted to any changes in the configuration of laboratory equipment. System
architecture shown in the schematic is just an example of a system that can be built using the components of the
SMAYLAB solution.
SMAYLAB is the perfect choice for air flow regulation in lab rooms fully adjusted to customer's requirements
provided by a single manufacturer.
version 5.2.1
337
Fig. 1. Room pressure control based on difference flow and pressure difference.
338
version 5.2.1
Δp
Room exhaust
VAV
control according
with EN-14175
Fume cupboard 1
VAV
T
VAV
Fume cupboard
controller
Exhaust stand
VAV
BMS
Room
controller
(each controller can
control from 1 to 4 units)
Exhaust stand controller
Exhaust arm
VAV
T
Δp
VAV
Exhaust arm
Switch on/off
Room pressure sensor
Temperature sensor
Actual air flow value
VAV
Exhaust from laboratory units
Air flow setpoint value
Legend:
Exhaust stand
LABORATORY
Room supply
Cabinet for chemicals
CAV
version 5.2.1
T
BMS
SMLS
2010
Δp
Wyciąg z pomieszczenia
Fig.2. Control based on pressure difference (SMLS-2010)
339
VAV
Fume cupboard
controller 1
Fume cupboard
controller 2
Fume cupboard 2
control according
with EN-14175
Fume cupboard 1
VAV
control according
with EN-14175
VAV
LABORATORY
T
Δp
Switch on/off
Room pressure sensor
Temperature sensor
Actual air flow value
Air flow setpoint value
Legend:
VAV
Exhaust stand
controller
Exhaust stand
VAV
Exhaust arm
VAV
Exhaust from laboratory units
Room supply
Cabinet for chemicals
CAV
Fig. 3.
340
version 5.2.1
Δp
SMLS
2010
Do BMS
T
Room exhaust
VAV
Łóżko
Hospital separate cell
VAV
Room supply
CAV
air grilles
Air grilles
Designing
Diffusers and grilles are one of the most important elements of ventilation and air conditioning. Whatever the
system used have a decisive influence on the distribution of velocity and temperature, and hence, the comfort
of the occupants. The main task of these devices is to provide the required air flow, with appropriate parameters
in the occupied zone and the low level of noise in the room.
Selection of supply air diffusers and grilles comes down to the selection of the concept of air distribution
in a room, determine the appropriate number of devices and their operating parameters such as flux per unit
(per one diffuser), range jet, the pressure loss, noise.
Air distribution and selection of diffusers is one of the most difficult tasks in all ventilation, the correct solution
requires a lot of experience. You can not always accurate, and also set strict rules for selecting the type of diffuser.
Here are some of the most important tips for designing the air distribution system in the room:
Streams of air in the room can be carried from the top down, bottom up and from top to top.
If you design a ceiling diffusers and grilles upper intake if there is a temperature difference between supply
air and room air, consider the lifting and lowering of stream due to gravity forces occurring due to differences
in air density. When the installation is designed for room air conditioning during the summer and the losses
of heat in the heating season when the temperature difference DT> 5 [K] it is difficult to avoid the "lake of cold
air near the floor," and at the same time not to exceed the maximum air velocity in the occupied zone.
A partial solution to this problem can be applied with high induction diffusers. It should, however,
incompatible with the fact that there will occasionally excessive air velocity at the height of the human head.
Best results are achieved by the use of diffusers are adjustable.
Grilles and diffusers are not equipped with air deflectors can be used as diffusers only conditionally,
these are often exhaust openings.
Avoid uncontrolled formation of the Coanda effect.
Designing to avoid blowing lower high air velocity. Speeds greater than 0.5 m / s, depending on the distance
from the diffuser can cause the feeling of draft.
In the case of floor diffusers should be taken into account that accumulate in the dust, which is then
entrained air stream and blown into the room.
Diffusers in the low-pressure system should be able to adjust in order to balance the network and thus
achieve an adequate separation of air.
The location of the exhaust grilles at the premises where the tobacco is burning should take place at the
top.
In areas where pollution emit exhaust openings should be located as close as possible sources of pollution.
For the selection of diffusers, grilles and air intake and exhaust should always take into account the air flow
velocity and the associated noise.
version 5.2.1
341
Air grilles - designing
The occupied zone
1,8 [m]
1,8 [m]
The area occupied room space shall be located 1.8 meters above the floor.
The occupied zone
Figure a)
The occupied zone
Figure b)
Occupied zone in the case of supply a) slab and b) the wall
Flow per unit
The required flow rate of air flowing out of the diffuser [m3 / h]
The range of stream
The distance L [m] between the center of the diffuser and the point where the average air speed drops to a desired
value. For comfort cooling rate should not exceed 0,20-0,30 [m / s]. The extent of the jets is strongly influenced
by air temperature and the related phenomenon of sinking or floating in the air stream.
L on cooling
L at isothermal conditions
L when heated
Figure range horizontal air stream flows from discharge grille wall
The pressure loss
The difference between the pressure in the duct before the air inlet and air pressure for the diffuser (indoor).
The data in the directory determine the total pressure loss for different diffusers and intake grille.
The sound power level
Data contained in the directory aksutycznej determine the power level in dB (A) with respect to the grid or diffuser.
342
version 5.2.1
Air grilles - designing
Ventilation grilles
This type of air supply equipment in the room creates a horizontally penetrating streams. In the case of blowing
a stream of the same temperature as the air in the room, the force of gravity do not affect the deviation of the
stream. This is known as isothermal streams. In the case of blowing horizontal flow into the room with
a temperature different from the indoor air temperature is decreased range of stream and its deviation in the
direction which depends on the temperature difference (up - streams of warm, down - cold streams).
Ceiling diffusers
These units distribute air in a direction more or less horizontal to the surface,
in which they are installed. Another solution is to swirl. Through the swirling stream reaches a high induction
which leads to rapid equalization of temperature and a decrease in stream velocity. Solution
This allows the use of higher air temperature differences. If you use the same ceiling diffuser for supply air
in summer (air conditioning) and winter (heating), there is danger of a layered distribution of temperature in the
room. If the temperature difference between supply air and room air exceeds 5 [K], even if the swirl is difficult
using the same air supply device to reach the occupied area, while avoiding drafts for cooling in summer. In this
case, successfully apply diffusers with variable geometry air stream. The design of these diffusers allows for
smooth adjustment of the position with the steering actuator or a manual lever. It is possible to supply in the form
of a concentrated stream of air down the heating and air distribution suitable for cooling, depending on the
variant of the installation.
Coanda Effect
If the stream is not directly blown into the ceiling, but at a distance h of no more than 30-50 times the thickness
of the stream and, because of the turbulence-induced higher vacuum and flow unilaterally adhere to the ceiling.
Just keep the stream flowing to the surface at an angle and less than or equal to 45 °. When individual streams
or short slits, the flow does not "stick" to the surface even at lower values of the angle a should therefore be used
rather than a short single continuous streams and long. They are characterized by a greater induction of the air,
thanks to their speed drops more quickly and the temperature equalization occurs at a shorter distance from the
outlet. The phenomenon also occurs when two adjacent air streams if their distance is sufficiently close.
Then produce two whirlpools. Sometimes this phenomenon is known as the effect of boundary surface vortices.
Generally you should avoid Coanda effect, it may happen that formed as a result of the occurrence of streams
(especially isothermal) follow along the ceiling or floor (depending on the instantaneous thermal currents in the
room), evoke the phenomenon of drafts in the room. There are cases in which you can use the Coanda effect
deliberately to increase the reach of the stream. This is especially useful for blowing streams with a temperature
of less the air temperature in the room.
Air grilles - index
a) Air grilles - designing and dimensioning rules
i. uniwersal air grilles for rectangle ventilation ducts
ALS, ALW, ALWS, ALSW, STW, STS, STWS, STSW with mobile vanes
ii. uniwersal air grilles for rectangle ventilation ducts
STRS-E
iii. floor air grilles
ALF, STF-H
iv. protective air grilles
ALWN
ALWT, ALWT-2
v. flow and acoustic characteristics of the air grilles
vi. assembly of air grilles
version 5.2.1
341
345
351
355
361
365
369
371
343
Air grilles - dimensioning rules
Dimensions of a typical grill
CxD
assembly with visible screws
assembly with a spring clip
[mm]
AxB
standard
AxB
light
ExF
A*xB*
standard
A*xB*
light
E* x F*
75
120
106
60
110
96
50
125
170
156
110
160
146
100
225
270
256
210
260
246
200
325
370
356
310
360
346
300
425
470
456
410
460
446
400
525
570
556
510
560
546
500
625
670
656
610
660
646
600
825
870
856
810
860
846
800
1025
1225
1070
1056
1010
1060
1046
1000
1270
1256
1210
1260
1246
1200
Where:
C i D - mean the dimensions of the hole proper for the assembly of the grill
A, B, A*, B* - mean the external dimensions of the grill
E, F, E*,F* - mean the external dimensions of the grill
Dimensioning rules
of the aluminium and steel grilles
Grille
ALW (CxD)
STW (CxD)
Grille
ALS (CxD)
STS (CxD)
light
one-row
light
two-row
standard
25
40
54
two-row
54
aluminium
profile
depending
on the damper type
one-row
AxB
A* x B*
30
steel
profile
For the dimension С>800
The feathers are additionally stiffened
ExF
E* x F*
15
CxD
15
Hole
dimension D
Hole
Assembly channel
5
Hole dimension
344
С>800
version 5.2.1
Air grilles
with mobile vanes
AL/ST
Hygienic certificates:
HK/B/1121/01/2007
HK/B/1121/02/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
Air grilles AL and ST are designed for applications in the
low- and medium-pressure ventilation systems.
The wide selection of the grille execution options allows
giving the optimal direction of the air supply stream
or their usage as an exhaust element.
Grilles ALW and STW
with single row of horizontal vanes.
The vanes are adjusted individually.
Grilles ALS and STS
Grilles ALWS and STWS
Grilles ALWS and STWS
with single row of vertical vanes.
with double row of vanes.
The first vane row - horizontal.
with double row of vanes.
The first vane row - vertical.
Air grilles AL
Material
The frame and mobile vanes are made out of anodised aluminium in natural colour or varnished in white colour
RAL9010. On order, it is possible to varnish them in another RAL colour
Frame and vane construction
Assembly
Grille frames and vanes are available in light or
normal version as in the figure.
The grilles can be mounted to the barrier:
- with tap bolts through the holes in the grille frame
- on invisible-from-outside clasp locks
+ assembling frame or plenum box
- on mounted-inside-grille assembling fasteners
ALS ALW
ALSW ALWS
Standard
Standard
Light
Light
NOTE: In case of mounting in the ceiling, it is
recommended to apply the assembly with tap bolts
through the holes in the grille frame or by means
of assembling frame and assembling fasteners
The maximum dimensions of grille with the frame in
a light version is Cื625 x Dื625.
Dimensions
Light
Light
Standard
Light
Light
Standard
Standard
ALSW
ALWS
346
Standard
ALS
ALW
version 5.2.1
Air grilles ST
Material
The grille frame is made out of steel. The vanes are mobile and made out of aluminium in standard version.
Standard finishing includes varnishing in white colour RAL9010. On order, it is possible to varnish them
in another RAL colour and special execution out of brass, copper, galvanised or stainless steel
Assembly
The grille frames and vanes are available in singlerow or double-row version as in the figure.
STW STS
STSW STWS
through the holes in the grille frame or by means of
assembling frame and assembling fasteners.
Dimensions
STW
STS
STWS
STSW
version 5.2.1
347
Dimensions, active surface, grille weight AL/ST
ALSW
ALWS
STS
STW
STSW
STWS
ALS
ALW
ALSW
ALWS
STS
STW
STSW
STWS
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
m2
m
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
75
0,0027
0,0027
0,0019
0,0029
0,0029
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
[mm]
[mm]
75
2
m
2
m
2
m
2
m
2
0,0022
125
75
0,0052
0,0050
0,0036
0,0055
0,0053
0,0042
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,2
0,4
225
75
0,0098
0,0095
0,0066
0,0103
0,0101
0,0078
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,6
325
75
0,0143
0,0140
0,0097
0,0152
0,0149
0,0115
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,8
425
75
0,0189
0,0185
0,0128
0,0200
0,0197
0,0152
0,5
0,5
0,6
0,6
0,6
1,1
525
75
0,0235
0,0230
0,0159
0,0249
0,0245
0,0188
0,6
0,5
0,7
0,8
0,7
1,3
625
75
0,0281
0,0275
0,0189
0,0298
0,0293
0,0225
0,7
0,6
0,8
0,9
0,8
1,5
825
75
0,0372
0,0360
0,0246
0,0395
0,0385
0,0294
0,9
0,8
1,1
1,1
1,0
1,9
1025
1225
125
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
525
625
825
1025
1225
625
825
1025
1225
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
325
325
325
325
325
325
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
525
525
525
525
525
625
625
625
625
0,0464
0,0450
0,0308
0,0492
0,0481
0,0367
1,1
1,0
1,3
1,4
1,9
2,5
0,0555
0,0540
0,0369
0,5890
0,0577
0,0440
1,3
1,2
1,6
1,7
2,3
3,0
0,0094
0,0094
0,0068
0,0100
0,0100
0,0078
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,6
0,0178
0,0179
0,0126
0,0188
0,0190
0,0147
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,9
0,0261
0,0264
0,0184
0,0277
0,0280
0,0215
0,4
0,5
0,7
0,7
0,7
1,2
0,0344
0,0349
0,0242
0,0365
0,0370
0,0284
0,7
0,6
0,9
0,9
0,8
1,5
0,0427
0,0434
0,0301
0,0454
0,0460
0,0353
0,8
0,7
1,1
1,0
1,0
1,8
0,0511
0,0519
0,0359
0,0543
0,0550
0,0421
0,9
0,9
1,3
1,2
1,1
2,1
0,0677
0,0844
0,0680
0,0850
0,0466
0,0583
0,0720
0,0897
0,0722
0,0902
0,0551
0,0688
1,2
1,5
1,1
1,4
1,6
2,0
1,5
1,9
1,4
2,4
2,8
3,2
348
0,1010
0,1020
0,0699
0,1074
0,1082
0,0825
1,7
1,6
2,4
2,2
2,9
3,8
0,0338
0,0496
0,0338
0,0498
0,0234
0,0342
0,0358
0,0527
0,0358
0,0528
0,0275
0,0404
0,6
0,8
0,6
0,8
0,8
1,1
0,7
1,0
0,8
1,0
1,4
1,9
0,0654
0,0658
0,0451
0,0695
0,0698
0,0533
1,0
1,0
1,5
1,3
1,3
2,4
0,0812
0,0971
0,0818
0,0978
0,0559
0,0667
0,0864
0,1033
0,0868
0,1038
0,0661
0,0790
1,2
1,4
1,1
1,3
1,8
2,1
1,5
1,8
1,6
1,8
3,0
3,5
0,1287
0,1280
0,0806
0,1370
0,1364
0,1033
1,8
1,7
2,7
2,3
2,3
4,5
0,1604
0,1600
0,1083
0,1707
0,1704
0,1290
2,2
2,1
3,4
2,9
3,5
4,6
0,1920
0,0731
0,1920
0,0731
0,1299
0,0501
0,2044
0,0777
0,2044
0,0777
0,1547
0,0593
2,6
1,0
2,5
1,0
4,1
1,6
3,4
1,4
4,1
1,4
5,5
2,6
0,0964
0,0966
0,0659
0,1025
0,1027
0,0781
1,3
1,3
2,0
1,7
1,8
3,4
0,1197
0,1201
0,0817
0,1274
0,1277
0,0970
1,6
1,5
2,5
2,1
2,2
4,1
0,1431
0,1436
0,0975
0,1523
0,1527
0,1158
1,8
1,8
2,9
2,4
2,5
4,8
0,1897
0,1880
0,1266
0,2020
0,2006
0,1515
2,4
2,3
3,8
3,1
3,2
6,0
0,2364
0,2350
0,1583
0,2517
0,2506
0,1892
2,9
2,9
4,8
3,9
4,5
6,3
0,2830
0,2820
0,1899
0,3014
0,3006
0,2269
3,4
3,4
5,7
4,6
5,3
7,1
0,1274
0,1274
0,0867
0,1355
0,1355
0,1030
1,6
1,6
2,6
2,1
2,3
4,3
0,1582
0,1584
0,1075
0,1684
0,1685
0,1278
1,9
1,9
3,2
2,6
2,7
5,2
0,1891
0,1894
0,1284
0,2013
0,2015
0,1527
2,3
2,2
3,8
3,0
3,2
6,1
0,2507
0,2480
0,1666
0,2670
0,2648
0,1997
2,9
2,9
4,9
3,9
4,1
8,0
0,3124
0,3100
0,2083
0,3327
0,3308
0,2494
3,6
3,6
6,2
4,8
5,5
7,4
0,3740
0,3720
0,2499
0,3984
0,3968
0,2991
4,2
4,2
7,3
5,7
6,5
8,7
0,1967
0,1967
0,1334
0,2094
0,2094
0,1587
2,3
2,3
3,9
3,1
3,3
6,3
0,2351
0,2352
0,1592
0,2503
0,2505
0,1896
2,7
2,7
4,6
3,7
3,9
7,5
8,7
0,3117
0,3080
0,2066
0,3320
0,3290
0,2479
3,5
3,5
6,0
4,7
5,0
0,3884
0,3850
0,2583
0,4137
0,4110
0,3096
4,3
4,4
7,6
5,8
6,6
9,7
0,4650
0,4620
0,3099
0,4954
0,4930
0,3713
5,1
5,1
9,0
6,9
7,8
10,4
0,2811
0,2811
0,1900
0,2993
0,2993
0,2264
3,2
3,2
5,4
4,3
4,6
8,8
0,3727
0,4644
0,3680
0,4600
0,2466
0,3083
0,3970
0,4947
0,3932
0,4912
0,2961
0,3698
4,1
5,0
4,0
5,1
7,1
9,0
5,5
6,8
5,9
7,6
10,1
11,5
0,5560
0,5520
0,3699
0,5924
0,5892
0,4435
5,9
6,0
10,6
8,1
9,0
12,0
Aeff - active surface in m2
ALW
D
Where: C - width of the assembly hole in mm D - height of the assembly hole in mm
ALS
C
Mass - grille weight in kg
The standard dimensions of the grilles for the assembly with tap bolts through holes in the grille frame are
given below. On customer's request, it is possible to produce the grilles with the dimensions other than the
standard ones.
version 5.2.1
Dimensions, active surface, grille weight AL/ST
The standard dimensions of the grilles mounted on the invisible-from-outside clasp locks or assembling
fasteners are given below. On customer's request, it is possible to produce the grilles with the dimensions
other than the standard ones.
ALS
ALW
ALSW
ALWS
STS
STW
STSW
STWS
ALS
ALW
ALSW
ALWS
STS
STW
STSW
STWS
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Aeff
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
Mass
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
kg
0,0017
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,4
C
D
[mm]
[mm]
m
75
75
0,0020
0,0020
0,0016
0,0021
0,0021
2
m
2
m
2
m
2
m
2
m
2
125
75
0,0038
0,0040
0,0029
0,0041
0,0042
0,0033
0,2
0,2
0,2
0,3
0,2
225
75
0,0077
0,0080
0,0057
0,0081
0,0082
0,0065
0,3
0,3
0,4
0,4
0,4
0,6
325
75
0,0115
0,0120
0,0085
0,0122
0,0126
0,0098
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,8
425
75
0,0153
0,0160
0,0113
0,0162
0,0168
0,0131
0,5
0,5
0,6
0,6
0,6
1,1
525
75
0,0191
0,0200
0,0142
0,0203
0,0210
0,0163
0,6
0,5
0,7
0,8
0,7
1,3
625
75
0,0230
0,0240
0,0170
0,0244
0,0252
0,0196
0,7
0,6
0,8
0,9
0,8
1,5
825
75
0,0306
0,0320
0,0226
0,0325
0,0336
0,0261
0,9
0,8
1,1
1,1
1,0
1,9
1025
1225
125
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
525
625
825
1025
1225
625
825
1025
1225
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
325
325
325
325
325
325
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
525
525
525
525
525
625
625
625
625
0,0383
0,0396
0,0279
0,0406
0,0417
0,0323
1,1
1,0
1,3
1,4
1,9
2,5
version 5.2.1
0,0459
0,0476
0,0335
0,0487
0,0501
0,0388
1,3
1,2
1,6
1,7
2,3
3,0
0,0076
0,0076
0,0052
0,0081
0,0081
0,0061
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,3
0,6
0,0152
0,0151
0,0102
0,0161
0,0161
0,0122
0,4
0,4
0,5
0,5
0,5
0,9
0,0227
0,0226
0,0153
0,0242
0,0241
0,0182
0,4
0,5
0,7
0,7
0,7
1,2
0,0303
0,0301
0,0204
0,0322
0,0321
0,0243
0,7
0,6
0,9
0,9
0,8
1,5
0,0379
0,0376
0,0255
0,0403
0,0401
0,0304
0,8
0,7
1,1
1,0
1,0
1,8
0,0455
0,0451
0,0305
0,0484
0,0481
0,0364
0,9
0,9
1,3
1,2
1,1
2,1
0,0606
0,0601
0,0407
0,0645
0,0641
0,0485
1,2
1,1
1,6
1,5
1,4
2,8
0,0758
0,0743
0,0500
0,0806
0,0794
0,0600
1,5
1,4
2,0
1,9
2,4
3,2
0,0909
0,0893
0,0602
0,0967
0,0954
0,0721
1,7
1,6
2,4
2,2
2,9
3,8
0,0302
0,0302
0,0203
0,0321
0,0321
0,0242
0,6
0,6
0,8
0,7
0,8
1,4
0,0452
0,0452
0,0304
0,0482
0,0481
0,0363
0,8
0,8
1,1
1,0
1,0
1,9
0,0603
0,0602
0,0405
0,0642
0,0641
0,0484
1,0
1,0
1,5
1,3
1,3
2,4
0,0754
0,0752
0,0505
0,0803
0,0801
0,0604
1,2
1,1
1,8
1,5
1,6
3,0
0,0905
0,0902
0,0606
0,0964
0,0961
0,0725
1,4
1,3
2,1
1,8
1,8
3,5
0,1206
0,1202
0,0808
0,1285
0,1281
0,0966
1,8
1,7
2,7
2,3
2,3
4,5
0,1508
0,1485
0,0993
0,1606
0,1588
0,1194
2,2
2,1
3,4
2,9
3,5
4,6
0,1809
0,1785
0,1194
0,1927
0,1908
0,1435
2,6
2,5
4,1
3,4
4,1
5,5
0,0677
0,0677
0,0455
0,0722
0,0722
0,0544
1,0
1,0
1,6
1,4
1,4
2,6
0,0903
0,0902
0,0605
0,0962
0,0962
0,0724
1,3
1,3
2,0
1,7
1,8
3,4
0,1129
0,1127
0,0756
0,1203
0,1202
0,0905
1,6
1,5
2,5
2,1
2,2
4,1
0,1355
0,1352
0,0907
0,1444
0,1442
0,1085
1,8
1,8
2,9
2,4
2,5
4,8
0,1806
0,1802
0,1208
0,1925
0,1922
0,1447
2,4
2,3
3,8
3,1
3,2
6,0
0,2258
0,2228
0,1485
0,2406
0,2382
0,1788
2,9
2,9
4,8
3,9
4,5
6,3
0,2709
0,2678
0,1787
0,1887
0,2862
0,2149
3,4
3,4
5,7
4,6
5,3
7,1
0,1203
0,1203
0,0806
0,1282
0,1282
0,0965
1,6
1,6
2,6
2,1
2,3
4,3
0,1504
0,1503
0,1007
0,1603
0,1602
0,1205
1,9
1,9
3,2
2,6
2,7
5,2
0,1805
0,1803
0,1208
0,1924
0,1922
0,1446
2,3
2,2
3,8
3,0
3,2
6,1
0,2406
0,2403
0,1609
0,2565
0,2562
0,1927
2,9
2,9
4,9
3,9
4,1
8,0
0,3008
0,2970
0,1978
0,3206
0,3176
0,2382
3,6
3,6
6,2
4,8
5,5
7,4
0,3609
0,3570
0,2379
0,3847
0,3816
0,2863
4,2
4,2
7,3
5,7
6,5
8,7
0,1879
0,1879
0,1258
0,2003
0,2003
0,1506
2,3
2,3
3,9
3,1
3,3
6,3
0,2255
0,2254
0,1508
0,2404
0,2403
0,1807
2,7
2,7
4,6
3,7
3,9
7,5
0,3006
0,3004
0,2010
0,3205
0,3203
0,2408
3,5
3,5
6,0
4,7
5,0
8,7
0,3758
0,3713
0,2470
0,4006
0,3970
0,2976
4,3
4,4
7,6
5,8
6,6
9,7
0,4509
0,4463
0,2972
0,4807
0,4770
0,3577
5,1
5,1
9,0
6,9
7,8
10,4
0,2705
0,2705
0,1809
0,2884
0,2884
0,2167
3,2
3,2
5,4
4,3
4,6
8,8
0,3606
0,3605
0,2411
0,3845
0,3844
0,2888
4,1
4,0
7,1
5,5
5,9
10,1
0,4508
0,4455
0,2963
0,4806
0,4764
0,3570
5,0
5,1
9,0
6,8
7,6
11,5
0,5409
0,5355
0,3564
0,5767
0,5724
0,4291
5,9
6,0
10,6
8,1
9,0
12,0
349
Selection of AL/ST
Nomograms presenting the hydraulic and acoustic characteristics of the grilles are on page XXX
Accessories and how to order AL/ST
<GRILLE TYPE><O> - <C>x<D> - <M> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<GRILLE TYPE> - ALS, ALW, ALSW, ALWS, STS, STW, STSW, STWS
<O>
- grille execution version: **
none = execution out of normal profiles
L = execution out of light profiles (refers only to the grilles AL)
<C>
- width of the assembly hole in mm
<D>
- height of the assembly hole in mm
<M>
- assembly method: **
none = assembly with tap bolts
Z = invisible clasp lock
S = assembling fastener *

- finishing: **
SL – galvanized steel frames, aluminium vanes, varnished (kratki ST)
SO – galvanised steel (grilles ST)
SN – stainless steel: grade 1.4301 (304 acc. to AISI, 0H18N9 acc. to PN) (grilles ST)
CU – copper (grilles ST)
CZ – brass (grilles ST)
AA – anodised aluminium (grilles AL)
AL – varnished aluminium (grilles AL)
<RAL>
- colour according to the RAL palette
<ADD>
- here you should determine the additional accessories as below:
Accessories ***
<GA>
- backward damper made out of aluminium
<GS>
- concurrent damper made out of the galvanised steel
<GC>
- tangent-balance damper
<GM>
- arc damper
<GT>
- slot damper
<RM>
- assembling frame
<RM+F>
- assembling frame with filter
<LO1>
- screen deflector with useful surface of 38% section
<LO2>
<NDS><S>
- NDS connector pipe for round ducts
(in <S> give the required connector diameter in mm]
Plenum box according to the configuration as below:
<SR>-<H>-<K><D><R>

- insulation:
none = no insulation
t = insulated
<H>
- box height in mm *
<K>
- position of connector pipe:
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
- connector pipe diameter in mm *
<R>
- damper in the connector pipe:
none = no damper,
P = damper with regulation from outside the box
* available only with the assembling frame or plenum box, recommended assembly method of grilles in the ceiling
** optional values, when they are not given, the default values shall apply
ALSW – 1025x225 – S – AL9010 / GA, SRt – 270 – b160
350
version 5.2.1
Air grilles
with mobile vanes
STRS-E
HK/B/1121/02/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
Air grilles STR-E are designed for using in the low- and
medium pressure ventilation systems equipped with the
round ventilation ducts. The wide range of options as for
the execution of grilles enables to direct optimally the
supply air stream or their usage as the exhaust element.
STRSW-E Grilles
with double row of vertical wheels.
The first row of wheels is vertical.
The wheels arranged individually
STRS-E Grilles
with single row of vertical wheels.
The wheels arranged individually.
Air grilles STRS-E STRS-E
Material
In the standard version, the grille frame and the mobile wheels are made out of galvanised steel. On order,
it is possible to varnish the galvanised steel frame and the aluminium wheels into the colour of RAL palette
Selection of D grille height for ø d of ducts
D
[mm]
ød [mm]
min
max
75
160
400
100
160
400
125
315
800
200
315
800
225
500
1000
Dimensions
STRSW
-20
-20
STRS
C -20
C -20
352
version 5.2.1
Dimensions, active surface, grille weight STRS-E
The standard dimensions of the grilles are given below.
On customer's request, it is possible to produce the grilles with the dimensions other than the standard ones.
Where:
C - width of the assembly hole in mm
D - height of the assembly hole in mm
version 5.2.1
STRS-E
STRSW-E
STRS-E
STRSW-E
Aeff
Aeff
Mass
Mass
2
m2
kg
kg
0,008
0,28
0,42
0,014
0,012
0,39
0,59
0,019
0,016
0,51
0,76
0,024
0,019
0,62
0,93
75
0,029
0,023
0,73
1,11
1,46
C
D
[mm]
[mm]
m
225
75
0,01
325
75
425
75
525
75
625
825
75
0,038
0,031
0,95
1025
1225
75
75
0,048
0,039
1,17
1,8
0,057
0,046
1,4
2,14
200
100
0,012
0,009
0,33
0,53
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1200
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
200
300
400
500
600
800
1000
1200
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
200
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
0,018
0,025
0,015
0,02
0,45
0,56
0,75
0,99
0,031
0,038
0,051
0,025
0,03
0,041
0,73
0,86
1,13
1,22
1,48
1,95
0,064
0,076
0,018
0,051
0,062
0,014
1,41
1,69
0,4
2,47
2,91
0,66
0,93
0,026
0,021
0,56
0,035
0,028
0,72
1,2
0,043
0,052
0,035
0,042
0,87
1,03
1,48
1,77
0,069
0,056
1,34
2,31
0,086
0,07
1,65
2,85
0,104
0,026
0,084
0,021
1,97
0,57
3,39
0,98
0,041
0,055
0,033
0,045
0,75
0,98
1,32
1,75
0,07
0,085
0,114
0,057
0,068
0,092
1,21
1,44
1,90
2,18
2,65
3,50
0,143
0,172
0,034
0,116
0,139
0,028
2,37
2,84
0,66
4,37
5,22
1,14
0,051
0,041
0,91
1,59
0,068
0,084
0,055
0,068
1,16
1,4
2,04
2,5
0,101
0,134
0,082
0,109
1,65
2,14
2,98
3,9
0,168
0,136
2,63
4,8
0,201
0,163
3,13
5,69
353
Selection of STRS-E
Accessories and how to order STRS-E
<GRILLE TYPE> - <C>x<D> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<GRILLE TYPE>- STRS-E, STRSW-E
<C>
- width of assembly hole in mm
<D>
- height of assembly hole in mm

- finishing: *
SO – galvanised steel
SL – varnished steel
<RAL>
<ADD>
Accessories **
<GS>
* optional values, when they are not given, the default values shall apply
STRSW-E – 525x225 – SL9010 / GS
354
version 5.2.1
Floor air grilles
ALF|STF-H
HK/B/1121/01/2007
HK/B/1704/03/2007
Air grilles ALF and STF-H are designed for applications
in the low- and medium pressure ventilation systems.
They can be mounted directly in the floor as the finishing
of ventilation duct.
Aluminium grilles ALF
They are equipped with stationary vanes
with air outflow angle 15 degrees.
Aluminium grilles STF-H
They are equipped with stationary vanes
with air outflow angle 0 degrees.
Air grilles ALF
Material
The frame and stationary vanes (insert) of the grilles are made out of anodised aluminium in natural colour.
On order, it is possible to varnish them in another RAL colour. The vanes under standard version are made
out of the profile which allows shaping the air outflow under the angle of 15 degrees. In the optional version, the
vanes may be made out of brass or stainless steel profiles enabling to shape the air outflow under the angle
of 0 degrees.
Dimensions
The grille frames and vanes are made out of the
profiles as in the figure
Assembly
The grille insert is mounted in the frame by means of spring fasteners. The whole is installed into the properly
prepared assembling hole (see figure above).
Dimensions, active surface, grille weight ALF
The standard dimensions of the grilles
are given below. On customer's
request, it is possible to produce the
grilles with the dimensions other than
the standard ones.
Where:
356
ALF
C
D
[mm]
[mm]
m
225
75
0,011
325
75
0,016
1,1
425
75
0,021
1,4
Aeff
2
ALF
C
D
kg
[mm]
[mm]
m
0,8
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
525
625
825
1025
1225
625
825
1025
1225
325
325
325
325
325
325
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
525
525
525
525
525
625
625
625
625
0,072
3,0
0,095
3,8
Mass
525
75
0,027
1,7
625
75
0,031
1,9
825
75
0,042
2,5
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
0,052
3,1
0,063
3,6
0,018
1,1
0,027
1,5
0,036
1,9
0,045
2,2
0,053
2,6
0,071
3,4
0,088
4,1
0,106
4,9
0,033
1,7
0,049
2,2
0,066
2,8
0,082
3,4
0,097
4,0
0,130
5,1
0,161
6,2
0,194
7,4
Aeff
Mass
2
kg
0,119
4,5
0,141
5,3
0,188
0,234
8,3
0,281
9,9
0,125
4,7
6,8
0,156
5,7
0,185
6,6
0,247
8,5
0,306
10,4
0,368
12,4
0,193
6,8
0,228
8,0
0,305
10,3
0,379
12,6
0,455
14,8
0,272
9,3
0,364
12,0
0,451
14,7
0,543
17,3
version 5.2.1
Selection of ALF
Accessories and how to order ALF
Nomograms presenting the hydraulic and acoustic characteristics of the grilles are on page 329
ALF - <C>x<D> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Gdzie:
<C>
<D>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- finishing: **
AA – anodised aluminium
AL – varnished aluminium
CZ – brass
SN – stainless steel: grade 1.4301 (304 acc. to AISI, 0H18N9 acc. to PN)
- colour according to the RAL palette (for finishing of AL)*
Accessories ***
<GA>
<GS>
<GC>
<GM>
- arc damper
<GT>
- slot damper
<LO1>
<LO2>
<SR>-<H>-<K><D><R>

- insulation:
t = insulated
<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
ALF – 525x225 – AL9010 / GA, SRt – 270 – b200
version 5.2.1
357
Air grilles STF-H
Material
The grille frame and stationary vanes are made out of stainless steel 1.4301. On order, it is possible to varnish
them in RAL colour or execution of stainless steel 1.4404 with increased resistance to corrosion.
The vanes (insert) are made out of the profiles enabling to shape the air outflow under the angle of 0 degrees.
The standard variant is made with the insert Z06100.
The grille frames and vanes are made out of the profiles as in the figure.
Z04050
Z05077
profile
Z06100
bearing rod
Assembly
The grilles are mounted by embedding in the suitably prepared assembling hole (see figure below).
Dimensions
The presented dimensions C and D are the maximum dimensions for the given design of the grille insert.
While making the order, we kindly ask you for giving individual dimensions according to the project needs.
Raster type
Profile
Bearing rod
h
s
t
C
D
A
B
A1
B1
Z04050
2,2
4,5
4
8
11
5,0
50
1970
Z05077
2,8
5,0
4
8
11
7,7
50
1970
Z06100
3,4
6,5
4
8
13
10,0
50
1970
358
Aeff[m2] Mass /
dla 1m2
m2
1970
0,560
10,9
1970
0,596
10,9
1970
0,608
12,1
version 5.2.1
Selection of STF-H
Nomograms presenting the hydraulic and acoustic characteristics of the grilles are on page 329
Accessories and how to order STF-H
STF-H - <C>x<D> - <T> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<C>
<D>
<T>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- type of insert (vanes): *
Z04050
Z05077
Z06100
- finishing: *
SN [1.4301] – stainless steel: grade 1.4301 (304 acc. to AISI, 0H18N9 acc. to PN)
SN [1.4404] – stainless steel: grade 1.4404 (316l acc. to AISI, 0H17N14m2 acc. to PN)
SL – stainless steel 1.4301 varnished
- colour according to the RAL palette (for finishing of SL)*
Accessories ***
<GA>
<GS>
<GC>
<GM>
- arc damper
<GT>
- slot damper
<LO1>
<LO2>
<SR>-<H>-<K><D><R>

- insulation:
t = insulated
<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
STF-H – 270x1070 – Z06100 – SN (1.4301) / GS, SRt – 270 – b160
version 5.2.1
359
Notes
360
version 5.2.1
Air grilles
for induction units
ALWN
Hygienic certificate:
HK/B/1121/01/2007
Air grilles ALWN are designed for application in the lowand medium-pressure ventilation systems. Because
of the reinforced construction they are highly
recommended for the facilities where the increased risk
of mechanical damage occurs e.g. in gym or sport halls
Aluminium grilles ALWN
with single row of stationary
ti ary vanes
inclined under the angle of 45 degrees.
The arrangement of the grille vanes causes two-way air
supply. This type of the grille is recommended for using
with the induction units.
Air grilles ALWN ALWN
Material
The grille frame and stationary vanes are made out of the aluminium varnished in white RAL9010.
On order, it is possible to varnish them in another RAL colour. ALWN has the vanes inclined under the angle
of 45 degrees. Two of the vanes are juxtaposed in order to provide the two-way air supply.
Assembly
profiles as in the figure.
through the holes in the grille frame or by means of
assembling frame and assembling fasteners
Dimensions
The standard dimensions of the grilles are given below. On customer's request, it is possible to produce the
grilles with the dimensions other than the standard ones.
The useful surface of ALWN amounts A eff = 0,035 m2 for 1 m of the grille with reference to the dimension E.
C
E
[mm]
[mm]
ALWN
Aeff
m
2
Mass
kg
515
500
0,018
765
750
0,026
1,1
1015
1000
0,035
1,4
1265
1250
0,044
1,8
1515
1500
0,053
2,1
0,8
Where:
2
Aeff - active surface in m
362
version 5.2.1
Selection of ALWN
Accessories and how to order ALWN
ALWN - <C>x125 - <M> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<C>
x125
<M>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- height of the assembly hole = 125 mm
- assembly method: **
none = assembly with tap bolts
Z = invisible clasp lock
S = assembling fastener ***
- finishing:
AL - varnished aluminium
- colour according to the RAL palette*
Accessories **
<GA>
<GS>
<GC>
<GM>
- arc damper
<GT>
- slot damper
<RM>
- assembling frame
<RM+F>
<LO1>
<LO2>
<NDS><S> - NDS connector pipe for round ducts
(in <S> give the required connector diameter in mm)
<SR>-<H>-<K><D><R>

- insulation:
t = insulated
<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
*** available only with the assembling frame or plenum box, recommended assembly method of grilles in the ceiling
ALWN – 1015x125 – Z – AL9010 / GA, SRt – 270 – b160
version 5.2.1
363
Notes
364
version 5.2.1
Air grilles
protective
ALWT(-2)
HK/B/1121/01/2007
Air grilles ALWT and ALWT-2 are designed for
application in the low- and medium-pressure
ventilation systems. Because of the reinforced
construction they are highly recommended for the
facilities where the increased risk of mechanical
damage occurs e.g. in gym or sport halls.
Aluminium grilles ALWT
with single row of stationary vanes
ALWTAluminium grilles ALWT-2
ry vanes
vane
with single row of stationary
Air grilles ALWT(-2)
Material
The grille frame and stationary vanes are made out of anodised aluminium in natural colour or varnished in white
RAL9010. On order, it is possible to varnish them in another RAL colour.
ALWT version has the vanes inclined under the angle of 15 degrees. ALWT-2 version has the vanes inclined under
the angle of 45 degrees
Frame construction
Dimensions
profiles as in the figure.
ALWT
ALWT-2
ALWT
ALWT-2
Assembly
The grilles can be mounted with tap bolts through the holes in the grille frame.
366
version 5.2.1
Dimensions, active surface, grille weight ALWT
The standard dimensions of the grilles are given below. On customer's request, it is possible to produce the
grilles with the dimensions other than the standard ones.
ALWT
C
D
[mm]
[mm]
m
225
75
325
425
D
kg
[mm]
[mm]
m
0,006
0,5
225
75
0,006
0,3
75
0,009
0,7
325
75
0,009
0,4
75
0,012
0,8
425
75
0,012
0,4
525
75
0,014
1,0
525
75
0,014
0,5
625
75
0,017
1,2
625
75
0,017
0,6
825
75
0,023
1,5
825
75
0,023
0,8
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
525
625
825
1025
1225
625
825
1025
1225
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
325
325
325
325
325
325
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
525
525
525
525
525
625
625
625
625
0,029
1,9
0,011
0,7
0,017
1,0
0,022
1,3
75
75
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
125
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
225
325
325
325
325
325
325
325
425
425
425
425
425
425
525
525
525
525
525
625
625
625
625
0,9
2,2
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
325
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
425
525
625
825
1025
1225
525
625
825
1025
1225
625
825
1025
1225
0,029
0,034
Aeff
Where:
version 5.2.1
ALWT-2
C
2
Mass
0,028
1,5
0,033
1,8
0,044
2,3
0,055
2,9
0,066
3,4
0,022
1,2
0,033
0,043
1,6
2,1
0,054
2,6
0,064
3,0
0,086
4,0
0,107
4,9
0,128
5,8
0,048
2,3
0,064
3,0
0,080
3,6
0,096
4,3
0,128
5,6
0,159
6,9
0,191
8,2
0,085
3,8
0,106
4,6
0,127
5,5
0,170
7,2
0,212
8,9
0,254
10,6
0,133
5,7
0,159
6,7
0,211
8,8
0,264
10,9
0,316
13,0
0,190
8,0
0,253
10,4
0,316
12,9
0,379
15,3
Aeff
2
Mass
kg
0,034
1,0
0,011
0,4
0,017
0,5
0,022
0,6
0,028
0,7
0,033
0,8
0,044
1,0
0,055
1,2
0,066
1,4
0,022
0,6
0,033
0,043
0,8
0,9
0,054
1,1
0,064
1,3
0,086
1,5
0,107
1,8
0,128
2,1
0,048
1,0
0,064
1,2
0,080
1,5
0,096
1,7
0,128
2,1
0,159
2,4
0,191
2,8
0,085
1,5
0,106
1,9
0,127
2,1
0,170
2,6
0,212
3,0
0,254
3,5
0,133
2,3
0,159
2,6
0,211
3,1
0,264
3,6
0,316
4,1
0,190
3,0
0,253
3,6
0,316
4,3
0,379
4,9
367
Selection of ALWT(-2)
Accessories and how to order ALWT(-2)
<GRILLE TYPE> - <C>x<D> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<GRILLE TYPE>- ALWT lub ALWT-2
<C>
<D>

- finishing: *
AA – finishing: *
AL – varnished aluminium
<RAL>
- colour according to the RAL palette (for finishing of SL or AL)*
<ADD>
Accessories **
<GA>
<GS>
<GC>
<GM>
- arc damper
<GT>
- slot damper
<RM>
- assembling frame
<RM+F>
<LO1>
<LO2>
<NDS><S> - NDS connector pipe for round ducts
(in <S> give the required connector diameter in mm)
<SR>-<H>-<K><D><R>

- insulation:
t = insulated
<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
ALWT-2 – 525x225 – AL9010 / SRt – 270 – b160P
368
version 5.2.1
Flow and acoustic characteristics of the air grilles
version 5.2.1
Values VL in brackets apply to grilles
located at a distance >= 0,75 m from
ceiling
The correction factor for scattering
set steering
average flow velocity at a distance L
the total air flow
effective flow velocity
effective area of grid
air temperature differences
local pressure loss
throw
angle of the steering
the deflection of air stream
power level
Applies to:
AL-STS, ST-STS, ALW, ALS, ALWS, ALSW, STW, STS,
STWS, STSW, ALP, AL-SI2, AL-SI21, ST-SI2, ST-SI21, KH,
ALWT-2, ALWN, KST (vanes at 90°)
Symbols:
VL
[m/s]
Vt
[m3/h]
Veff [m/s]
Aeff [m2]
Δt [К]
Δp [Ра]
L
[m]
α
[°]
y
[m]
Lw [dB(A)]
369
Flow and acoustic characteristics of the air grilles
temperature difference
The recommended air flow rate effective to obtain the Coanda effect in relation to the active surface of grille and
the temperature difference supply air and room air.
The distance from the ceiling grid < 0,75 m.
Note:
Exceeding the limits indicated in the graph of temperature differences (for a given area and flow velocity)
causes the separation of air from the ceiling.
Influence temperature difference between supply air and room air in the deflection of air stream at a distance
L. The distance from the ceiling grid < 0,75 m.
370
version 5.2.1
Assembly of air grilles
Assembly with visible mounting screws,
without mounting frame in the building hole.
grilles ST i AL standard
grilles AL light
Assembly with an invisible fastener,
with mounting frame in the building hole.
grilles AL light
without mounting frame in the ventilation duct.
grilles AL light
Assembly with an invisible fastener,
with mounting frame in the ventilation duct.
grilles AL light
grilles AL light
version 5.2.1
371
Assembly of air grilles
Assembly grilles AL-SI1; ST-SI1
with visible mounting screws,
with mounting frame in the partition.
with mounting frame in the partition.
372
version 5.2.1
diffusers
b) Diffusers
i. slot diffusers
NSAL Nowelty aluminum diffuser
NSP floor diffuser
ii. swirl diffusers
NS5 Nowelty
NS4
NS8
iii) staircase
NSCH
NSCT Nowelty
version 5.2.1
375
383
387
391
397
405
409
373
374
version 5.2.1
Aluminum slot diffusers
NSAL
Hygienic
certificate:
Atesty
Higieniczne:
HK/B/1121/01/2007
HK/B/1121/02/2007
NSAL diffusers are the ceiling diffusers having the
longitudinal air supply slot, inside which there are
mounted two individually adjusted lamellas inserted
into the diffuser frame profile. NSAL diffusers are
designed for air supply into the rooms of 2,6 – 6,0 meters
high. It is also possible to install them in the vertical
barriers
NSAL diffuser
2-slot.
Aluminum slot diffusers NSAL
Execution variants
NSAL-1 – diffuser with one air supply slot,
NSAL-2 – diffuser with two air supply slots,
NSAL-3 – diffuser with three air supply slots,
NSAL-4 – diffuser with four air supply slots.
Application
The high level of the stream induction causes that NSAL diffusers may work both in warming and cooling mode.
The recommended temperature difference amounts ±10 [K]. These devices are used in the systems with stable
and variable air flow. The suitable direction of the air stream (requested shape of the air supply zone) is done
thank to the individually adjusted wheels. NSAL diffusers can be also used for operation in the exhaust function.
It is recommended to install NSAL diffusers by means of the plenum boxes which can be equipped with the
regulation element in the inlet connector pipe. The plenum box by option may be insulated by inserting the inside
with polyurethane foam with thickness of 10 [mm]. It is also possible to mount the diffuser directly into the floor
barrier without the plenum box in case of existence of air supply space over the ceiling.
Recommended assembly methods
a) Assembly directly to the barrier by means of brackets.
Fig. 1. NSAL assembly by means of brackets
b) Assembly directly to the barrier by means of visible tap bolts
Fig. 2. NSAL assembly by means of visible tap bolts.
376
version 5.2.1
Recommended assembly methods
c) Assembly to the plenum box by means of brackets.
Fig. 3. NSAL assembly to the plenum box by means of brackets
d) Assembly to the plenum box by means of tap bolts.
Fig. 4. NSAL assembly with tap bolts to the plenum box.
Air supply profiles
The diffuser construction enables to direct the air supply stream vertically and horizontally.
The required effect is obtained by changing the angle of wheel arrangement
Fig. 5. Horizontal profile of air supply
version 5.2.1
Fig. 6. Vertical profile of air supply
377
Casing:
Lamellas:
Plenum box:
anodised aluminum profile,
anodised aluminum profile, discs with PP in silver colour
galvanised steel sheet
Special finishing: Diffuser varnished in colour from RAL palette
Dimensions
length of diffuser L [mm]
typ
500
800
1000
1200
1500
1800
2000
number of connector pipes / nominal diameter of connector pipes Dk [mm]
NSAL 1
NSAL 2
1/100
1/125
1/100
1/125
2/100
2/125
2/100
2/160
2/125
2/160
2/125
2/200
2/125
2/200
NSAL 3
NSAL 4
1/160
1/200
2/160
2/160
2/160
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
2/200
In case of individual order, the number and diameter of the connector pipes may be adapted to the specific
requirements of the project
NSAL-1
NSAL-2
260
260
Plenum boxes without acoustic insulation
Fig. 7a. Non-insulated plenum boxes.
378
version 5.2.1
Dimensions
NSAL-4
260
260
NSAL-3
Fig. 7b. Non-insulated plenum boxes
Plenum boxes with acoustic insulation
NSAL-2/SRt
280
280
NSAL-1/SRt
NSAL-4/SRt
280
280
NSAL-3/SRt
Fig. 8. Plenum boxes with acoustic insulation
version 5.2.1
379
Specifications
3
Vt [m /h]
Total air flow regarding the diffuser with length of 1 m
LH [m]
Zone range of speed V(0,2) in vertical direction
LA [m]
Zone range of speed V(0,2) in horizontal direction
p [Pa]
Total pressure loss
LW [dB(A)]
Sound intensity level
The zone range of V(0,2) of NSAL diffuser at isothermal air supply. Wheel arrangement for horizontal air supply.
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
0,5
60
2
3
3,5
4
2,5
3
1,5
3,5
4
2
2,5
3
LH [m]
single-row diffuser
2
2,5
4,5
3,5
4
4,5
LA [m]
LA [m]
0,5
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
0,5
4
1
1,5
2
180
270
360
[m 3/h]
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
3
3,5
4
quad-row diffuser
triple-row diffuser
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
LH [m]
90
1
1,5
2,5
120
0,5
0,5
240
360
480
[m 3/h]
LH [m]
1,5
1
[m 3/h]
90
120
30
60
1
1,5
LH [m]
1
0,5
double-row diffuser
1,5
240
[m 3/h]
1
0,5
180
0,5
LA [m]
120
LA [m]
4,5
3,5
4
4,5
The zone range of V(0,2) of NSAL diffuser at isothermal air supply. Wheel arrangement for vertical air supply.
LA [m]
LA [m]
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
0,5
4
0,5
30
1
1,5
60
1,5
2
90
4
4,5
380
2
2,5
3
LH [m]
LH [m]
3
3,5
120 m3/h
single-row diffuser
1
2,5
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
0,5
3,5
4
60
120
180
240 m3/h
double-row diffuser
0,5
4,5
version 5.2.1
LA [m]
LA [m]
0,5
1
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
0,5
4
1,5
2
2,5
3
3,5
4
90
triple-row diffuser
180
1,5
270
2
3
360 m /h
2,5
3
3,5
4
1
120
1,5
240
360
2
3
480 m /h
2,5
3
LH [m]
1
quad-row diffuser
0,5
LH [m]
1
0,5
3,5
4
4,5
4,5
Pressure drop and sound intensity level
single-row diffuser
20
35
15
double-row diffuser
25
ho
r
v izo
air ertic ntal
su al
pp
ly
25
30
hor
iz
ver ontal
air tical
sup
ply
30
20
15
30
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
0
3
(A
B
[d
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
V [m3/h]
V [m /h]
30
W
5
]
30
25
20
L
Δp [Pa]
(A)
20
LW [
dB
5
35
10
)
25
]
Δp [Pa]
10
triple-row diffuser
30
25
quad-row diffuser
25
20
20
al
nt l
izo ica ly
r
t
ho ver upp
rs
i
a
15
10
5
0
35
25
20
V [m /h]
version 5.2.1
10
35
30
])
B (A
LW
5
25
[d
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
3
15
20
0
30
al
nt
izo ical y
r
ho ert ppl
v su
air
LW
[dB
]
(A)
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
3
V [m /h]
381
Accessories and how to order NSAL
NSAL - <W> - <L> - <X> - <M> - -<RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<W>
<L>
<X>
<M>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- diffuser row number: 1, 2, 3, 4
- length of diffuser in mm: 500, 800, 1000, 1200, 1500, 2000
- type of diffuser built-in *
none – single built-in
SK – linear built-in, terminal element
WN – linear built-in, internal element
- assembly method: *
none – by means of brackets
Wk – by means of tap bolts
- finishing
AA – frame and wheels made out of anodised aluminum
AL – frame and wheels made out of varnished aluminum
- colour number according to RAL palette (for AL finishing)
Accessories:
<SR>-<N>-<Dk>-<R>

- insulation: *
t = insulated
<N>
- number of connector pipes *
<Dk>
- diameter of the connector pipe in mm *
<R>
- damper in the connector pipe: *
none = no damper
P = damper with the adjustment inside the box
NSAL - 4 - 1000 - AL9010
382
version 5.2.1
Floor slot diffusers
NSP
HK/B/1121/01/2007
NSP are designed for using in the floor ventilation
systems with stable or variable air flow. They are
recommended for using in the rooms with large glass
spaces and the increased level of the relative air
humidity, particularly for swimming pool halls.
NSP function, apart from air distribution, is to generate
the air curtain preventing the room chilling as well as
water steam condensation on the window panel
surfaces
NSP Diffuser
2-slot
Floor slot diffusers NSP
Execution
NSP may be equipped with 1 to 6 slots in the spacing of: 8, 10, 12 or 15 mm. The slots have stationary wheels
enabling to obtain the vertical air supply. The NSP wheels are made out of anodised aluminum with natural
colour and the plenum made out of the aluminum sheet. On order, it is possible to produce the diffusers out of the
stainless steel. The diffusers that are longer than 2500 mm are made out of the smaller modules to be integrated
individually in the building site. It is possible to produce the diffuser with non-standard length L.
Design recommendations
The diffusers are designed to be installed in the floors or window sills in the distance up to ca. 0,2 m from the
window. The recommended effective speed of air supply amounts 4 m/s. On that account, it is advisable to place
the diffusers in such locations in the room where the steady or frequent stay of people is not expected. In the
swimming pool halls in view of the fact that people go there barefoot, it is advisable to use the diffusers with slots
not exceeding 8 mm.
Dimensions
The NSP standard dimensions are given below. On order, it is possible to produce the diffuser with non-standard
dimensions.
Width A in function of slot spacing and number of slots
Number
of slots
Length of diffuser
Spacing of slots
8
10
L [mm]
1
2
3
4
5
6
12
15
A [mm]
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
130
132
134
137
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
150
154
158
164
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
180
186
192
201
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
220
228
236
248
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
270
280
290
305
500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500
330
342
354
372
Assembly
The diffuser is installed by embedding it in the prepared assembly hole being the ventilation duct.
The diffuser may be fastened by spilling it with the masonry mortar or concrete.
384
version 5.2.1
Selection NSP
NSP with slot spacing of 8 mm
7000
6 x 8 mm
6500
6000
5 x 8 mm
5500
5000
4 x 8 mm
4500
V [m3/h]
4000
3 x 8 mm
3500
3000
2500
2 x 8 mm
2000
1500
1 x 8 mm
1000
500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Length szczeliny
of slot [m]
Długość
[m]
9000
6 x 10 mm
8500
8000
7500
5 x 10 mm
7000
6500
6000
4 x 10 mm
V [m3/h]
5500
5000
4500
3 x 10 mm
4000
3500
3000
2 x 10 mm
2500
2000
1500
1 x 10 mm
1000
500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Długość of
szczeliny
[m]
Length
slot [m]
version 5.2.1
385
Selection NSP
10500
6 x 12 mm
10000
9500
9000
5 x 12 mm
8500
8000
7500
4 x 12 mm
7000
6500
V [m3/h]
6000
5500
3 x 12 mm
5000
4500
4000
2 x 12 mm
3500
3000
2500
2000
1 x 12 mm
1500
1000
500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Length
Długośćof
szczeliny
slot [m]
[m]
13000
6 x 15 mm
12500
12000
11500
11000
5 x 15 mm
10500
10000
9500
9000
4 x 15 mm
8500
8000
V [m3/h]
7500
7000
3 x 15 mm
6500
6000
5500
5000
4500
2 x 15 mm
4000
3500
3000
2500
1 x 15 mm
2000
1500
1000
500
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
Length
slot [m]
Długośćof
szczeliny
[m]
Accessories and how to order NSP
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information
according to the below-mentioned method:
NSP – 8 – 4 – 2000 – N
NSP - <S> - <K> - <L> - <M>
Where:
<S>
- diffuser slot width in mm: 8, 10, 12, 15
<K>
- number of slots: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6
<L>
- length of diffuser in mm: 500, 1000, 1500, 2000, 2500 or other
<M>
- finishing: *
none = anodised aluminum wheels, plenum made out of aluminum sheet
N = wheels and plenum made out of stainless steel
386
version 5.2.1
Swirl diffusers
NS-5
HK/B/1121/02/2007
NS-5 are designed for application in the low- and
medium-pressure ventilation systems.
They allow receiving the swirl air supply and they are
particularly recommended for the rooms of 2,6
up to 4 m high and are used at the temperature
difference of air supply and air in the room amounting
max. 10 K. The diffusers are available with circular and
square frontal panel
Swirl diffuser NS-5
Swirl diffusers NS5
Execution
NS5 are equipped with stationary, radial-shaped vanes producing the swirl air flow. The diffuser frontal panel
may be circular or square. As a standard, the diffusers NS5 are mounted together with the connecting element
that is the plenum box SRt…b (recommended for air supply), or SR…g (recommended for air exhaust).
NS5 are made out of powder varnished steel in white colour RAL 9010. On order, it is possible to varnish them
in other RAL colour. The diffusers may be used under exhaust function.
Assembly
NS5 can be mounted to the plenum box or assembling crossbar by means of one screw through the hole located
in the central part of the diffuser. NS5 with the square panel can be also installed through direct embedding into
the structure of the suspended ceiling
Type of frontal panels
NS5-K
NS5-R
388
NS5-K-SRt-b
NS5-R-SRt-b
NS5-K-SRt-g
NS5-R-SRt-g
version 5.2.1
Type of frontal panels
Dimensions of frontal panels
NS5-Q
Size
300
400
500
600
A
594
594
594
594
NS5-R
C
280
380
480
580
tQ
15
15
15
15
D
300
400
500
600
B
265
365
465
565
tR
8
8
8
8
D1
250
350
450
550
H
270
270
330
380
H1
110
125
140
160
d
123
158
198
248
Range of applications
Size
300
V t [m3/h]
L02
LWA
[m]
[dB(A)]
V m in
[m3/h]
100
1,5
<25
400
V m ax
[m3/h]
350
4,0
50
V min
[m3/h]
250
2,5
<25
500
V max
[m3/h]
520
4,5
45
V m in
[m3/h]
250
1,8
<25
600
V m ax
[m3/h]
650
4,5
45
V min
[m3 /h]
350
2,5
<25
V max
[m3/h]
900
5,5
45
Designations:
3
Vt [m /h]
total air flow
L02 [m]
stream range for the speed 0,2 m/s
LWA [dB(A)]
acoustic power level
version 5.2.1
389
Accessories and how to order NS5
NS5 - <C>- <W> - SL<RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<C>
<W>
<RAL>
<ADD>
- frontal panel
R = circular
K = square
- size: 300; 400; 500; 600
- colour according to RAL palette *
Accessories **
<SR>--<H>-<K><D><R> - plenum box according to the configuration as below:

- insulation:
t = insulated

- screen deflector: *
none = without deflector (for exhaust by default)
s = with deflector (for supply diffuser by default)
<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
P = dumper with perforated barrier with regulation from outside the box
Pc = dumper with regulation from inside the box with tendon
Pd = dumper with regulation from inside the box with lever
NS5-R-500/SRt
390
version 5.2.1
Swirl diffusers
NS-4
Hygiegnic certifcates:
HK/B/1121/02/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
NS-4 are intended for use in ventilation systems for low
and medium pressure. Can produce air swirl and are
particularly recommended for rooms with a height
of 2.6 to 4 [m] of the temperature difference between
supply air and room air of up to 10 K.
The diffusers are available with round or square front
panel.
Swirl diffuser NS-4
in rectangle finishing.
Anemostaty wirowe NS-4
Execution
NS-4 is equipped with fixed blades which produce vortex flow of air. The front panel diffuser can be round
or square. NS-4 are made from steel powder coated white RAL 9010. On request, painted a different color RAL
and made of stainless steel. Diffusers can be executed in a supply air Z or exhaust A.
Assembly
Depending on the type of front panel diffusers can be installed as follows:
- Round panel: R1 assembly with one screw through the hole at the center of the diffuser
- Square panel: K1 assembly with one screw through the hole at the center of the diffuser
- Square panel: K4 mounting with four screws through the holes in the corners of the diffuser
For diffusers with square front panel of size 600, 625, 600D, 625D is recommended for installation of K4.
Front panel dimensions and versions
Size
[mm]
400
500
600
625
600D
625D
Dn
Dz
[mm] [mm]
A
øD1
Aeff
2
[mm]
[mm]
m
130
350
398
400
0,0138
130
350
498
500
0,0138
130
350
598
600
0,0138
130
350
623
625
0,0138
200
540
598
600
0,0367
200
540
623
625
0,0367
Where: Aeff - effective area in m2
Dimensions with plenum boxes
NS-4K - square front panel
Size
[mm]
400
500
600
625
600D
625D
392
A
øD1
øD
NS-4R - round round panel
C
H1
H2
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
398
400
370
390
498
500
370
598
600
370
623
625
598
623
ød
m
2
300
198
390
330
330
300
198
390
330
300
198
370
390
330
300
198
600
560
590
380
300
248
625
560
590
380
300
248
version 5.2.1
Selection
Designation:
3
Vt
[m /h]
A, B [m]
H1 [m]
Vh1 [m/s]
L
[m]
VL
[m/s]
ΔtZ [К]
ΔtL [К]
Δp
Lw
Veff
Aeff
[Ра]
[dB(A)]
[m/s]
2
[m ]
version 5.2.1
the total air flow
distance between diffusers
height from ceiling to occupied zone
average flow velocity at a height H1
throw
air temperature differences at a distance L,
where:
L = A/2 +H1
or
L = B/2 +H1
or
L = X +H1
local pressure loss
sound power level
effective area
393
Selection NS-4
Distribution of air velocity, depending on the flow range
394
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
version 5.2.1
Selection NS-4
Graphs of pressure loss and acoustic power (throttle opening angle of 90 ° - open, 45 ° - half-open).
version 5.2.1
throttle angle
throttle angle
throttle angle
throttle angle
395
Accessories and how to order NS-4
NS-4 - <C><X> - <W> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<C>
<X>
<W>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- front panel version, assembly option: *
R1 – round panel, assembly with one screw
K1 – square panel, assembly with one screw
K4 – square panel, assembly with four screws
- diffuser application: *
Z – supply air
A – exhaust
- size: 400, 500, 600, 625, 600D, 625D
- finishing: *
SL - stal lakierowana
SN (1.4301) – stal nierdzewna gat. 1.4301 (304 wg AISI, 0H18N9 wg PN)
SN (1.4404) – stal nierdzewna gat. 1.4404 (316L wg AISI, 00H17N14M2 wg PN)
Accessories **

- insulation:
t = insulated

<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
NS-4 – K1Z – 600D – SL9010 / SRts – 430 – b315P
396
version 5.2.1
Swirl diffusers
with moving vanes
NS-8
Hygienic certficates:
HK/B/1121/02/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
NS-8 are intended for use in ventilation systems for low
and medium pressure. The moving vanes allow arbitrary
shaping air flow and to obtain air vortex. They are
particularly recommended for rooms with a height
of 2.6 to 4 [m] and use the difference in air temperature
and air temperature of up to 10 K.
The diffusers are available with round or square front
panel.
Swirl diffuser NS-8
with square front panel.
Swirl diffusers NS-8
Execution
NS-8 is equipped with vanes made of plastic, producing a swirl airflow. They are mobile and set individually.
Standard controls are in black. On request can be made vanes in white. The front panel diffuser can be round
or square. It is made from steel powder coated white RAL 9010. On request, painted a different color RAL and
made of stainless steel. Diffusers can be made
version of the supply Z or exhaust side of A.
Assembly
Depending on the type of front panel diffusers can be installed as follows:
- Round panel: R1 assembly with one screw through the hole at the center of the diffuser
- Square panel: K1 assembly with one screw through the hole at the center of the diffuser
- Square panel: K4 mounting with four screws through the holes in the corners of the diffuser
(for sizes from 300/8 up to 625/54)
- Square panel: K4 mounting with eight screws through the holes in the body of the diffuser
(for sizes from 800/72 and 825/72)
For diffusers with square front panel of size 600, 625, 800, 825 is recommended for installation of K4 or K8.
Vanes regulation
Vanes diffuser NS-8 can be set in a straight position, left or right. You can set up intermediate positions.
Straight
Left
Right
Variants for vanes settings
Depending on the settings for each diffuser vanes is possible to produce air swirl addressed to the other direction
in room.
398
version 5.2.1
Dimensions NS-8
Diffusers with square front panel
and plenum box
Diffusers with round front panel
and plenum box
Gdzie: CK - wymiar C dla anemostatów kwadratowych
CR - wymiar C dla anemostatów okrągłych
Size
A
øD1
øD
CK
CR
H1
H2
ød
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
[mm]
300/8
400/16
500/16
600/16
625/16
500/24
600/24
625/24
600/48
625/54
800/72
825/72
298
300
290
290
310
290
200
158
398
400
370
390
390
330
300
198
version 5.2.1
498
500
370
390
390
330
300
198
598
600
370
390
390
330
300
198
623
625
370
390
390
330
300
198
498
500
488
490
510
330
300
198
598
600
560
590
590
380
200
248
623
625
560
590
590
380
300
248
598
600
590
590
590
380
300
248
623
625
610
610
635
380
300
248
798
800
790
790
815
450
300
313
823
825
790
790
815
450
300
313
399
Selection NS-8
Designation:
3
Vt
[m /h]
A, B [m]
H1 [m]
Vh1 [m/s]
L
[m]
VL
[m/s]
ΔtZ [К]
ΔtL [К]
Δp
Lw
Veff
Aeff
400
[Ра]
[dB(A)]
[m/s]
2
[m ]
the total air flow
distance between diffusers
height from ceiling to occupied zone
average flow velocity at a height H1
throw
air temperature differences at a distance L,
where:
L = A/2 +H1
or
L = B/2 +H1
or
L = X +H1
local pressure loss
sound power level
effective area
version 5.2.1
Selection NS-8
Distribution of air velocity, depending on the flow range and temperature.
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
version 5.2.1
401
Selection NS-8
Distribution of air velocity, depending on the flow range and temperature.
Distance A [m]
402
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
Distance A [m]
version 5.2.1
Selection NS-8
Graphs of pressure loss and acoustic power (throttle opening angle of 90 ° - open, 45 ° - half-open).
, 600/24, 625/24
version 5.2.1
403
Accessories and how to order NS-8
NS-8 - <C><X> - <W> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<C>
<X>
<W>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- front panel version, assembly option: *
R1 – round panel, assembly with one screw
K1 – square panel, assembly with one screw
K4 – square panel, assembly with four screws
(only for sizes from 300/8 up to 625/54)
K8 – square panel, assembly with eight screws
(only for sizes from 300/8 up to 625/54)
- diffuser application: *
Z – supply air
A – exhaust
- size: 400, 500, 600, 625, 600D, 625D
- finishing: *
SL - stal lakierowana
SN (1.4301) – stal nierdzewna gat. 1.4301 (304 wg AISI, 0H18N9 wg PN)
SN (1.4404) – stal nierdzewna gat. 1.4404 (316L wg AISI, 00H17N14M2 wg PN)
Accessories **

- insulation:
t = insulated

<H>
<K>
b = lateral
g = upper
<D>
<R>
none = no damper
NS-8 – K4Z – 625 – 54 – SL9010 / SRts – 430 – b315P
404
version 5.2.1
Staircase diffusers
NSCH
HK/B/1121/02/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
NSCH diffusers are designed for the air distribution
directly to the people stay zone.
They may be installed vertically or horizontally in step
surfaces provided that the possibility of the diffuser
mechanical load (e.g. under the armchairs in the
auditoria, theatres, concert halls etc.) is eliminated.
NSCH diffuser
Under the execution with the round frontal panel
The swirl method of air distribution causes the
increased induction and fast unification of the air
temperature in people stay zone.
The air from the diffuser after encountering the heat
source is subject to intrinsic warming up. As a result the
thermal air current is created and it carries the warmed
air and the contaminations lighter than the air towards
the room ceiling. From there the contaminations are
removed by means of the separate exhaust ventilation
NSCH Staircase diffusers
Execution
NSCH diffusers are equipped with stationary wheels in the circle arrangement, adapted for the swirl air supply.
The frontal panel may be round or square. The diffuser is made out of the powder varnished steel in white colour
RAL9010. On order, it is possible to varnish with another colour RAL. The diffuser assembling flange is made out
of the galvanised steel.
Execution variants
NSCH-P – square frontal panel and assembling flange with the screen deflector
NSCH-R – round frontal panel and assembling flange with the screen deflector
Operation principle, design guidelines
The air is supplied through the diffuser directly to the near-floor part of people stay zone. Because of the swirl
method of air distribution and the air supply with slight effective speed, the air in people stay zone quickly obtains
the uniform thermal parameters. Therefore, in the people stay zone there is generated the fresh air layer that
is cooler than the air in the room.
The heat sources occurring in this layer cause to create natural thermal air current in which the warmed
and contaminated air is carried up towards the ceiling. The secondary air is removed from the ceiling space with
the separate exhaust ventilation.
Dimensions
60
70
80
100
125
57
72
77
97
115
100
110
115
135
150
93
108
113
135
150
30
30
30
30
30
Assembly
In the assembly hole the assembling flange is installed by means of the tap bolts. The diffuser is mounted
to the assembling flange by means of one screw through the hole in the central point of the diffuser.
NSCH-R
406
NSCH-P
version 5.2.1
Selection NSCH
NSCH 60
NSCH 70
300
300
200
200
NSCH 80
300
200
60
100
60
55
100
55
100
50
50
20
30
25
20
40 50
30
100 150
200
20
40 50
30
100 150
200
20
]
)
wa
40 50
30
200
Vt [m /h]
1,5
1,5
1
1
0,90
0,90
0,80
0,80
0,80
0,70
0,70
0,70
0,60
0,60
0,60
Vt
1
0,90
Vt
3
0,50
]=
40
0,40
70
]=
60
/h
]=
/h
/h
3
[m
[m
3
[m
Vt
0,50
0,40
0,30
40
0,30
60 50 40
50
0,30
100 150
3
Vt [m /h]
1,5
[dB
(A
10
3
Vt [m /h]
0,40
30
25
10
10
3
0,50
35
30
20
10
10
40
40
L
]
)
(A
[dB
35
30
20
10
50
Δp [Pa]
30
25
40
wa
wa
35
30
40
L
[dB
(A
Δp [Pa]
)
]
50
L
Δp [Pa]
40
40
45
45
50
50
30
30
VL [m/s]
0,20
20
VL [m/s]
0,20
20
VL [m/s]
30
20
0,20
10
10
10
0,20
0,20
0,5
0,20
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
0,1
0,2
L [m]
L [m]
0,3
0,5
L [m]
NSCH 100
NSCH 125
300
300
200
Oznaczenia:
3
Vt [m /h]
total air flow
200
60
60
55
100
55
50
50
45
35
30
30
25
20
10
10
10
20
40 50
30
100 150
200
10
20
100 150
200
3
Vt [m /h]
Vt [m /h]
1,5
1,5
0,70
0,70
0,60
0,60
/h
]=
3
[m
0
12
0
]=
15
0,50
/h
0,50
0,40
0
10
5
12
0,40
3
0,80
[m
1
0,90
0,80
Vt
1
0,90
Vt
L
[m]
stream range
40 50
30
3
VL [m/s]
air speed in the distance L
]
]
25
40
L
30
20
Lw [dB(A)]
Δp [Pa]
30
40
)
wa
35
(A
40
45
50
[dB
40
L
Δp [Pa]
loss of total pressure
Δp [Pa]
50
)
100
(A
0,3
[dB
0,2
wa
0,1
0
10
75
0,30
0,30
75
50
50 40
0,20
30
VL [m/s]
30
VL [m/s]
40
0,20
20
0,20
0,1
0,2
0,3
L [m]
version 5.2.1
20
0,20
0,5
0,1
0,2
0,3
0,5
L [m]
407
Accessories and how to order NSCH
NSCH - <W> - <S> - SL<RAL>
Where:
<W>
<S>
SL
<RAL>
- execution variant:
P – square frontal panel and assembling flange with the screen deflector
R – round frontal panel and assembling flange with the deflector
- diffuser size: 60, 70, 80, 100, 125
- execution: varnished steel
NSCH – R – 70 – SL9010
408
version 5.2.1
Floor diffusers
NSCT
NSCT diffusers are designed for air distribution directly
to the people stay zone.
They are installed in the floors. The swirl method of air
distribution causes the increased induction and fast
unification of the air temperature in people stay zone.
The air from the diffuser after encountering the heat
source is subject to intrinsic warning up. As a result, the
thermal air current is formed and it carries up to the
ceiling the warmed air and the contaminations that are
lighter then air. These contaminations are removed from
there with the separate exhaust ventilation.
NSCT diffuser construction
Floor diffusers
Execution
NSCT body is equipped with stationary wheels in the circle arrangement, adapted for swirl air blowing.
The frontal panel hiding the wheels is round and made out of the perforated sheet (stainless steel as an option).
The diffuser is made out of the powder varnished steel in black colour RAL9005.
On order, it is possible to varnish with different colour RAL
Operation principle
The air is supplied through the diffuser directly to the near-floor zone of people stay. Because of the swirl method
of air distribution and the air blowing with slight effective speed, the air gains quickly the uniform thermal
parameters in people stay zone. The ambient heat sources cause formation of natural thermal air currents which
carry up the warmed air and the contamination towards the ceiling. The air carried up by the air thermal currents
is then removed from the ceiling with the separate exhaust ventilation.
Dimensions
198
65
Frontal panel
Diffuser body
70
ø65
Assembling ring RMT
for industrial floors
NSCT D.125
Assembling ring RMT
for industrial floors
65
198
Damper PK mounted
in the basket
70
ø158
Basket K
for contaminations
NSCT D.125
Assembly
The assembly of the diffuser consists in installing the assembling ring suitable for the type of floor and then
embedding the diffuser in this ring. If the floor structure is not leak proof, it is necessary to provide the diffuser
assembly to the plenum box.
410
version 5.2.1
Floor diffusers NSCT
Selection
Pressure loss [Pa]
Air stream final speed at the diffuser
spacing of 500 mm [m/s]
NSCT D.125
Air flow capacity [m3/h]
Pressure loss [Pa]
Air stream final speed at the diffuser
spacing of 500 mm [m/s]
NSCT D.160
version 5.2.1
411
Accessories and how to order NSCT
NSCT - <S> - <RAL> / <ADD>
Where:
<S>

<RAL>
<ADD>
- diffuser size: 125 lub 160
- variant of execution:*
SL - frontal panel and body made out of powder varnished steel on colour RAL
SN - frontal panel made out of the stainless steel, the body of powder varnished steel
in the colour from RAL palette
- colour according to the palette (by default RAL 9005)*
- additional accessories as below:
Accessories **
K
- basket for contaminations
PK
- damper for installing in the basket for contaminations
RMT
- assembling ring for industrial floors
RMB
- assembling ring for bricking into concrete floors
SR
- plenum box with connecting pipe D.125
NSCT-125-SL9005 / K,PK,RMT
412
version 5.2.1
ending of ventilation
instalations
7. Ending of ventilation instalations
a) air intakes and exhaust terminals
CWP
CWM
b) soundproof protective acoustic terminals
SWG
version 5.2.1
415
423
427
413
414
version 5.2.1
Air intakes or exhaust terminals
with fixed or moving vanes
CWP
Hygenic certificate:
HK/B/1121/01/2007
CWP are used for ventilation of low-and mediumpressure as the air intake or air exhaust. The design
allows the vanes grille closing/opening the manual
or by electric actuator. CWP can be installed in the
building envelope or ducts on the ends.
The CWP with fixed vanes is standard mesh to protect
against contact with solid impurity (leaves) and birds.
Air intakes or exhaust CWP
with fixed or moving vanes
Air intakes or exhaust CWP
Execution
CWP blinds are fitted with vanes that can be fixed or mobile - to be set manually or with electric actuator.
Handlebars are equipped with movable joints igielitowe. The CWP with fixed blades, additional security inside the
ventilation system is a steel net against birds. CWP are normally made of aluminum and anodized in natural
color. On request, painted in RAL.
Control of the moving blades
CWP Steering wheels can be set manually or with
electric actuator:
Manual control - in this embodiment, vanes are set
by a common control rods located in the back of the
grille.
Remote control - in this embodiment, vanes are set
using the Belimo actuator, such as: open / close,
adjustable 3-position or modulating (proportional
0-10V). Power supply 24V AC / DC or 230V AC.
The frame and steering vanes are available
in as shown.
manual
control
remote
control
Dimensions
CWP can be executed in the dimensions within the range of:
– width C = 300 – 3000 mm
– height D = 300 – 2000 mm
416
version 5.2.1
Active area and selection of CWP
CWP Active surface with fixed vanes
2
Local pressure losses ΔP [Pa]
Active area specified in the dm .
Effective speed Veff [m/s]
version 5.2.1
417
Active area and selection of CWP
CWP active surface with moving vanes at fully open position.
2
Active area specified in the dm .
418
version 5.2.1
Mass CWP
Weight of CWP with fixed vanes CWP..NR
C/D
300
400
300
3,0
3,6
400
3,5
500
4,0
600
4,6
500
600
700
800
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
4,2
4,8
5,5
6,1
6,7
7,4
8,0
8,6
9,3
9,9
10,5
11,2
11,8
12,4
4,2
4,9
5,7
6,4
7,1
7,9
4,9
5,7
6,5
7,3
8,1
9,0
5,5
6,4
7,3
8,2
9,2
10,1
13,1
13,7
8,6
9,3
10,0
10,8
11,5
12,2
12,9
13,7
9,8
10,6
11,4
12,3
13,1
13,9
14,7
15,5
14,4
15,1
15,8
16,4
17,2
11,0
11,9
12,8
13,7
14,7
15,6
16,5
17,4
18,0
18,3
19,3 20,2
21,3 22,3
700
5,1
6,1
7,1
8,2
9,2
10,2
11,2
12,2
13,2
14,2
15,2
16,3
17,3
18,3
19,3 20,3
800
5,6
6,8
7,9
9,0
10,1
11,2
12,3
13,4
14,5
15,6
16,7
17,8
19,0
20,1
21,2 22,3 23,4 24,5
900
6,2
7,4
8,6
9,8
11,0
12,2
13,4
14,6
15,8
17,0
18,2
19,4 20,6
1000
6,7
8,0
9,3
10,6
11,9
13,2
14,5
15,8
17,1
18,4
19,7
21,0 22,3 23,6 24,9 26,2 27,5 28,8
21,8 23,0 24,3 25,5 26,7
1100
7,3
8,7
10,1
11,5
12,8
14,2
15,6
17,0
18,4
19,8
21,2 22,6 24,0 25,4 26,8 28,2 29,6
21,2 22,7 24,2 25,7 27,2 28,7 30,2
1200
7,8
9,3
10,8
12,3
13,8
15,3
16,8
18,2
19,7
1300
8,3
9,9
11,5
13,1
14,7
16,3
17,9
19,5
21,0 22,6 24,2 25,8 27,4 29,0 30,6
1400
8,9
10,6
12,2
13,9
15,6
17,3
19,0 20,7 22,3 24,0 25,7 27,4
31,0
31,7 33,2
32,1 33,7 35,3
29,1 30,8 32,4
34,1 35,8 37,5
1500
9,4
11,2
13,0
14,8
16,5
18,3
20,1
21,9 23,6 25,4 27,2 29,0 30,8 32,5 34,3
36,1 37,9 39,6
1600
10,0
11,8
13,7
15,6
17,5
19,3
21,2
23,1 24,9 26,8 28,7 30,6 32,4 34,3 36,2
38,1 39,9
1700
10,5
12,5
14,4
16,4
18,4 20,3 22,3 24,3 26,3 28,2 30,2 32,2
1800
11,0
13,1
15,2
17,2
19,3
1900
11,6
13,7
15,9
18,1 20,2 22,4 24,5 26,7 28,9
2000
12,1
14,4
16,6
18,9
21,1 23,4 25,7 27,9 30,2 32,4 34,7 36,9 39,2
19,7
22,1 24,4 26,8
21,4 23,4 25,5 27,6 29,6
36,1
31,7 33,7 35,8 37,9 39,9 42,0
31,0 33,2 35,3 37,5 39,7
41,8
38,1 40,0 42,0 44,0
41,8 44,0
44,1
46,1
46,1 48,3
41,4 43,7 45,9 48,2 50,5
2100
12,7
15,0
17,4
2200
13,2
15,6
18,1 20,5 23,0 25,4 27,9 30,3 32,8 35,2 37,7
40,1 42,6 45,0 47,4 49,9 52,3 54,8
41,7 44,2 46,8 49,3
2300
13,7
16,3
18,8
2400
14,3
16,9
19,6 22,2 24,8 27,5
21,4 23,9 26,4 29,0
2500
14,8
17,6 20,3 23,0 25,8 28,5
29,1
34,1
31,5
31,5 33,8 36,2 38,5 40,9 43,2 45,6 47,9 50,3 52,6
34,1 36,6 39,2
51,2 53,8 56,5
59,1
31,2 33,9 36,7 39,4
53,1 55,8 58,5
61,3
42,1 44,9 47,6 50,3
2600
15,4
18,2
21,0 23,8 26,7 29,5 32,3 35,2 38,0 40,8 43,6 46,5 49,3
2700
15,9
18,8
21,7 24,7 27,6 30,5 33,4 36,4 39,3 42,2
2800
16,4
19,5 22,5 25,5 28,5
2900
17,0
20,1 23,2 26,3 29,4 32,6 35,7 38,8
3000
17,5 20,7 23,9
version 5.2.1
51,9 54,4 56,9
30,1 32,7 35,4 38,0 40,7 43,3 45,9 48,6
45,1
48,1
52,1 55,0 57,8 60,6 63,4
51,0 53,9 56,8 59,8 62,7 65,6
31,5 34,6 37,6 40,6 43,6 46,6 49,6 52,7 55,7 58,7
41,9 45,0
48,1
61,7 64,7 67,8
51,2 54,4 57,5 60,6 63,7 66,8 69,9
27,1 30,4 33,6 36,8 40,0 43,2 46,4 49,6 52,8 56,0 59,3 62,5 65,7 68,9
72,1
419
Mass CWP
Weight of CWP with fixed vanes CWP..RR
C/D
300
400
500
600
700
800
300
4,3
4,9
5,6
6,3
7,0
7,7
900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000
400
4,7
5,5
6,3
7,0
7,8
8,6
9,3
10,1
500
5,2
6,1
6,9
7,8
8,6
9,5
10,3
11,2
600
5,7
6,6
7,5
8,5
9,4
10,4
11,3
12,3
13,2
700
6,1
7,2
8,2
9,2
10,2
11,3
12,3
13,3
14,4
15,4
800
6,6
7,7
8,8
9,9
11,1
12,2
13,3
14,4
15,5
16,6
19,1 20,3
8,4
9,0
9,7
10,4
11,1
11,8
12,5
13,2
13,8
14,5
10,9
11,7
12,4
13,2
14,0
14,7
15,5
12,0
12,9
13,8
14,6
15,5
16,3
17,2
14,1
15,1
16,0
17,0
17,9
18,9
16,4
17,4
18,5
19,5 20,5
17,7
18,8 20,0
900
7,1
8,3
9,5
10,7
11,9
13,1
14,3
15,5
16,7
17,9
1000
7,6
10,0
10,1
11,4
12,7
14,0
15,3
16,5
17,8
19,1 20,4
1100
8,0
10,5
10,8
12,1
13,5
14,9
16,2
17,6
19,0 20,3
21,7
15,2
15,9
16,3
17,1
17,8
18,0
18,9
19,7
19,8 20,7
21,7
21,5 22,6 23,6
21,1 22,2 23,3 24,4 25,5
21,5 22,7 23,9
25,1 26,3 27,5
21,7 23,0 24,2 25,5 26,8
28,1 29,4
23,1 24,5 25,8 27,2 28,6 29,9
1200
8,5
11,1
11,4
12,9
14,3
15,8
17,2
18,7
20,1
1300
9,0
11,6
12,0
13,6
15,1
16,7
18,2
19,7
21,3 22,8 24,4 25,9 27,5 29,0 30,5
21,6 23,0 24,5 26,0 27,4 28,9 30,3
1400
9,4
12,2
12,7
14,3
15,9
17,6
19,2 20,8 22,4
31,3
31,8 33,2
32,1 33,6 35,2
24,1 25,7 27,3 28,9 30,6 32,2 33,8 35,5
37,1
1500
9,9
12,7
13,3
15,0
16,8
18,5 20,2
1600
10,4
13,3
14,0
15,8
17,6
19,4
21,2 23,0 24,8 26,6 28,4
30,1
1700
10,9
13,9
14,6
16,5
18,4 20,3
22,1 24,0 25,9 27,8 29,7
31,6 33,4 35,3 37,2
1800
11,3
14,4
15,3
17,2
19,2
21,2
23,1
1900
11,8
15,0
15,9
18,0 20,0
22,1
24,1 26,2 28,2 30,3 32,3 34,4 36,4 38,5 40,5 42,6 44,7 46,7
2000
12,3
15,5
16,5
18,7 20,8 23,0
25,1 27,2 29,4
26,1 28,3 30,5 32,8 35,0 37,2 39,4
2100
12,7
16,1
17,2
19,4
2200
13,2
16,6
17,8
20,1 22,5 24,8
21,6 23,9
21,9 23,6 25,3 27,0 28,7 30,4 32,2 33,9 35,6 37,3 39,0
25,1
27,1 29,4
27,1 29,0
31,9 33,7 35,5 37,3
39,1
39,1 40,9
41,0 42,9
31,0 33,0 34,9 36,9 38,9 40,8 42,8 44,8
31,5 33,7 35,8 37,9
40,1 42,2 44,4 46,5 48,6
41,7 43,9
46,1 48,3 50,6
31,7 34,0 36,3 38,6 40,9 43,2 45,6 47,9 50,2 52,5
2300
13,7
17,2
18,5 20,9 23,3 25,7
2400
14,2
16,6
19,1
41,4 43,9 46,4 48,9
51,4 53,9 56,3
2500
14,6
17,2
19,8 22,3 24,9 27,5 30,0 32,6 35,2 37,7 40,3 42,9 45,4 48,0 50,6
53,1 55,7 58,3
21,6
28,1 30,5 32,8 35,2 37,6 40,0 42,4 44,8 47,2 49,6 52,0 54,4
24,1 26,6 29,0
2600
15,1
17,7 20,4
2700
15,6
18,3
21,0 23,8 26,5 29,3 32,0 34,7 37,5 40,2 42,9 45,7 48,4
2800
16,0
18,9
21,7 24,5 27,3 30,2 33,0 35,8 38,6
2900
16,5
19,4 22,3 25,2
3000
17,0 20,0 23,0 26,0 29,0 32,0 35,0 37,9 40,9 43,9 46,9 49,9 52,9 55,9 58,9
420
23,1 25,7 28,4
31,5 34,0 36,5 39,0
28,1
31,0 33,7 36,3 39,0
41,6 44,3 46,9 49,6 52,2 54,9 57,5 60,2
41,5 44,3
51,2 53,9 56,6 59,4
47,1 49,9 52,7 55,6 58,4
31,1 34,0 36,9 39,8 42,7 45,6 48,5
51,4 54,3 57,2
60,1
62,1
61,2 64,0
63,1 66,0
61,9 64,9 67,9
version 5.2.1
Assembly CWP
CWM is mounted to the building barrier with the tap bolts through the holes in the louvre frame (holes to be
individually prepared at the building site). Assembly examples are as below.
Assembly in brick
or concrete wall
Correct assembly in the wall
of sandwich slabs
Assembly in steel structure
Incorrect assembly in the wall
of sandwich slabs
In case of mounting CWP in the wall of sandwich slabs it is necessary to make additional steel substructure
in order to fasten the louvres to the wall bearing elements.
version 5.2.1
421
Accessories and method of placing the order for CWP
CWP - <C>x<D> - <R> - <RAL>
Gdzie:
<C>
<D>
<R>

<RAL>
- siatka przeciw ptakom i wykonanie kierownic: *
NR – kierownice nieruchome i zainstalowana siatka przeciw ptakom
RR – kierownice ruchome sterowane ręcznie, brak siatki przeciw ptakom
RS – kierownice ruchome sterowane siłownikiem, brak siatki przeciw ptakom **
- wykończenie: *
AA – ramka i kierownice z aluminium anodyzowanego
AL – ramka i kierownice ze aluminium lakierowanego
- kolor wg palety RAL (dla wykończenia AL) *
* wartości opcjonalne, w przypadku ich nie podania zostaną zastosowane wartości domyślne
** dodatkowo podać: zasadę działania siłownika, napięcie zasilania, pozycję normalną kierownic
CWP – 1000x800 – RS – AL9010
(24V AC/DC, zamknij/otwórz, normalnie otwarta, ze sprężyną powrotną)
422
version 5.2.1
Air intakes or exhaust terminals
CWM
HK/B/1121/01/2007
HK/B/1121/04/2007
CWM are used at the ends of low- and medium-pressure
ventilation systems as the air intakes
or exhaust terminals. Thank to the mounted mesh
against birds they protect the inside of the ventilation
ducts. CWM may be installed in the building barriers
or at the ends of the ventilation ducts.
Air intake or exhaust
terminal CWM
Air intakes or exhaust terminals CWM
Execution
CWM have stationary vanes and additional protection of the ventilation system, which is the steel mesh against
birds. CWM are made out of galvanised steel as a standard. On order, it is possible to varnish them in RAL colour
and make the special execution out of aluminium, brass, copper or stainless steel.
The grille frame and vanes are available in the execution as in the figure.
Dimensions
CWM can be executed in the dimensions within the range of:
– width C = 200 – 800 mm
– height D = 200 – 800 mm
Selection
Active area of the grille CWM amounts Aeff = 45% of brutto area.
424
version 5.2.1
Mass CWM
C/D
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
200
1,4
1,8
2,3
2,8
3,2
3,7
4,2
300
1,8
2,4
3,0
3,6
4,2
4,8
5,4
400
2,2
2,9
3,7
4,4
5,1
5,9
6,7
500
2,5
3,4
4,3
5,2
6,1
7,0
7,9
600
2,9
4,0
5,0
6,0
7,1
8,1
9,2
700
3,3
4,5
5,7
6,8
8,1
9,2
10,4
800
3,6
5,0
6,3
7,6
9,0
10,4
11,7
Assembly CWM
CWM is mounted to the building barrier with the tap bolts through the holes in the louvre frame (holes to be
individually prepared at the building site). Assembly examples are as below.
Assembly in brick
or concrete wall
Correct assembly in the wall
of sandwich slabs
Assembly in steel structure
Incorrect assembly in the wall
of sandwich slabs
In case of mounting CWM in the wall of sandwich slabs it is necessary to make additional steel substructure
in order to fasten the louvres to the wall bearing elements.
version 5.2.1
425
Accessories and method of placing the order for CWM
CWM - <C>x<D> - <RAL>
Where:
<C>
<D>

<RAL>
- finishing: *
AA – aluminum
AL – varnished aluminum
CU – copper
CZ – brass
SL – varnished steel
SO – galvanised steel
SN – stainless steel, grade 1.4301 (304 acc. to AISI, 0H18N9 acc. to PN)
CWM – 500x600 – SL9010
426
version 5.2.1
Soundproof protective acoustic terminals
SWG
SWG is air intake or exhaust terminals with the noise
suppression. They can be used on the ends of
ventilation. They are also used as acoustic screens
allowing the transfer of air, eg in the engine plant,
equipment rooms factories, car parks, airfields, etc.
Acoustic terminals SWG
Execution
SWG posiada dwa rzędy nieruchomych kierownic wypełnionych wkładem tłumiącym z wełny mineralnej
z dodatkową osłoną z włókniny szklanej. Po wewnętrznej stronie kratki tłumiącej zamontowana jest stalowa
siatka przeciw ptakom. Całość konstrukcji standardowo wykonuje się ze stali ocynkowanej. Na zamówienie
możliwe jest lakierowanie na kolor RAL oraz wykonanie specjalne z aluminium lub stali nierdzewnej.
Recommendations
In case of need for quantitative control of air flow at the
same time to reduce noise, it is recommended to use
SWG with a multi-layerded damper mounted on .
When installed in a location where the direct influence
of weather conditions its recommended to use the PS
damper with lamellas filled with polyurethane foam.
Assembly
SWG can be fitted to the bulkhead with screws through the holes in the frame grille (to execute the on-site)
or by the laying of the foundation (grid can not be the formwork for the mounting hole).
Dimensions
When the width C of more than 1000 mm SWG is made of two or more modules.
On request is possible to make grille with custom dimensions.
428
version 5.2.1
Selection SWG
We recommend to choose an area of active SWG corresponding speed of effective cross-section
not more than 2 m/s
Effective area
A width [mm]
height
A width [mm]
height
where:
A = C - 15 mm - Width in mm grilles damping
B = D - 15 mm - height in mm grilles damping
C - the width of the mounting hole in mm
D - the height of the mounting hole in mm
version 5.2.1
429
Selection SWG
We recommend to choose an area of active SWG corresponding speed of effective cross-section
not more than 2 m/s
The theoretical level of noise attenuation in the frequency bands of sound
Hydraulic resistance as a function of the effective air velocity
Where:
Aeff - The percentage of active surface grilles
in relation to the gross area
Accessories and method of placing the order for SWG
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information according to the belowmentioned method:
SWG - <C>x<D> - <RAL>
Where:
<C>
<D>

<RAL>
- width of the mounting hole [mm]
- height mounting hole [mm]
- finishing: *
AL – varnished aluminum
SL – painted steel
SO – galvanized steel
SN – stainless steel grade 1.4301 (304 by AISI, 0H18N9 by PN)
- RAL color (to finish SL or AL)
SWG – 800x1150 – SL9010
430
version 5.2.1
acoustic silencers
8. Acoustic silencers
a) round
TAR
b) rectangle
TAP/TAPS
c) acoustic silencers in hygienic execution
TAH
version 5.2.1
433
439
449
431
432
version 5.2.1
Acoustic silencers
for round ventilation ducts
TAR
HK/B/0375/01/2010
TAR are designed to reduce noise transmitted through
the wires round ventilation system. Are placed between
the fan and intake or exhaust ventilation ducts and the
diffusers before supplying air to the rooms with high
requirements of acoustic comfort.
Acoustic sillencer TAR
with flanged connections.
Acoustic silencers TAR
Execution
External enclosure silencer is made of galvanized steel. Inside the housing is a contribution to silencing of nonflammable soundproofing material, protected iris of perforated galvanized steel sheet. TAR is a standard feature
in connection nipple, adapted to the standard diameters of round-type spiro. On request can be made with
silencers or flanged or male connections.
Application
Housing silencer is constructed in a degree of protection A and allows the use of silencers TAR at a pressure
within the ventilation system to 630 Pa. It is recommended instaling that silencers when air flow speeds not
exceeding 12 m/s
Assembly
TAR silencers can be mounted in vertical or horizontal position using slings.
Dimensions and weight
Weight
when
434
version 5.2.1
Selection TAR
version 5.2.1
435
Selection TAR
436
version 5.2.1
Length of silencer
Selection TAR
Attenuation in dB in the frequency bands
Connection
diameterd[mm]
Średn
ica przyłącza
[mm]
Length
oftsilencer
Długość
łumika
Frequency
Częstotliwość
[mm]
[Hz]
80
63
3
4
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
0
125
250
10
18
8
15
7
15
6
13
6
11
6
9
4
7
4
6
3
5
2
4
1
4
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
63
125
28
32
33
26
20
4
14
26
40
48
48
40
27
8
25
25
32
33
23
18
5
11
22
34
46
48
33
23
7
21
20
32
32
22
14
4
10
21
32
46
48
31
22
7
18
18
26
31
18
12
4
9
18
25
38
45
26
16
6
16
16
21
26
15
10
3
9
15
21
31
38
21
15
5
13
15
21
24
13
8
3
8
13
21
28
32
19
10
4
12
12
16
19
11
7
3
6
10
17
26
28
16
10
3
10
11
15
17
10
6
3
5
9
15
22
25
14
6
3
8
7
12
12
8
5
3
4
7
10
16
18
12
6
3
7
6
10
10
6
4
1
3
5
8
14
16
9
5
2
4
6
9
9
5
3
0
2
5
8
13
14
7
4
2
4
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
45
46
48
48
48
32
41
45
46
48
43
30
36
45
46
48
39
26
26
43
46
48
29
22
24
38
45
42
27
20
22
33
42
40
25
17
17
28
32
30
20
15
14
25
30
26
17
12
12
19
22
22
13
10
8
16
21
18
11
5
7
13
17
15
10
4
L = 500
L = 1000
L = 1500
version 5.2.1
100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800
437
Accessories and method of placing the order for TAR
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information according to the belowmentioned method:
TAR - <oD> - <L> - <J>
Where:
<oD>
<L>
<J>
- inside diameter of silencer [mm]:
80, 100, 125, 160, 200, 250, 315, 400, 500, 630, 800
- lenght [mm]: 500, 1000, 1500 or custom lenght
- connection: *
brak
= nipple
M
= muff
K
= flanged
TAR – 200 – 1000 – M
438
version 5.2.1
Acoustic silencers
for rectangle ventilation ducts
TAP|TAPS
HK/B/0375/01/2010
TAP and TAPS are designed to reduce noise transmitted
through the wires round ventilation system. Are placed
between the fan and intake or exhaust ventilation ducts
and the diffusers before supplying air to the rooms with
high requirements of acoustic comfort.
Acoustic silencer TAP
with flanged connections.
Acoustic sillencers TAP
Execution
Housing silencer is made of galvanized steel. Inside the housing there are scenes taken from the frame
of galvanized steel and the contribution of non-silencing (class A1 according to DIN 4102) soundproofing
material.
Surface damping contribution is additionally coated with abrasion resistant glass tissue. TAP standard are
equipped with wide flange connections 20, 30 or 40 mm (depending on the cross silencer). On request is possible
to make custom sized silencer, denoted symbol TAPS.
Zastosowanie
TAP-X-AA – silencer with absorbing slotted levers coated with the glass fibre tissue. It is particularly
recommended for damping the noise generated within the range of medium and high frequencies.
TAP-X-AR – silencer with absorbing-resonating slotted levers coated with the glass fibre tissue and additionally
hidden in 50% of its surface with the shield made out of the galvanised sheet. In particular, it is recommended
for damping the noise generated within the range of medium and high frequencies.
Zastosowanie
The silencer casing is done in the sealing class A and allows using the silencers TAP in the ventilation system
working at pressure up to 630 Pa. It is recommended to use the silencers TAP at the air flow speed not exceeding
12 m/s.
Assembly
The standard TAP silencers can be installed in horizontal ducts sequences of with lovres in a vertical position.
When installed in vertical ducts or passageways of with lovres in the horizontal position must be indicated in the
order. Installation of silencers is done using slings.
Dimensions
440
version 5.2.1
Dimensions, flow surface, weight of silencers TAP
2
Flow surface [m ]
Flow surface [m2]
version 5.2.1
Weight [kg] for the length of 1mb of AA type
Weight [kg] for the length of 1mb of AR type
441
Flow surface [m2]
Flow surface [m2]
442
version 5.2.1
2
Flow surface [m ]
Selection TAP
version 5.2.1
443
Selection TAP
Damping value in the frequency bands for the silencers with the absorbing slotted levers AA [dB]
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
63
3
4
5
6
63
3
4
6
7
63
3
3
5
6
63
2
3
4
5
63
2
2
3
4
125
4
4
5
7
125
5
8
10
13
125
4
8
12
15
125
3
6
9
11
125
2
5
7
10
250
5
9
14
20
TAP 11AA
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
12
24
22
19
33
33
25
42
44
34
48
50
4000
13
23
31
40
8000
10
15
20
27
250
9
17
23
30
TAP 15AA
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
16
33
38
26
42
44
36
48
48
45
52
50
4000
25
33
41
48
8000
20
26
34
42
250
9
15
21
28
TAP 21AA
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
20
26
23
30
43
38
47
51
50
50
52
51
4000
16
25
32
38
8000
11
16
19
24
250
8
12
18
23
T AP 215AA
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
14
17
15
24
30
26
36
43
36
46
50
44
4000
10
15
22
25
8000
7
10
12
15
250
6
10
16
20
TAP 22AA
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
12
13
11
21
24
19
30
33
25
30
43
30
4000
7
12
14
17
8000
6
8
10
12
In case of non-standard silencers, the acoustic parameters should be determined based on the specifications
of the standard silencer TAP with similar dimensions.
444
version 5.2.1
Selection TAP
Damping value in the frequency bands
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
63
3
4
5
7
63
3
5
7
9
63
2
5
6
7
63
2
3
4
5
63
1
1
3
5
125
4
8
10
12
125
10
11
15
18
125
5
9
13
16
125
3
6
10
13
125
3
7
10
13
250
5
10
15
19
TAP 11AR
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
8
12
15
13
21
21
19
29
29
25
36
34
4000
11
15
19
22
8000
8
10
13
15
250
10
18
27
34
TAP 15AR
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
12
19
24
21
29
34
28
37
42
38
48
49
4000
21
28
35
44
8000
16
22
29
36
250
12
22
31
41
TAP 21AR
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
13
15
12
21
27
21
30
36
27
40
47
31
4000
10
13
17
20
8000
8
10
15
17
250
8
16
22
29
T AP 215AR
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
10
11
8
16
16
13
22
21
17
29
28
21
4000
7
9
11
14
8000
5
8
8
11
250
7
12
18
23
TAP 22AR
Frequency
bands [Hz] [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
500
1000
2000
7
7
6
12
12
9
17
15
12
22
18
15
4000
5
8
9
12
8000
3
6
7
9
of the standard silencer TAP with similar dimensions.
version 5.2.1
445
Selection TAP
446
version 5.2.1
Accessories and method of placing the order for TAP
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information according to the below-mentioned
method:
TAP<X> - <A>xx<L> - <TK> - <M> (for standard)
TAPS<A>xx<L> - (<GR>x<SZ>)x<IK> - <TK> - <M> (for custom)
Where:
<X>
<A>

<L>
<GR>
<SZ>
<IK>
<TK>
<M>
- type:
11 = slotted lever thickness 100 mm, slot between levers 100 mm
- width of silencer inside diameter [mm]
- height of silencer inside diameter [mm]
- length of silencer [mm]
- slotted lever thickness [mm]
- slot width [mm]
- number of slotted levers
- type of slotted lever: *
AA – absorbing slotted levers
AR – absorbing-resonating slotted levers
- assembly: *
none = mounting in horizontal duct, backstage in the vertical
Kp = assembly in a vertical duct or backstage at a level
TAP22 – 1200x1000x1000 – AA – Kp (for standard)
TAPS – 1150x1000x1000 – (200x87)x4 – AR – Kp (for custom)
version 5.2.1
447
Notes
448
version 5.2.1
Acoustic silencers
in hygienic execution
TAH
Hygienic certificate :
HK/B/0375/01/2010
TAH are designed for damping the noise carried forward
through the rectangular ducts of the ventilation system.
They are placed between the ventilator and air supply
or exhaust ducts as well as in front of the air supply
ventilators delivered the air into the rooms with high
acoustic comfort requirements. The silencers TAH are
the devices designed for the assembly in the duct runs
requiring the great purity maintenance.
The construction of silencer enables to disassembly
it easily in order for their periodical cleaning.
Acoustic silencer TAH
with removable slotted levers.
Acoustic silencers TAH
Execution
The silencer casing is made out of the galvanised sheet. Inside the casing there are the slotted levers made out of
the galvanised sheet frame and the damping insert made out of the incombustible sound absorbing material
(class A1 acc. to DIN 4102). The damping insert surface is additionally coated with the abrasion-resisting glass
fibre tissue. As a standard TAH are equipped with the flange connectors of 20, 30 or 40 mm wide (depending
on the silencer section). On order, it is possible to make the silencer with non-standard dimensions designated
with the symbol TAHS. Every TAH and TAHS is equipped with the clearing cover allowing the disassembly of the
slotted levers. The clearing cover may be placed on the side A or B – it should be determined while making the
order.
Execution variants of silencers slotted levers
TAH-X-AA – silencer with absorbing slotted levers coated with the glass fibre tissue. It is particularly
recommended for damping the noise generated within the range of medium and high frequencies.
TAH-X-AR – silencer with absorbing-resonating slotted levers coated with the glass fibre tissue and additionally
hidden in 50% of its surface with the shield made out of the galvanised sheet. In particular, it is recommended
for damping the noise generated within the range of medium and high frequencies.
Purpose
The silencer casing is done in the sealing class A and allows using the silencers TAH in the ventilation system
working at pressure up to 630 Pa. It is recommended to use the silencers TAH at the air flow speed not exceeding
12 m/s.
Cleaning of slotted levers and the silencer inside
The cleaning of the slotted levers and the silencer casing inside should be done dry by means of the compressed
air or with a cloth/sponge moistened with small amount of water with addition of low-foaming surfactants.
It is forbidden for cleaning the slotted levers to use corrosive detergents or wash them away with water jets.
The extensive moistness of the slotted levers may cause their permanent damage and loss of their acoustic
damping properties.
Assembly
As a standard the silencers TAH can be installed in vertical and horizontal duct runs.
The assembly of silencers takes place by means of the lifting slings.
Dimensions
The standard dimensions of the silencers are presented on the following pages hereof.
450
version 5.2.1
Disassembly of the damping slotted levers
Silencer with the clearing cover on the side A
perpendicular to the slotted levers
version 5.2.1
Silencer with the clearing cover on the side B
parallel to the slotted levers
451
Dimensions, flow surface, weight of silencers TAH
Silencer of TAH-11 type
A
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Weight [kg]
for the
of 1mb of AA
typetypu
Masa
[kg]length
dla długości
1mb
Flow przepływu
surface [m ] [m2] /
Powierzchnia
Weight [kg]
for the
of 1mb of AR
typetypu
Masa
[kg]length
dla długości
1mb
2
B
200
0,010
250
0,013
300
0,016
400
0,022
500
0,028
600
0,034
800
0,046
1000
0,058
1200
0,070
15,4
16,4
16,5
17,7
17,6
19,0
19,8
21,7
22,0
24,4
24,2
27,1
28,7
32,5
33,0
37,8
37,5
43,2
0,026
0,034
0,042
0,058
0,074
0,090
0,122
0,154
0,186
28,2
30,2
29,5
31,1
30,9
33,7
33,7
37,5
36,4
41,2
39,1
44,9
44,7
52,3
50,2
59,8
62,4
74,0
36,7
39,7
38,1
41,7
39,5
43,7
42,3
48,0
45,1
52,3
47,8
56,5
53,4
64,8
58,8
73,2
80,5
97,9
0,042
0,055
0,068
0,094
0,120
0,146
0,198
0,250
0,302
0,058
0,076
0,094
0,130
0,166
0,202
0,274
0,346
0,418
49,6
53,6
51,1
55,9
52,8
58,4
56,1
63,7
59,5
69,1
62,8
74,4
69,4
84,6
76,0
95,2
99,6
122,8
0,074
0,097
0,120
0,166
0,212
0,258
0,350
0,442
0,534
64,4
69,4
66,6
72,6
68,9
75,9
73,3
82,8
77,8
89,8
82,1
96,6
91,0
110,0
99,8
123,8
117,7
146,7
AA
AR
82,1
88,1
84,8
92,0
87,5
94,7
92,9
104,3
98,2
112,6
103,6
121,0
114,4
137,2
125,0
153,8
135,8
170,6
0,090
0,118
0,146
0,202
0,258
0,314
0,426
0,538
0,650
A
150
300
600
750
2
2
Flow surface
Powierzchnia przepływu
[m[m] ] /
B
200
0,008
250
0,011
300
0,013
400
0,018
500
0,023
600
0,028
800
0,038
1000
0,048
1200
0,058
452
450
12,6
13,6
13,7
14,9
14,7
16,1
16,7
18,6
18,7
21,1
20,8
23,7
24,8
28,6
28,9
33,7
32,9
38,7
0,016
0,021
0,026
0,036
0,046
0,056
0,076
0,096
0,116
22,1
24,1
23,4
25,8
24,7
27,5
27,3
31,1
29,9
34,7
32,5
38,3
37,6
45,2
42,8
52,4
54,2
65,8
0,024
0,031
0,039
0,054
0,069
0,084
0,114
0,144
0,174
32,0
35,0
33,6
37,2
35,1
39,3
38,3
44,0
41,4
48,6
44,5
53,2
50,8
62,2
57,1
71,5
70,2
87,6
0,032
0,042
0,052
0,072
0,092
0,112
0,152
0,192
0,232
41,4
45,4
43,2
48,0
45,1
50,7
48,7
52,7
52,4
62,0
56,1
67,7
63,5
78,7
70,9
90,1
85,7
108,9
900
1050
1200
Weight
fordla
the długości
length of 1mb
of AA
typeAA
Masa[kg]
[kg]
1mb
typu
Weight
fordla
the długości
length of 1mb
of AR
typeAR
Masa[kg]
[kg]
1mb
typu
0,040
0,052
0,065
0,090
0,115
0,140
0,190
0,240
0,290
51,2
56,2
53,4
59,4
55,5
62,5
59,7
69,2
64,0
76,0
68,2
82,7
76,7
95,7
85,2
109,2
101,7
130,7
0,048
0,063
0,078
0,108
0,138
0,168
0,228
0,288
0,348
60,6
66,6
63,0
70,2
65,4
73,8
70,2
81,6
75,0
89,4
79,8
97,2
89,4
112,2
99,0
127,8
117,2
152,0
0,056
0,073
0,091
0,126
0,161
0,196
0,266
0,336
0,406
75,7
82,7
78,6
88,4
81,5
91,3
87,2
100,5
93,0
109,8
98,7
119,0
110,2
136,8
121,7
155,3
133,2
173,8
0,064
0,084
0,104
0,144
0,184
0,224
0,304
0,384
0,464
79,5
86,5
82,4
92,2
85,3
95,1
91,0
104,3
96,8
113,6
102,5
122,8
114,0
140,6
125,5
159,1
137,0
177,6
version 5.2.1
A
300
600
900
Flow surface [m
[m 2] ]
B
2
200
0,010
250
0,013
300
0,016
400
0,022
500
0,028
600
0,034
800
0,046
1000
0,058
1200
0,070
19,8
20,8
21,1
22,3
22,4
23,8
25,1
27,0
27,8
30,2
30,5
33,4
35,8
39,6
41,3
46,1
52,8
58,6
35,9
37,9
37,8
40,2
39,7
42,5
43,3
47,1
47,0
51,8
50,8
56,6
58,2
65,8
65,6
75,2
80,5
92,1
0,026
0,034
0,042
0,058
0,074
0,090
0,122
0,154
0,186
1200
Masa
dla
długości
typu
Weight
[kg][kg]
for the
length
of 1mb 1mb
of AA type
/Weight [kg] for the length of 1mb of AR type
Masa [kg] dla długości 1mb typu
0,042
0,055
0,068
0,094
0,120
0,146
0,198
0,250
0,302
52,0
55,0
54,4
58,0
56,8
61,0
61,6
67,3
66,3
73,5
71,0
79,7
80,6
92,0
90,0
104,4
108,2
125,6
AA
AR
0,058
0,076
0,094
0,130
0,166
0,202
0,274
0,346
0,418
74,1
78,1
77,1
81,9
80,2
85,8
86,4
94,0
92,6
102,2
98,7
110,3
111,1
126,3
123,4
142,6
135,8
159,0
A
350
2
Flow surface [m
[m ] ]
B
2
200
0,018
250
0,024
300
0,029
400
0,040
500
0,051
600
0,062
800
0,084
1000
0,106
1200
0,128
version 5.2.1
24,7
25,7
26,2
27,4
27,8
29,2
30,9
32,8
33,9
36,3
37,0
39,9
43,2
47,0
49,3
54,1
55,5
61,3
0,042
0,056
0,068
0,094
0,120
0,146
0,198
0,250
0,302
700
1050
Masa
[kg]
długości
typu
Weight
[kg] for
thedla
length
of 1mb of1mb
AA type
/Weight [kg] for the length of 1mb of AR type
Masa [kg] dla długości 1mb typu
AA
AR
44,6
46,6
46,7
49,1
48,7
51,5
52,9
56,7
56,9
61,7
61,0
66,8
69,2
76,8
77,5
87,1
85,6
97,2
0,066
0,088
0,107
0,148
0,189
0,230
0,312
0,394
0,476
64,5
67,5
67,1
70,7
69,7
73,9
74,8
80,5
79,9
87,1
85,1
93,8
95,3
106,7
105,6
120,0
115,9
133,3
453
A
400
800
2
Powierzchnia przepływu [m ] /
B
200
0,026
250
0,034
300
0,042
400
0,058
500
0,074
600
0,090
800
0,122
1000
0,154
1200
0,186
27,3
28,3
28,9
30,1
30,4
31,8
33,4
35,3
36,5
38,9
39,6
42,5
45,7
49,5
51,9
56,7
58,0
63,8
0,058
0,076
0,094
0,130
0,166
0,202
0,274
0,346
0,418
1200
Masa [kg] dla długości 1mb typu AA
Masa [kg] dla długości 1mb typu AR
49,8
0,090
51,8
51,8
0,118
54,2
53,9
0,146
56,7
58,0
0,202
61,8
62,1
0,258
66,9
66,2
0,314
72,0
74,5
0,426
82,1
82,6
0,538
92,2
90,9
0,650
102,5
72,3
75,3
74,9
78,5
77,4
81,6
82,6
88,3
87,7
94,9
92,9
101,6
103,1
114,5
113,3
127,7
123,7
141,1
Selection TAH
Local pressure losses
Typ tłumika
Silencer
type
TAP-H – 11
TAP-H – 15
TAP-H – 21
TAP-H – 215
TAP-H – 22
454
Długość
Silencer
length
tłumika
[mm]
[mm]
V [m/s]
5,0
8,0
10,0
12,0
Δp [Pa]
500
6
18
26
37
1000
9
20
30
42
47
1500
10
22
33
2000
11
24
37
52
500
10
24
36
50
68
1000
13
31
48
1500
16
39
60
85
2000
19
47
72
102
500
10
24
37
52
1000
12
28
42
59
1500
13
31
47
67
2000
14
34
52
74
500
8
18
26
37
1000
9
20
30
42
47
1500
10
22
33
2000
11
24
36
51
500
7
15
22
30
1000
8
165
24
34
1500
8
18
27
37
2000
9
19
29
41
version 5.2.1
Selection TAH
Damping value in the frequency bands for the silencers with the absorbing slotted levers AA [dB]
TAH – 11 AA
L [mm]
Pasma
częstotliwości
Frequency
bands [Hz][Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
500
2
3
4
10
22
20
11
8000
8
1000
3
4
9
16
31
31
20
13
1500
5
5
13
23
40
44
29
18
2000
6
6
18
32
46
48
38
25
8000
TAH – 15 AA
L [mm]
Frequency
bands [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
500
3
4
8
16
32
36
24
18
1000
4
7
15
24
40
44
32
25
1500
5
7
9
12
22
29
34
43
47
50
47
48
40
47
32
40
2000
TAH – 21 AA
L [mm]
Pasma
częstotliwości
Frequency
bands [Hz][Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
500
3
3
8
20
24
20
15
10
1000
3
7
14
28
42
35
22
15
1500
4
11
20
44
50
49
30
18
2000
6
14
27
50
51
50
38
23
TAH – 215 AA
L [mm]
Frequency
bands [Hz]
Pasma
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
500
2
3
7
12
16
14
9
6
1000
2
5
11
22
28
23
14
9
1500
3
8
16
32
40
32
20
12
2000
4
10
22
45
47
41
23
14
8000
TAH – 22 AA
L [mm]
Pasma
częstotliwości
[Hz]
Frequency
bands [Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
500
2
2
6
12
13
11
7
5
1000
2
4
10
20
23
17
10
7
1500
3
7
15
29
33
23
13
8
2000
4
9
19
39
43
29
16
10
Silencer acoustic power lever Lw [dB(A)]
V [m/s]
Frequency bands
[Hz]
Pole powierzchni
przepływu
Aeff [m2]
0,2
0,4
0,6
0,8
1,0
5,0
27
30
31
32
34
8,0
36
37
39
40
42
10,0
41
43
44
46
48
12,0
46
47
49
50
52
of the standard silencer TAH with similar dimensions.
version 5.2.1
455
Selection TAH
Damping value for the silencers with the absorbing-resonating slotted levers AR [dB]
TAH – 11 AR
L [mm]
bands [Hz]
Pasma Frequency
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
500
2
3
4
7
12
14
10
8000
8
1000
3
7
9
12
20
20
14
10
1500
4
10
13
18
27
27
18
13
2000
5
12
18
24
35
33
22
15
TAH – 15 AR
L [mm]
500
1000
1500
2000
bands [Hz]
PasmaFrequency
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
3
5
8
11
9
16
11
19
19
27
24
32
21
27
16
21
6
7
14
17
25
33
27
37
37
47
42
50
34
42
28
36
8000
TAH – 21 AR
L [mm]
bands [Hz]
PasmaFrequency
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
500
2
4
11
11
14
11
10
8
1000
4
9
20
20
25
19
12
10
1500
2000
5
6
13
16
30
40
29
39
34
45
24
30
15
18
13
16
TAH – 215 AR
L [mm]
bands [Hz]
PasmaFrequency
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
1
2
3
6
7
13
7
14
10
16
8
12
6
9
5
7
1500
3
10
21
21
21
16
11
8
2000
4
13
28
28
27
20
13
11
500
1000
TAH – 22 AR
L [mm]
456
bands [Hz]
PasmaFrequency
częstotliwości
[Hz]
63
125
250
500
1000
2000
4000
8000
500
1
3
6
6
6
5
4
3
1000
1
6
11
11
11
9
7
6
1500
2000
3
4
9
11
17
22
16
22
15
18
12
15
9
11
7
8
version 5.2.1
Accessories and method of placing the order for TAH
While making the order, it is necessary to provide the information according to the below-mentioned
method:
TAH<X> - <A>xx<L> - <TK> - <PP> (for standard)
TAH<A>xx<L> - (<GR>x<SZ>)x<IK> - <TK> - <PP> (for custom)
Where:
<X>
<A>

<L>
<GR>
<SZ>
<IK>
<TK>
<PP>
- type:
- width of silencer inside diameter [mm]
- height of silencer inside diameter [mm]
- length of silencer [mm]
- slotted lever thickness [mm]
- slot width [mm]
- number of slotted levers
- type of slotted lever: *
AA – absorbing slotted levers
AR – absorbing-resonating slotted levers
- position of cover: *
X – cover on the side parallel to the slotted levers
Y – cover on the side perpendicular to the slotted levers
TAH22 – AA – 1200x1000x1000 - Kp (dla tłumika standardowego)
TAH – 1150x1000x1000 – (200x87)x4 – AR - Kp (dla tłumika niestandardowego)
version 5.2.1
457
Notes
458
version 5.2.1
index
ALF
ALM
ALS
ALSW
ALW
ALWN
ALWS
ALWT
ALWT-2
CWM
CWP
iSway-FC
iSway-FCD
iSway-FCR
KPO120
KTM
KTM-ME-VAV
KTS
KVR
KWP
KWP-EX
KWP-L
KWP-OM-E-VAV
MSPU
NS4
NS5
NS8
NSAL
NSCH
NSCT
version 5.2.1
355
309
345
345
345
361
345
365
365
423
415
167
185
203
209
81
123
97
289
29
65
57
131
159
391
387
397
375
405
409
NSP
PS
PW
PW350
PWIIS-EX
PWR
PWS special
PWW/PWO
RPP-P
RPP-R
RVP-P
RVP-P-Ex
RVP-R
RVP-R-Ex
SMAYLAB
STF-H
STRS-E
STS
STSW
STW
STWS
SWG
TAH
TAP
TAPS
TAR
URBS
VRRK
VRS
WKP
383
305
311
327
323
331
319
315
275
263
234
253
223
245
335
355
351
345
345
345
345
427
449
439
439
433
149
297
293
137
459

KWP-Ex

Transcription

Similar documents

Fitting a Steering Damper to your Morgan

to the Zeroshift Electric Vehicle Transmissions brochure

GEISLINGER DAMPER

Damper Comparison

to learn more about the Lyemance top sealing damper.

Panasonic Ventilation Accessories

de Carbon Performance

Toyota Starlet GT Turbo/Glanza Engine Torque Damper

Honewell to Belimo lmb24 instructions R1

ventilation fans